2023-2024 Course Catalog

Page 1

2023–2024 Course Catalog
Academic Calendar.............................................3 Overview ............................................................4 Partnership Sites .................................................8 Student Life ...................................................... 10 Institutional Advancement ................................15 Athletics ........................................................... 16 Admissions ....................................................... 18 Tuition & Financial Aid ...................................... 24 Academic Affairs .............................................. 30 Continuing & Professional Studies ................... 34 Academic Policies ............................................. 38 Programs of Study ............................................ 46 Center for Allied Health Science ...................... 50 Allied Health Science 51 Animal Center Management 52 Behavioral Health Science 52 Dental Assisting Certificate 53 Expanded Functions Dental Assistant 54 Dental Hygiene 56 Histotechnician 58 Medical Laboratory Technology 59 Nursing 60 Occupational Therapy Assistant 62 Phlebotomy Technician 65 Physical Therapist Assistant 66 Radiologic Technology 69 Veterinary Nursing 71 Center for Art and Design ................................ 74 Fashion Design 75 Fashion Merchandising 76 Graphic Design 76 Interior Design 78 Center for Business .......................................... 80 Business Management 81 Sports Management 82 Center for Social Sciences ................................ 84 Criminal Justice 85 Early Childhood Education 86 General Studies 88 Human Services 88 Course Descriptions ......................................... 90 Trustees, Administration, Faculty & Staff ....... 142 Advisory Boards ............................................. 148 Campus Telephone Directory ......................... 152 Directions ....................................................... 154 Index............................................................... 156 C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 1
Table of Contents
2 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

2023-2024 Academic Calendar

Bryn Mawr

Fall Semester 2023

New Student Orientation

All Payments Due

New Student Orientation

New Student Orientation

Resident Students Report

Classes Begin at 8:30 am

Labor Day Holiday (College Closed)

Add/Drop Period Ends

Homecoming

Mid Term Grades Due

Pre-Registration for Spring 2024

Last Day to Withdraw with a “W”

Open Registration

Fall Open House

Thanksgiving recess begins after last class

Residence Halls Close

Classes Resume at 8:30 am

Residence Halls Close at 6:00 pm

Last Day of Classes

Final Grades Due by Noon

Spring Semester 2024

All Payments Due

New Student Orientation

Resident Students Report

MLK Day (College Closed)

Classes Begin at 8:30 am

Deadline for Incomplete Grade Change

Thursday July 20

Friday August 04

Thursday August 17

Friday August 18

Friday August 25

Monday August 28

Monday September 04

Monday September 11

Saturday October 07

Monday October 16

Mon – Fri Oct 23 – Oct 27

Tuesday October 31

Monday November 06

Saturday November 18

Tuesday November 21

Tuesday November 21

Monday November 27

Friday December 15

Saturday December 16

Monday December 18

Thursday December 21, 2023

Friday January 12

Sunday January 14

Monday January 15

Tuesday January 16

Monday January 22 from Fall 2023

Add/Drop Period Ends

Mid Term Grades Due

Monday January 29

Wednesday March 13

Spring Recess Mon – Fri March 18 – 22

Classes Resume at 8:30 am

Monday March 25

Registration for Summer 2024 Mon – Fri March 25 – 29

Pre-Registration for Fall 2024 Mon – Fri March 25 – 29

Last Day to Withdraw with a “W”

Open Registration

Spring Open House

Residence Halls Close (non-graduates)

Tuesday April 02

Monday April 08

Saturday April 06

Friday May 03 at 6:00 pm

Last Day of Classes

Final Grades Due by Noon

Commencement

Saturday May 04

Monday May 06

Saturday May 11

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 3

Harcum College An Overview

4 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

Mission and Goals

Mission

Harcum College provides its students with an opportunity for outstanding academic, career, and life preparation We teach, mentor, and prepare students for success in their chosen profession in an experiential environment utilizing a wide variety of modalities and technology Harcum’s emphasis on its core values of excellence, civility, empowerment, integrity, service, and respect for diversity assures that every member of our community is valued, supported, included, and equal

Harcum College’s Strategic Plan builds on Harcum’s best practices and creates a guide for the present and future The plan helps Harcum recognize its strengths and confront its challenges, while defining an aspirational future for the College and the resources necessary to achieve its goals, set priorities, focus energy and resources, and strengthen operations

The goals established in the dynamic Strategic Plan are as follows:

GOAL A

Ensure institutional sustainability in current volatile environment

GOAL B

Innovate, offer, and assess high quality educational programs that prepare students to successfully enter and advance in “in-demand” careers or transfer to a fouryear college

GOAL C

Ensure operational proficiencies

GOAL D

Support the growth, needs, and well-being of students

GOAL E

Cultivate the College’s reputation through initiatives resulting in increased enrollment and increased philanthropy

GOAL F

Enhance the College’s environment with regard to diversity, equity, inclusion, and belonging

GOAL G

Create a culture of continuous improvement supported by assessment through collaboration, transparency, and communication

Philosophy

Founded by Edith Hatcher Harcum and Octavius Harcum in 1915, the College has empowered generations of students by preparing them for dignified, remunerative, socially useful work Providing tangible possibilities for individual success remains a central purpose of Harcum – “The College of Possibilities ”

By coupling practical, experiential education with exposure to the liberal arts, Harcum, from its inception, has also sought to enrich its graduates by broadening their intellectual and cultural horizons For students who are uncertain about career choices, Harcum’s mission is to encourage self-discovery and to promote learning for learning’s sake For those who see the liberal arts and sciences as a springboard to a specialized career, Harcum helps students identify appropriate directions for development

In addition, Harcum is committed to preparing its students for responsible citizenship by fostering a keen sense of social responsibility through service learning, curricular emphasis, and co-curricular programs

Harcum welcomes men and women of varied ages, nations, cultures, races, and social backgrounds The College believes that diversity enhances the academic and co-curricular experiences of its undergraduates

A s a p r i va t e re s i d e n t i a l c o l l e g e, H a rc u m believes that for many students residential life can be an important part of an education. As a consequence, the College is committed to providing a broad range of programs in its residence halls

Already known for its outstanding offerings in the Allied Health Sciences, Harcum continues to give equal prominence to other successful programs and to be responsive to new possibilities as they emerge in regional and national labor markets.

Harcum will continue to provide its graduates with possibilities – to realize their potential by inspiring in them the idea that learning is a lifelong process

Civility Statement

H a rc u m C o l l e g e d e f i n e s c i v i l i t y a s t h e demonstration of respect for others, basic courtesy, use of non-offensive language, reciprocity (treating others as we wish to be treated), and behavior that creates a positive environment in which to learn and work

Al l memb ers o f th e H a rc u m c o mmu ni ty work to create a positive environment characterized by considerate and principled conduct

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 5

History of Harcum College

In 1913 Edith Hatcher, a talented concert pianist and daughter of prominent Virginia clergyman and educator Reverend William E. Hatcher married fellow Virginian Octavius Marvin Harcum in New Castle, DE After the birth of their first child, Edith wrote that “the concert career did not offer a chance for family stability” so the couple chose a venture that would combine “my talents as an educator and artist and his business vision and ability ”

They opened the Harcum Post Graduate School on October 1, 1915, i n M e l v i l l e H a l l i n B r y n M a w r which was the family home as well as the academic building The first class had three students and five pianos

Edith Harcum’s goal was to “start a school where the individual talent of each girl would be treated as an i n t e g ra l p a r t o f h e r e d u c a t i o n ” Though her expertise was in the fine arts, Mrs Harcum was committed to providing a comprehensive academic program

In its early years, Harcum was a preparatory school, giving students the skills needed for college study It quickly grew, and added junior college-level courses Soon, the “lower school” program was eliminated and the junior college program was established Edith Harcum was head of the school and Octavius Harcum was responsible for finances

When he died from injuries sustained in a car accident in 1920, Edith assumed the presidency.

She remained in that post for more than 30 years with the exception of the academic years 1944-47 when Dr John Barber, a distinguished modern painter and faculty member, served as President

Another leading figure in Harcum’s history was Maud L Marren Marren was appointed Dean of the College in 1920 and worked closely with Edith Harcum and later with Philip Klein. She retired in 1962

T h e C o l l e g e g re w s t e a d i l y t h ro u g h t h e 1930s and 1940s with a student enrollment of 185 in 1948

However, Harcum was an independent, for-profit institution and faced financial diffic u l t i e s a s c o m p e t i t i o n g re w a n d i t s ta xe s increased In 1952, it could no longer run as

a profitable enterprise; Mrs Harcum declared bankruptcy Harcum’s bankruptcy proceedings were noticed by Philip Klein and officers of The Junto, a non-profit educational corporation founded in 1941 to promote adult education in the Philadelphia region. It had adopted the name of a discussion group originally co-found-

Extensive building and expansion occurred at Harcum in the 1960’s under the direction of President Michael Duzy, with the addition of the Academic Center, Pennswood Hall, and Klein Hall Through expansion in its neighborhood, the Bryn Mawr campus reached a size of 13 acres Harcum opened a nursery school for teacher training, and in the 1960’s and 1970’s, began programs in medical sciences Over the decades Harcum launched programs in nursing, occupational therapy assistant, physical therapist assistant, interior and residential design, radiologic technology, veterinary technology, medical laboratory technology, interior design, human services, and criminal justice

Since 2007, under the leadership of Dr Jon Jay DeTemple Harcum’s Charles Trout Library underwent a $1 2 million refurbishment, the historic Little Theatre was completely renovated, new programs were added, and Harcum expanded its academic offerings throughout the region with many Partnership Sites in Philadelphia and t h ro u g h o u t s o u t h e a s t e r n Pe n n s y lvania

ed by Benjamin Franklin in 1727 In 1952 The Junto purchased the assets of Harcum College for possible use as a residential college for a d u l t s b u t s o o n d e c i d e d to c o n t i n u e E d i t h Harcum’s mission to provide education for women Harcum was reopened under a nonprofit charter in the fall of 1953 with 79 students Philip Klein was appointed President Under the 1953 charter, Harcum could operate as a college but without the power to confer d e g re e s I n 1 9 5 5 t h e Pe n n s y l va n i a S ta t e Council of Instruction gave Harcum permiss i o n to c o n f e r t h e A s s o c i a t e o f A r t s a n d Associate of Science degrees This was the first time in the history of the Commonwealth that a junior college was given this privilege

Mrs Harcum passed away in 1958 at the age of 80, leaving a legacy of compassionate and dedicated service to her students, the arts, and the community

Harcum College athletics has a long h i s to r y o f s u c c e s s i n m e n ' s a n d wo m e n ’ s b a s ke t b a l l , m e n ’ s a n d women’s soccer, and volleyball The men’ s b a sketb a l l tea m, fo u nded i n 2005, has amassed a lifetime record of 349-93 ( 790) in fourteen seasons, winning at least 20 games in all 14 of those seasons Men’s basketball has e a r n e d t wo t r i p s to T h e To u r n a m e n t , reaching the final four in 2014 The women’s basketball team has been equally impressive, with an all-time record of 330-129 ( 719), capturing 5 NJCAA Region 19 championships and earning two trips to the National Tournament The Harcum women’s volleyball team, not to be outdone, has also captured five NJCAA Region 19 titles of their own Women’s soccer, which started competition in 2010, won its first ever NJCAA Region 19 championship in 2016

Harcum will continue to help students find appropriate directions for their academic and personal development leading to specialized careers, while, as Mrs Harcum noted, “respecting each student as an individual with personal needs, interests, aptitudes, and aspirations ”

6 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Edith Hatcher Harcum, co-founder of Harcum College

The Campus

The Academic Center is the heart of the College, housing the renovated Charles H Trout Library, most classrooms and faculty offices, the science labs, Academic Affairs, the S t u d e n t S u c c e s s C e n t e r, C o n t i n u i n g & P ro f e s s i o n a l S t u d i e s, C a re e r a n d Tra n s f e r Services, the Campus Store, Mail Services, the English Language Academy, and the Student Lounge It is one of three campus buildings completed in the mid-1960s

Beginning in August 2019 Harcum College began holding classes in the Art & Design Center located at 270 S Bryn Mawr Avenue The building is the new home and collaborative wo r k s p a c e fo r G ra p h i c D e s i g n , Fa s h i o n D e s i g n , Fa s h i o n M e rc h a n d i s i n g , I n t e r i o r Design, and Photography degree programs

The Great Lawn, used for Commencement ceremonies, as well as softball, soccer, and other recreational activities, is located on Montgomery Avenue, in front of the Academic Center Bedford Hall, also known as Alumni House, is the home of the Harcum College Alumni Association and houses the alumni archives and a collection of memorabilia The Office o f D e ve l o p m e n t , p a r t o f t h e O f f i c e o f I n s t i t u t i o n a l Ad va n c e m e n t i s l o c a t e d i n

Bedford

The Abram and Goldie Cohen Dental Clinic was built in 1970 and renovated in 2013-14 It h o u s e s t h e D e n ta l A s s i s t i n g a n d D e n ta l Hygiene Programs The center consists of clinical operatories, digital radiology rooms, a laboratory, and conference rooms The Philip and Esther Klein Hall houses resident students, the Dean of Student Life, Office of Campus Activities, the Counseling Center, the Dining H a l l a n d D i n i n g S e r v i c e s, t h e D i re c to r o f Campus Safety, the Student Health Center, Gymnasium, and the Fitness Center

T h e Ke v i n D M a r l o L i t t l e T h e a t re i s Harcum’s multipurpose facility to enhance the student academic experience and is used for classes, lectures, meetings, arts performances, and art shows

Melville Hall, built circa 1878 and expanded by 1923, is the landmark building on campus When the college was founded in 1915, Melville Hall housed the school, the Harcum family, and resident students Today, Melville Hall’s tall columns and wide portico welcome students to the administrative hub of the campus Melville Hall houses the President’s Office, Admissions Office, Financial Aid, the Office o f S t u d e n t Re c o rd s, t h e O f f i c e o f S t u d e n t Accounts, Communications and Marketing, Vice-President for Finance and Operations, Athletics Offices (the Bear’s Den), Facilities, and Human Resources

Pennswood Hall, Harcum’s main residence hall, can house up to 250 students and is the primary hub for the Office of Residence Life

The President’s House is a stately Victorian structure on Montgomery Avenue Richter Hall, built in 1890, is the site of art and music classes Music programs are offered through the Harcum Music School

The Veterinary Services Building was built in 1980 and serves the Veterinary Nursing Program

OMGC is the location of Harcum’s Nursing and Clinical Laboratory Science offices and c l a s s ro o m s I t i s l o c a t e d a t t h e c o r n e r o f Pennswood Road and Lancaster Avenue, one half-block southeast of the campus

The OMGC Gym is used for Harcum men’s and women’s basketball

Location

Harcum College is located in the heart of Bryn Mawr, Pennsylvania, about 12 miles west of Philadelphia, in an area known as the Main Line, so named after the original Main Line of the Pennsylvania Railroad that ran through its communities

The Main Line is a friendly, safe, and longestablished residential area It is also a neighborhood with many academic opportunities

V i l l a n o va U n i ve rs i t y , H a ve r fo rd C o l l e g e, Rosemont College, and Bryn Mawr College are all nearby.

B r y n M a w r a n d n e a r b y A rd m o re o f f e r many restaurants, shops, theaters, music venues, and places for students to meet and socialize

Ardmore’s popular Suburban Square, one of the nation’s first planned suburban shopping centers is a short bicycle, car, or train ride away and has national and local boutiques, an Apple Store, a Trader Joe’s, and many specialty shops The King of Prussia Plaza and Court, one of the nation’s largest retail centers, is about twenty minutes from Harcum by car

Students at Harcum also have easy access to all the excitement of the City of Philadelphia, a city rich in educational, historic, and cultural resources Shopping, theaters, sports events, restaurants, museums, and historical sites await visitors to the city, which can be accessed in twenty minutes via a commuter train that stops next to the campus

Local educators visit to lecture and regularly participate in Harcum’s academic programs

Many business, medical, and scientific research establishments in the region provide sites for Harcum students’ clinical and practicum experiences

The Associate Degree

In 1955, the Pennsylvania State Council of Education authorized Harcum College to confer degrees of associate in arts and associate in science.

When a Harcum graduate receives an associate’s degree in arts or science, he or she is prepared to assume a position of responsibility in the business or professional world or may continue on to pursue a baccalaureate degree at a four-year institution

Programs of Study

Center for Allied Health

Allied Health Science

Animal Center Management

Behavioral Health Science

Dental Assisting

Dental Hygiene

Expanded Functions Dental Assisting (EFDA)

Histotechnician

Medical Laboratory Technology

Nursing - Day, Evening

Occupational Therapy Assistant –Friday track or Saturday track

Phlebotomy Assistant (certificate)

Physical Therapist Assistant –

Day, Evening

Radiologic Technology

Veterinary Nursing

Center for Art and Design

Graphic Design

Fashion Design

Fashion Merchandising

Interior Design

Center for Business

Business Management

Sports Management

Center for Social Sciences

Criminal Justice

Early Childhood Education

General Studies

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 7

Partnership Sites

In 2005, Harcum College, in collaboration with I-LEAD, Inc , a community based nonprofit that works to improve local quality of life by helping to strengthen citizens as effective community leaders, launched the first associate’s degree program. Since then, additional majors and locations have been added in southeastern Pennsylvania The growth of t h e d e g re e p ro g ra m s i s l a rg e l y d u e to t h i s unique initiative These organizations are located throughout the region, bringing the opportunity of higher education to residents of some of the Commonwealth’s most challenged communities In North Philadelphia, Harcum College and I-LEAD, Inc. have partn e re d w i t h C o n g re s o d e L a t i n o s U n i d o s Congreso is a nationally recognized community based non-profit organization that primarily serves the neighborhoods of eastern North Philadelphia

The programs offer affordable tuition and convenient evening courses, which meet twice a week The programs are fully accredited b y t h e M i d d l e S t a t e s C o m m i s s i o n o n

Higher Education through Harcum College Students participating in the programs are fully-matriculated students of Harcum College a n d t h e i r d e g re e i s a wa rd e d b y H a rc u m College The programs encompass the key elements necessary for success, enabling the graduate to address the complexities of today’s workforce

Degree Programs offered at Partnership Sites

• Animal Center Management

• Business Management

• Early Childhood Education

• Human Services

• Criminal Justice

• Behavioral Health Science

For questions about specific locations or to apply for admission, contact Sue Miller at 267-244-2651 or email apply@harcum edu

2023-2024 Academic Calendar

Partnership Sites

Fall I Semester 2023

New Student Orientation

Classes Begin at 5:30 pm

Labor Day Holiday (No Classes)

Add/Drop Period Ends

Mid Term Grades Due

Last Day to Withdraw with a “W”

Homecoming

Last Day of Classes

Fall Break Begins

Final Grades Due by Noon

Fall II Semester 2023

New Student Orientation

Classes Resume

Pre-Registration for Spring 2024

Add/Drop Ends

Open Registration

Mid Term Grades Due

Last Day to Withdraw with a “W”

Thanksgiving Recess

Spring I Semester 2024

Tuesday August 22

Monday August 28

Monday September 04

Monday September 11

Tuesday September 19

Monday September 25

Saturday October 07

Monday October 16

Tues – Fri October 17 – 20

Wednesday October 18

Tuesday October 17

Monday October 23

Mon – Fri October 23 – 27

Thursday November 02

Monday November 06

Monday November 13

Friday November 17

Spring II Semester 2024

Classes) Wed – Fri November 22
24 Classes Resume
5:30 pm Monday November 27 Last Day of Classes Thursday December 14 Final Grades Due by Noon Monday December 18
(No
-
at
New Student Orientation Tuesday January 09 MLK Day (College Closed) Monday January 15 Classes Begin at 5:30 pm Tuesday January 16 Add/Drop Period Ends Monday January 29 Mid Term Grades Due Tuesday February 06 Last Day to Withdraw with a “W” Monday February 12 Last Day of Classes Monday March 04 Final Grades Due by Noon Wednesday March 06
New Student Orientation Wednesday March 06 Classes Resume Tuesday March 12
Period Ends Monday March 25
2024 Mon – Fri March
Mid Term
Due Tuesday April
Last Day to Withdraw
Monday April 08 Open Registration Tuesday April 16 Last Day of Classes Monday April 29 Final Grades Due
Noon Wednesday May 01 Commencement Saturday May 11 8 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Add/Drop
Pre-Registration for Fall
25 - 29
Grades
02
with a “W”
by

Accreditation

Harcum College is fully accredited by the Middle States Commission on Higher Education (MSCHE)

MSCHE is located at:

M i d d l e S ta t e s C o m m i s s i o n o n H i g h e r Education

3624 Market Street

Philadelphia, PA 19104-2680

267-284-5029

www msche org

In addition, Harcum’s Allied Health programs are accredited on an individual basis by the following organizations:

• The Accreditation Council for Occupational Therapy Education (ACOTE) of the American Occupational Therapy Association (AOTA)

• American Dental Association Commission on Dental Accreditation

• American Veterinary Medical Association, Committee on Veterinary Technician Education and Activities

• Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education of the American Physical Therapy Association (CAPTE)

• Joint Review Commission on Education in Radiologic Technology

• National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences

• Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs (NAACLS)

• National Association for the Education of Young Children (NAEYC)

• Accreditation Commission for Education in Nursing (ACEN)

Equal Opportunity

Harcum College is an equal opportunity institution and as such, does not discriminate in its educational and employment practices with regard to race, color, religion, gender, national origin, ancestry, age, disability, sexual orientation, applicable veteran status, or any other legally protected classification

The College also complies with all federal and state nondiscrimination, equal opportunity, and affirmative action laws, orders, and regulations For more information, contact the Office of Human Resources, Melville Hall, 750 Montgomery Avenue, Bryn Mawr, PA 19010, 610-526-6012

Visas and Loans

Harcum College is permitted by the United States Immigration and Naturalization Service to

Education Act Student Loans

Right to Modify

Changes are necessary from time to time in both academic and financial matters No statements in this Catalog are to be considered a n i r re vo c a b l e c o n t ra c t b e t we e n H a rc u m College and users of this Catalog Harcum College reserves the right to change any provision or requirement at any time during the period that this Catalog is effective

Title IX Statement

Pursuant to the requirement of Title IX of t h e e d u c a t i o n a m e n d m e n t s o f 1 9 7 2 , t h e College does not discriminate on the basis of gender in any educational program or activity or in admissions or employment

a c c e p t fo re i g n s t u d e n t s ( F- 1 V i s a ) T h e C o l l e g e i s a p p ro ve d fo r Na t i o n a l D i re c t
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 9

Student Life

1 0 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

Student Profile

Harcum’s enrollment consists of approximately 1,000 co-educational students Most students are from Pennsylvania and neighboring states, but many other regions are repre s e n t e d I n t e r n a t i o n a l s t u d e n t s, s o m e o f w h o m e n ro l l i n t h e E n g l i s h L a n g u a g e Academy, are members of the Harcum community Harcum’s student population ranges greatly in age, from the traditional student from high school to the adult student changing careers or attending college for the first time

Student Life

The Department of Student Life embraces the mission of the College by empowering students to reach the goal of participative citizenship and a fulfilling life by providing services, programs, and resources in support of academic, professional, and personal growth Student Life staff strive to work collaboratively with all departments to foster an inclusive community which develops students holistically through reinforcing civility, integrity, and respect for diversity In collaboration with the entire College community, Student Life commits to this mission by:

• Empowering students to develop morally, socially, and academically by providing an atmosphere of accountability

• Encouraging students to advocate for themselves and others, as we advocate for them, with respect to diversity and the promotion of civility in their current lives, as well as their future communities

• Serving as a resource to the College community about students, their development, and their needs

• Challenging ourselves to consistently evaluate divisional effectiveness by implementation of routine assessment to identify student needs and satisfaction with program and service offerings

T h e S t u d e n t L i f e s ta f f c h a l l e n g e s a n d encourages each student to explore and discover personal values and to use that knowledge to establish and meet academic, career, and life goals.

Residence Life

The residential experience offers a climate that stimulates, nurtures, and challenges each individual Students are encouraged to participate actively in building a community with their peers

Re s i d e n t i a l l i f e a t H a rc u m C o l l e g e i s designed to extend the possibilities for learning outside the traditional classroom Staff provide a n e n v i ro n m e n t t h a t p ro m o t e s l i v i n g a n d learning opportunities for individual growth and development, a strong sense of community, and responsibility for self and others in the residential environment

Students interested in living on campus

m u s t s u b m i t a s e p a ra t e Re s i d e n c e L i f e Application and $200 deposit, and exhibit the maturity to live independently

Residential students are also required to submit verification from their physician that they received the following immunizations: M M R (Measles, Mumps, and Rubella) and Meningococcal Quadrivalent (Serogroups A, C, Y, and W-135), as well as the COVID-19 vaccine. The following immunizations are recommended, but not required, for residential s t u d e n t s : Po l i o , Va r i c e l l a ( C h i c ke n Pox ) , Hepatitis B, and Tetanus-Diphtheria-Pertussis Please access the required form from the webs i t e a t h a rc u m e d u / h o u s i n g a p p l i c a t i o n Students will not be permitted to move into their residence hall room until proper immun i za t i o n d o c u m e n ta t i o n a n d re c o rd s a re received. Questions about immunizations or to submit immunization records should be directed to immunizations@harcum edu

Residential students are expected to carry a full course load of at least 12 credit hours per semester They must verify with Financial Aid and Student Accounts that they have sufficient funds to cover living in Harcum’s residence halls To live in residence as a part-time student, special permission must be obtained from the Office of Student Life Residence Life may be contacted at 610-526-6092

Dining Services

The dining hall in Klein Hall is open to the entire Harcum community Resident students must present their valid student I D at all meals Commuter students and guests must pay for each meal or purchase a meal card. Dining Services may be contacted at 610-5256262

All resident students must participate in the College’s resident student meal plan which consists of 19 meals per week Refunds are not given for missed meals Special diets can be accommodated by contacting the Sodexo General Manager, Timothy Flynn, at 215-4608180, or tflynn@harcum.edu. For more information about the Klein Dining Hall, including hours and menus, visit https://harcum sodexomyway com/

Campus Safety

The Office of Campus Safety strives to provide a safe and secure environment for all Bryn Mawr students, faculty, and staff of the H a rc u m c o m m u n i t y T h i s g o a l i s a c c o mplished through a collaborative and integrated safety and security program intended to benefit everyone as they live, study, work, and play on our campus Campus Safety is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week at 610-526-6099 It is recommended that students, faculty, and staff enter this number into their phones

Break Closing

The College’s buildings and residence halls are closed during all break periods Resident students must vacate the residence hall during the Thanksgiving, mid-semester/winter, and spring breaks For dates, consult the academic calendar at www harcum edu/calendar, or call Campus Safety at 610-526-6099

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 1 1

Campus Activities

The Office of Campus Activities (OCA) is committed to the development and growth of our students by providing a wide variety of co-curricular experiences. OCA is designed to c o m p l e m e n t t h e a c a d e m i c m i s s i o n o f Harcum College by providing opportunities to meet the diverse developmental and educational needs of our students OCA strives to foster an environment that cultivates student learning through intentional leadership, social, educational, entertainment, and service programs that promote student success OCA implements in-person and hybrid engagement opportunities that serve the Harcum College community, and communicates these programs to the student body through weekly email newsletters delivered throughout the fall and spring semesters

Educational, community service, and social events are an important part of the Harcum College experience Students play an integral role in the selection of events.

The Dean of Student Life, Residence Life, Admissions, and OCA Activities are responsible for providing student leadership opportunities These opportunities are excellent resume builders and they allow students to develop a range of paraprofessional, transferable skills they can use as they assume leadership positions in their chosen professions and within their communities.

The Office of Campus Activities is located in Room 207 of Klein Hall, or contact the office at 610-526-6038 or via email at campusactivities@harcum edu

Commuting Students

H a rc u m C o l l e g e ’ s p ro g ra m s a n d B r y n Mawr location attract many commuting students from the tri-state area Commuting stud e n t s a re e n c o u ra g e d to p a r t i c i p a t e i n a l l C o l l e g e - s p o n s o re d f u n c t i o n s a n d e ve n t s, including the Student Government Association and student organizations The Commuter Lounge, located next to the Campus Store on the lower level of the Academic Center, is available to all commuter students for quiet socializing or studying Commuting students are encouraged to use the dining facilities in Klein Hall. Commuters may purchase meal tickets in the Dining Hall or pay the per meal price upon entry

Student Organizations

The Office of Campus Activities formally recognizes student organizations. Harcum College offers a variety of organizations to fulfill academic, artistic, and personal interests Many of the student organizations aim to help students learn more about their chosen professions and future career options Additionally, students are encouraged to create a student organization during the academic year

For more information, contact the Office of Campus Activities at campusactivities@harcum edu or 610-526-6038

Student Government Association

T h e S t u d e n t G o ve r n m e n t A s s o c i a t i o n (SGA) responds to the needs of and represents all Harcum students Harcum recognizes the importance of developing responsible citizens and encourages students to apply to participate in the SGA Through the SGA, students collaborate with faculty, staff, and administrators to offer solutions It is the SGA’s mission to establish and maintain high standards of spirit, honor, integrity, and loyalty SGA members represent the entire student body and respond to students’ interests and to academic and social concerns For more information, visit www harcum edu/sga or email sga@harcum edu

Phi Theta Kappa Honor Society

Harcum College inducts eligible students into the Iota Kappa chapter of Phi Theta Kappa (PTK) honor society Selection for membership to Phi Theta Kappa is considered one of the highest honors a Harcum student can receive Students are chosen for Phi Theta Kappa based on their academic achievement

PTK is the International Honor Society of two-year colleges The mission of PTK is to recognize and encourage scholarship and community service among two-year college students

To be considered for membership, students must have earned a minimum cumulative grade point average of 3 5 and have completed at least 15 hours of college level classes at Harcum College.

Service

Every Harcum student is encouraged to participate in the many community service ex p e r i e n c e s a va i l a b l e a t H a rc u m C o l l e g e Service learning provides students with the opportunity to make the important connection between academic coursework and service in the community Service learning projects can be initiated in schools or local community organizations; they can also be tailored to the students’ interests and curriculum objectives O p p o r t u n i t i e s fo r vo l u n t e e r i s m c a n b e arranged for individuals or groups of students t h ro u g h s t u d e n t ' s a c a d e m i c p ro g ra m o r through the Office of Campus Activities

1 2 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

Office of Disability Services

The Office of Disability Services provides disability accommodation recommendations, tools and services, and individual and group workshops. A Learning Specialist is available to assess individual learning practices and styles, and identify strategies to promote learning success The Office of Disability Services is located in the lower level of the Academic Center on Harcum’s Bryn Mawr Campus

I n a c c o rd a n c e w i t h S e c t i o n 5 0 4 o f t h e Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1992, Harcum College will provide appropriate and reasonable accommodations, which allow equal access to its educational programs Students with documented disabilities are encouraged to provide d o c u m e n ta t i o n to t h e O f f i c e o f D i s a b i l i t y Services Disability Services will review and consider documentation created by a licensed professional who has diagnosed the disability and whose reports are dated within three years of acceptance to Harcum College.

The documentation will assist and guide in providing the most effective and appropriate strategies and accommodations for the student Guidelines for documentation can be obtained from the Director of Disability Services

The student must declare and document his or her disability to the College to receive accommodations or special services By law, the College is not responsible for making special accommodations for a student who has not declared and documented his or her disability It is recommended that current and a p p ro p r i a t e d o c u m e n ta t i o n b e s e n t a f t e r College acceptance, but in advance of matriculation The student is responsible for arrangi n g a n a p p o i n t m e n t w i t h t h e D i re c to r o f Disability Services to initiate the services Disclosure of a disability is confidential unless the student provides the Director of Disability Services with written authorization to release information This process is also required for placement testing and field site accommodations

Disability Support Services can be reached at 610-526-6036

Disability Services

Section 504 Grievance Procedures Introduction

The purpose of these procedures is to settle any and all grievances which may be raised by a disabled student. A student is an individual accepted into a college program These procedures are designed to meet the requirements for grievance procedures as set forth in the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended

Informal Settlement of Grievance

It is the goal of Harcum College to settle any and all grievance matters with disabled students in an informal way. Upon receipt of a written grievance by any disabled student with a grievance involving a disability issue, the grievance will be submitted for review to the Director of Disability Services This person will then meet with the student complaining (hereinafter “grievant”) at a time, date, and place convenient to both parties The person hearing the grievance must always be someone other than the person who took the action resulting in the grievance Both parties shall present any and all evidence and statements pertaining to the current grievance All statements and evidence shall be held in strictest confidence by both parties After the meeting fo r i n fo r

Disability Services will issue a decision within 10 working days in writing

Within the written decision of the informal settlement, the grievant will also be advised that he/she may request a commencement of formal grievance proceeding upon request

Procedures to Commence a Formal Grievance Hearing

If the informal procedures fail to satisfy t h e d i s p u t e, t h e fo r m a l h e a r i n g p ro c e s s becomes available to all disabled students who have a grievance concerning a disability issue that may also be the subject of a complaint under Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended The following are the steps to be followed under the formal grievance procedure:

1 Request for a Hearing: Within thirty (30) days of receipt of the results of the informal settlement, the student seeking relief from Harcum College may file a written grievance The letter should state the nature of the grievance and the action or relief sought Written requests should be submitted by email to the Vice President of Academic A f fa i rs w i t h a c o p y to t h e D i re c to r o f Disability Services

2 Failure to Request a Hearing: Anyone who is covered under this policy waives his or h e r r i g h t to a h e a r i n g i f h e / s h e h a s n o t requested a hearing within the noted time frames in #1 Other rights to file a complaint under the relief granted by the terms of the 1988 Amendments of Fair Housing Act or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, are not waived

3 Hearing Prerequisite: In order to qualify for a formal 504 Grievance Hearing, the grievant must waive an informal hearing or have participated in the informal settlement procedure outlined above If the grievant can show just cause why he/she did not participate or request informal settlement under the provisions above, then the Director of Disability Services may waive this requirement

4 Location and Time of Hearing: The location a n d t i m e o f t h e h e a r i n g s h a l l b e j o i n t l y agreed upon by all parties involved Every effort shall be made to locate the hearing in a fully accessible location

a l s e t t l e m e n t
m
, t h e D i re c to r o f
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 1 3

Counseling Services

Counseling Services provides students with mental, emotional, and behavioral health services and resources that support their needs

Individual counseling sessions are provided confidentially Groups and workshops can also be offered according to students’ needs These issues include, but are not limited to the following:

• Relationships (family, roommate, faculty, partners, friends, etc )

• Depression

• Self-esteem and self-worth

• Culture shock (environment, ethnicity, race, class)

• Dealing with failure or success

• Grief and loss (death, loss of a relationship, loss of a way of life)

• Anxiety/frustration/loneliness

• Trauma/post-traumatic stress/abuse, assault

• Dealing with anger

• College transition/homesickness

• Academic concerns (student /faculty mediation)

Referrals can be made by students, staff, faculty, and families, and anonymity will be utilized when applicable

Counseling Services works closely with the Harcum community to assist students with their social, emotional, and academic needs Referrals are made to local community resources when appropriate. A counselor is available by phone to address any issues that may arise after scheduled office hours Contact Counseling Services at 610-526-6045 or 610212-4587 (cell/text) to schedule an appointment, or for any questions or concerns You can find more information about Counseling Services at harcum edu/counselingservices

Student Health Services

The Health Center is located on the first floor of Klein Hall Its mission is to serve the health and wellness needs of all Harcum students by providing quality health care, health education, and preventative services in a caring and convenient manner at minimal cost The Health Center provides evaluation and treatment of illness and injury and is a valuable resource for health-related learning

Information or assistance related to a particular health problem or question are confidentially discussed

The Health Center is open during the fall and spring semesters Appointments are not necessary, but encouraged Telehealth appointments are also available All students are treated under the direction of the College Certified Registered Nurse Practitioner

Students wishing to reside in the Harcum College residence halls must submit at least four (4) weeks prior to move-in day a record of meningitis and M.M.R. vaccine documentation, as well as proof of the COVID-19 vaccine Any questions, please contact the Health Center at 610-526-6090 or via email at varonovschwartz@harcum edu

Career & Transfer Services

Career & Transfer Services assists students and alumni with their career development t h ro u g h t h e c a re e r m a n a g e m e n t s y s t e m , College Central. Group workshops and individual career coaching sessions are also offered to help students and alumni focus on career exploration, resume writing, gaining professional experience, and job searching strategies We also offer a free Career Closet that provides students and alumni with gently used donated professional clothing Job postings for parttime and full-time employment are available at harcum.edu/careertransfer.

Students that are interested in transferring to a four-year college or university can meet with professional staff to assist them in the college selection process, application procedures, and college essay writing Career & Transfer Services also hosts Transfer Fairs during the fall and spring semesters The Office has generated several articulation agreements w i t h fo u r - y e a r c o l l e g e s a n d u n i ve rs i t i e s. Resources related to the transfer process can be found at harcum edu/transferresources

All Career & Transfer Services resources and information about upcoming events can be found at harcum edu/careertransfer Career

a n d Tra n s f e r S e r v i c e s i s l o c a t e d i n t h e Academic Center on the first floor, Room 110 The departmental email address is careertransfer@harcum.edu. The Career & Transfer Services team can also be reached at 610-5266047

1 4 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

Office of Institutional Advancement

The Office of Institutional Advancement supports the College’s mission and Strategic Plan, which prioritizes securing funding opportunities to benefit our students and the Harcum community Institutional Advancement keeps alumni, students, trustees, staff, and friends connected through events and communication and serves as a networking bridge between students and alumni prior to and following graduation

I n s t i t u t i o n a l Ad va n c e m e n t i n c l u d e s Alumni Relations, Annual Giving, Major Gifts, Fo u n d a t i o n s a n d G ra n t s, P l a n n e d G i v i n g , Development and Alumni Communication, and Stewardship

Alumni Relations

Harcum College graduates join a network of over 11,000 alumni, and enjoy a variety of benefits and programs, including:

• Subscription to Patches alumni magazine and Bear Essentials, Harcum’s e-newsletter

• Access to the Office of Career and Transfer Services

• Invitations to Homecoming, Class and Program reunions, networking events, Continuing Education Programs, and the annual Kevin D Marlo Golf and Tennis Classic Scholarship fundraising event

Harcum Campus Store

Vo l u n t

o r t u n i t i e s t h ro u g h t h e Harcum College Alumni Association (HCAA) include:

• The HCAA Board of Directors, an elected and appointed board of alumni who work to advance the mission of Harcum College, engage and energize the alumni community, and support current students

• Alumni Ambassador Committee assist the College in attracting students with the greatest potential for a successful and satisfying Harcum College experience Promote Harcum, share personal experiences and recommend Harcum to prospective students, family, friends and associates.

• Events and Affinity Programs Committee develop opportunities to enhance existing events and build new events and programming to encourage alumni participation and engagement

• Recent Graduate Committee develop outreach strategies to engage graduates of the ten most recent classes

Fundraising

Institutional Advancement leads and directs Harcum’s development efforts Thanks to the generosity of alumni, trustees, and friends, Harcum keeps annual tuition increases to a minimum Gifts and grants fund improvements to facilities, programs, and support student financial aid

The Harcum Fund is the College’s annual fund program The Harcum Fund directly supports current students by providing funding for the College’s areas of greatest need including scholarship support

Institutional Advancement also seeks support for Harcum programs and initiatives by way of legacy gifts through wills, estates, and other planned giving vehicles as well as corporate and foundation gifts through corporate sponsorships and grants

For more information, please contact the Office of Institutional Advancement at 6105 2

Alumni and friends are welcome to visit the

The Harcum Campus Store is located on Harcum’s Bryn Mawr Campus, in the lower level of the Academic Center The Store provides the college community with a means to order textbooks via an online partner The Store also sells Harcum merchandise, school supplies, and other novelties There is a coffee bar, TV lounge, and Internet accessible computers

The hours of operation are Monday through Thursday, 9:00 a m – 5:30 p m and Friday 9:00 a m to 5:00 p m

Acceptable methods of payment include cash, DISCOVER, MasterCard, VISA, American Express, and Apple Pay Checks are not accepted The Campus Store can be reached at 610-526-6041

The Harcum Campus Store also has an official online apparel store at harcumgear com There you can shop and show off your Bear Pride!

Post Office/Student Mailboxes

All residential students have the option to use a mailbox Incoming and campus mail is p l a c e d i n s t u d e n t m a i l b oxe s a n d s t u d e n t s should check their mailboxes regularly When a package is received, an email notification will be sent to the student. The notification will include the designated hours for pick-up All parcels must be mailed from the Bryn Mawr Post Office Registered or certified mail must be picked up at the Bryn Mawr Post Office

The Campus Post Office is located on the ground level of the Academic Center, near the Campus Store and is open Monday through Friday, 9:00 a.m. to 3:45 p.m. For U.S. postal information, contact the Bryn Mawr Post Office at 610-525-2374

A limited number of mailboxes are available for commuting students Commuters who desire a mailbox should contact the Office of Residence Life at 610-526-6092

Security Reports

Harcum’s Annual Security & Fire Safety report is available through the Office of Campus Safety, located in Klein Hall, or on the Harcum College website at www harcum edu/crimestats For more information, contact the Office of Campus Safety at 610-526-6099

e e r o p p
6
6
r a d va n c e m e n t @ h a rc u m e d u
o f f i c e s i n B e d fo rd H a l l o n H a rc u m ’ s B r y n
6 -
0
0 o
Mawr Campus
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 1 5

Athletics

1 6 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

Harcum Athletic Teams

Harcum College offers 11 intercollegiate sports which compete in Region 19 (Eastern Pennsylvania, New Jersey, and Delaware) of the National Junior College Athletic Association (NJCAA) Men’s basketball, men’s and women’s soccer, men’s and women’s cross country, men’s and women’s indoor track & field, and men’s and women’s outdoor track & field compete at the Division I level Women’s basketball and volleyball compete at the Division II level Athletes must be full-time students who have not exhausted their collegiate athletic eligibility and who are eligible to compete and receive athletic aid for two seasons while at Harcum College Students who participate in va rs i t y a t h l e t i c s fo r t wo s e a s o n s a re n o t required to take additional physical education classes for credit Academic eligibility requirements are stipulated by the NJCAA For information, please contact the Athletic Director, or go to www harcum edu/athletics

Athletic Facts

• Colors: Purple and White

• Mascot: Hatcher the Bear

• Sports: Basketball (Men & Women), Jr Varsity Basketball (Men), Cross Country (Men & Women), Indoor Track & Field (Men & Women), Outdoor Track & Field (Men & Women), Soccer (Men & Women), Volleyball (Women)

• Contact: J J DeTemple, Athletic Director, 610-639-4254, jjdetemple@harcum edu

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 1 7

Admissions

1 8 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

Admission to Harcum College

Harcum College seeks to provide many possibilities by offering a quality education for career-oriented students In keeping with the College’s mission, enrollment counselors treat students holistically and respectfully, valuing the uniqueness of each student’s learning style and background

Each applicant’s ability to benefit from a Harcum degree program is carefully considered; students whose academic and/or work history indicates a high probability of success will be the strongest candidates

Applicants are encouraged to schedule a visit to the College, tour the regional campus and/or site they are interested in attending, and learn more about programs of interest with an enrollment counselor The visit is a critical part of the admissions process for Bryn Mawr campus students, and is recommended for all Partnership Site and hybrid students, as it helps to determine the best course of action for the prospective student to achieve his or her goals

With a few key exceptions, programs at Harcum College operate under a rolling admissions policy, which means that the Admissions Committee reviews each application file as s o o n a s i t i s c o m p l e t e T h e exc e p t i o n s a re

D e n ta l H y g i e n e, O c c u p a t i o n a l T h e ra p y

A s s i s ta n t , P h y s i c a l T h e ra p i s t A s s i s ta n t , Nursing, and Radiologic Technology. Deadlines for these programs can be found on Harcum’s website, www harcum edu or by calling the Office of Admissions at 610-526-6050

Rolling Admission

Applicants will be notified within 10 working days – usually sooner – of a decision and o f a n y c o n d i t i o n s n e c e s s a r y fo r e n t r y . Prospective students are advised to apply as early as possible to ensure admission to the program of choice

Harcum College accepts students from a wide range of schools in the United States and abroad The College is open to qualified applicants of all races, religions, and ethnic backgrounds

Submitting Your Application

All applicants to Harcum College should submit the following:

• A completed Harcum College application form The online application can be completed by going to www harcum edu and clicking on “Apply Now” in the navigation bar of the home page

• Application Fee

• High school transcript and/or GED transcript This requirement is waived for applicants who have completed a bachelor’s degree, unless specifically requested

• Current high school seniors must submit final high school transcripts no later than thirty (30) days following graduation

• Official college transcripts from all regionally accredited colleges attended, if applicable

• A typed personal essay that includes why you are choosing your desired major

• Letter(s) of recommendation from an employer, teacher, guidance counselor, etc. Two (2) letters of recommendation are required for the Nursing Program

• Official SAT or ACT scores, if taken (Old) Critical Reading and Math Scores, (New) Evidence-based Reading/Writing & Math or ACT Composite score

• Resume (Nursing only)

• TOEFL/IELTS/DET (Duolingo English Test) Scores -Students whose native language is not English must present an acceptable test score or meet one of the exemptions before they are accepted into any degree program.

English Language Proficiency and Exemptions

Harcum College accepts the TOEFL (Test

English must present an acceptable test score or meet one of the exemptions before they are accepted into any degree program.

*Nursing students are not eligible for the exemptions Nursing students must submit an accepted score from the TOEFL, DET, or IELTS

Required TOEFL, DET, and/or IELTS

Scores for Allied Health Programs

(Non-Nursing):

Internet-based test: 79

Computer-based test: 213

Paper-based test: 550

IELTS: 6 5 band score

DET: 105

Required TOEFL, DET, and/or IELTS

Scores for Non-Allied Health Programs:

Internet-based test: 61

Computer-based test: 173

Paper-based test: 500

IELTS: 5 5 band score

DET: 90

Exemptions:

• Earned a high school diploma from a high school in the United States

• Earned a B or higher in English 101 and English 102 in a U S college or university along with a minimum of 2 0 GPA in all college coursework

• A minimum SAT or ACT score: Minimum ACT English score of 20 or minimum SAT Critical Reading score of 500 (old), or minimum SAT Reading score of 560 (new)

• Earned a AA, AS, or bachelor's degree or higher from an accredited U S college

• Successful completion of Harcum College’s ELA program

national English Language Testing System) as proof of English proficiency

• Students from the following countries are exempt from the TOEFL or IELTS Exam: Antigua & Barbuda, Australia, Bahamas, Belize, Bermuda, Canada (except Quebec), Fiji, Grenada, Guyana, Ireland, Jamaica, Kiribati, Marshall Islands, Mauritania, Micronesia, New Zealand, St. Kitts & Nevis, St Lucia, St Vincent & the Grenadines, Solomon Islands, Trinidad & Tobago, United Kingdom

o f E n g l i s h a s a Fo re i g n L a n g u a g e ) , D E T ( D u o l i n g o E n g l i s h Te s t ) , o r I E LTS ( I n t e r -
S t u d e n t s w h o s e n a t i ve l a n g u a g e i s n o t
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 1 9

English Language Policy

for the Nursing and Occupational Therapy Assistant Programs

A l l a p p l i c a n t s w h o a re n o t b o r n i n t h e U n i t e d S ta t e s w i l l b e re q u i re d to ta ke t h e TOEFL, DET, or IELTS Exam

• TOEFL Score Requirement: Overall score of at least an 87 and individual section scores as follows: Reading 21, Listening 22, Speaking 23, and Writing 21

• IELTS Score Requirement: Overall score of at least 6 5 and individual sections scores as follows: Listening 6.5, Reading 6 5, Writing 6, and Speaking 7

• Duolingo Score Requirement: Overall score of at least 110 and individual scores are TBD

Please note: Some majors may have additional application requirements, additional standards, and/or prerequisite classes needed for admission, as well as the grades which students should have completed in those classes. Please refer to the descriptions of individual programs in this catalog for more information

Please Note: Harcum College has the right to refuse admission or readmission for any student at its discretion Harcum College is an equal opportunity institution and as such does not discriminate in its educational and employment practices with regard to race, color, religion, gender, national origin, ancestry, age, disability, sexual orientation, applicable veteran status, or any other legally protected classification The College also complies with all federal and state nondiscrimination, equal opportunity and affirmative action laws, orders and regulations

Accuplacer Exam

Accuplacer is a placement measure that

Transfer Student Policy

Ac

i n g , a n d English proficiency and helps the College make decisions regarding the proper class level for admitted students and the applicants’ ability to benefit from specific programs

Students who have already completed a college level math or English course with a “C” or better from a regionally accredited institution would be waived from taking that portion of the Accuplacer exam Students will be required to transfer the credits for these courses See Transfer Student Policy for details

Criminal Background Disclosure Statement

Please be advised that results of a criminal background check may exclude a student from participating in a clinical, internship, and/or field work component of their program This may also preclude a student from meeting degree requirements needed for graduation and/or ability to take certification/licensure exams If accepted, it is the student’s responsibility to report changes in the status of their criminal background to their program director

Harcum College welcomes transfer students and is flexible with our transfer credit policy because we understand that many applicants have invested time and money into previous coursework at other accredited colleges

Transfer credits may be transferred into Harcum College through official college transcripts, College Level Examination Program (CLEP) transcripts, Advance Placement exam (AP) transcripts, Child Development Associate Credential (CDA) certification, and American Council on Education (ACE) transcripts Refer to the sections in the college catalog on CDA, CLEP, and AP for more details

All applicants seeking to transfer credits from a previously attended institution must meet the criteria and fulfill the requirements stated below

Requirements:

• The post-secondary institution where the credits were earned must be accredited by the appropriate regional accreditation agency

• All applicants must submit an official transcript from all previously attended institutions of higher education

• Students who have attended international universities must have their transcripts evaluated (course-by-course evaluation) by InCRED or a NACES approved agency for all post-secondary coursework completed outside the U S prior to submitting an official transcript

• Credit for military training is based on an evaluation by the American Council on Education (ACE) and is the applicant’s responsibility to contact ACE

• Course(s) to be transferred must be directly relevant to the student’s program of study

• Comparable core curriculum course(s) may be transferred into Harcum College to help narrow down the range of core courses the applicant must take toward completion of the Associate’s degree Program specific courses will be evaluated and granted credit at the discretion of the program director

m o s t H a rc u m s t u d e n t s c o m p l e t e a t s o m e p o i n t , s o m e t i m e s b e fo re a d m i s s i o n to t h e
College
u p l a c e r c o ve rs m a t h ,
a d
c
re
2 0 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

• Mathematics, Sciences, and Computer Science courses completed within the last 10 years may be accepted for transfer credit All other courses do not have an expiration for transfer.

• The course(s) must have successfully been completed with a grade of “C” or better

• The maximum amount of transfer credits awarded cannot exceed 30 credits (33 credits for Dental Hygiene and Nursing)

• Transfer credits are not included in computing a grade point average and are listed as “TR” grades on the student’s official Harcum transcript

• Questions about the application process and about specific Harcum degree programs should be directed to the Office of Admissions

• Questions about Credit for Life and Career Experience should be directed to the appropriate program director

• Any additional questions regarding transfer credits should be directed to the Office of Student Records

College Level Examination Program – CLEP

Applicants may receive transfer credits if t h e y h a ve s u c c e s s f u l l y c o m p l e t e d a C L E P exam Applicants who have completed a CLEP exam must have the original College Grade Report sent from the College Board to Harcum College CLEP exams for equivalent courses relevant to the applicant’s program of study with a score of 50 or higher may be accepted for transfer

Advanced Placement Exam – AP

High school students who have taken college level courses and the advanced placement examinations need to submit their AP exam scores to Harcum College Applicants who have achieved a score of three (3) or higher are eligible for consideration for transfer credit

Child Development Associate Credential – CDA

Nine (9) credits may be granted to Early Childhood Education applicants who submit a current CDA certificate These credits can only be awarded for specific Early Childhood Education courses and transferring in additional credits may affect the award

How It Works

Simply submit official transcripts from all previous coursework as part of the admissions process Once accepted into a Harcum College degree program, the transcripts will be evaluated for applicable transfer credit The applicant will receive a copy of the official transfer evaluation with the acceptance materials

i o n p a c ke t s a n d t ra n s c r i p t s should be sent to: Harcum College

Attn: Admissions Office, 750 Montgomery Avenue, Bryn Mawr, PA 19010

Transfer Appeal Policy and Procedure Appeal Procedures:

Academic transcripts are evaluated based upon the procedures established in the Transfer Student Policy It is possible that errors in the transfer of credits can occur In the event a student believes an error has occurred, the appeal procedure is as follows:

I T h e s t u d e n t s h o u l d f i rs t c o n ta c t t h e Associate Registrar in the Office of Student Records to discuss the transfer evaluation results and provide any additional documentation needed to assist with the review (for example, an updated transcript, college catalog, syllabus, or other documentation from the sending institution) Appeals to the Associate Registrar must be submitted no later than 30 days after the completion of the initial evaluation

II If the issue is not resolved, the student m a y re q u e s t f u r t h e r re v i e w f ro m t h e Registrar.

A f t e r c o n f e r r i n g w i t h t h e s t u d e n t , t h e Registrar will present the student’s claim along w i t h a n y a d d i t i o n a l d o c u m e n ta t i o n to t h e appropriate program director for consideration and will communicate the decision to the student in writing within 15 working days during the academic Fall and Spring semesters The decision of the Registrar and/or program director is final

III Appeals to the Associate Registrar under item II above must be submitted no later than 90 days after the completion of the initial evaluation

Permission to Complete a Course at Another Institution After Matriculation

Harcum College expects all degree seeking matriculated students to complete all of their courses at Harcum College unless permission is granted by their program director and the appropriate paperwork is completed

A f t e r m a t r i c u l a t i o n , a s t u d e n t h a s t h e option to take six (6) credits at another college and transfer to Harcum, but only up to the a l l o wa b l e 3 0 c re d i t s ( 3 3 c re d i t s fo r D e n ta l Hygiene & Nursing) This is at the discretion a n d a p p ro va l o f t h e p ro g ra m d i re c to r A l l requests must be approved on the Matriculated S t u d e n t Re q u e s t to At t e n d No n - H a rc u m Courses form and processed through the Office of Student Records prior to taking the course Also, it is the student’s responsibility to have an official transcript forwarded to the Office of Student Records upon completion of the requested course(s)

Matriculated students will not receive transfer credit for courses taken at another institution if the Matriculated Student Request to Attend Non-Harcum Courses form is not completed PRIOR to the start of the non-Harcum course

Readmission Policy

If you were previously enrolled at Harcum and have not been in attendance for 2 years or more and left the college in good standing, you are required to submit a new admissions application Students applying for readmission who have attended other colleges and/or universities since their most recent enrollment at Harcum must submit an official transcript from each regionally accredited college or university attended to the Admissions Office before a readmission decision can be made Students who have been out of attendance from Harcum for more than 7 years may need to submit all new documentation, as the origi n a l d o c u m e n t s m a y n o l o n g e r b e o n f i l e

However, Harcum College coursework history a n d g ra d e s e a r n e d a re ke p t p e r m a n e n t l y Students must be in good academic and financial standing in order to be considered for readmission to Harcum

l l a p p l i c a t
A
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 2 1

If readmitted, you will fall under the program requirements and transfer credit policies as outlined in the Harcum catalog at the time of your readmission This may mean that the courses needed to complete your program have changed, which may require you to take additional courses in order to graduate Also, depending on the length of time the student has been out, repetition of courses may be required by the department or program

The College reserves the right to limit readmissions on the basis of projected enrollment figures and the availability of space

Changing Programs/Majors

Current students planning to change from one degree program to another degree program must receive approval from their current advisor, advisor of the new proposed major, and VP of Academic Affairs If approval is granted by all parties, a Change of Program form must be completed and submitted to the Office of Student Records Once this form is processed, a new evaluation of transfer credits, if applicable will be completed and a new Academic Plan will be assigned Please note, changing d e g re e p ro g ra m s ( m a j o r ) m a y i m p a c t t h e length of time to graduation and financial standing Students are also advised to meet with their financial aid counselor to discuss any potential impact to their financial aid and tuition payments as a result of the change of major.

Important Note: Current students who wish to change their program (major) to one of the following programs must reapply by submitting a new admissions application by the appropriate deadline Admission to these p ro g ra m s i s c o m p e t i t i ve a n d a c c e p ta n c e and/or change of program is not guaranteed Once a decision is made, the college will notify you in writing of your admission decision. If accepted, a Change of Program form must be c o m p l e t e d a n d s u b m i t t e d to t h e O f f i c e o f Student Records Once this form is processed, a new evaluation of transfer credits, if applicable, will be completed and a new Academic Plan will be assigned

• Dental Hygiene

• Nursing

• Physical Therapist Assistant

• Occupational Therapy Assistant

• Radiologic Technology

• Veterinary Nursing

Non-Matriculated Student Policy

This status is reserved for students who are not seeking a degree or certificate at the time of admission, are not interested in receiving federal or institutional financial aid, and who wish to waive placement testing and academi c a dv i sement wh i c h wo u l d no rma l l y determine the appropriateness of their courses for degree fulfillment or transfer credit

Because of these conditions, enrolling for classes under this status is simplified Nonmatriculated students do not follow the trad i t i o n a l a d m i s s i o n re q u i re m e n t s o f matriculated students. The non-matriculated student status is designed to allow any interested individual to attend college credit courses without declaring a major or seeking a degree

Admission to non-matriculated status does not constitute admission to a degree program and does not guarantee enrollment in a part i c u l a r c o u rs e, a s s o m e o f t h e c o u rs e s a t Harcum College are restricted to degree students and/or require specific prerequisites. Non-matriculated students are limited to a total of 15 credits in this status and must c o m p l e t e t h e No n - M a t r i c u l a t e d S ta t u s Application before registering If a student wishes to continue courses at the College, they w i l l n e e d to a p p l y fo r m a t r i c u l a t e d s ta t u s through the appropriate admissions process

International Students

International students applying for admission to Harcum College must complete all admissions requirements and also submit the following:

• An official evaluation, by InCRED or a NACES approved agency, certifying that the secondary school transcripts have the equivalency to a U S high school diploma

• A course-by-course credential evaluation completed by InCRED or a NACES approved agency for all post-secondary coursework completed outside the U S

• Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or IELTS scores for all students for whom English is a second language Harcum’s institutional code number is 2287 Students who are unable to demonstrate English proficiency will still be considered for acceptance, but may need to enroll in English Language Academy courses

• Financial documentation in the form of an official bank letter (on letterhead) stating the amount of funds in the account, and a letter of support from the sponsor are required before the Form I-20 for the F-1 student visa can be issued

• Harcum entrance examinations demonstrating English proficiency

For immigration and financial aid information, please see the Center for International Programs section (or call the Center at 6105 2 6 - 611 8 ) S e e y o u r p ro g ra m d i re c to r fo r requirements specific to your program

2 2 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

Permanent Resident Students

Permanent resident students applying for admission to Harcum College must complete all admissions requirements and also submit the following:

• Copy of Permanent Resident Card

Documents below are required if secondary and/or post-secondary coursework was completed outside the United States:

•An official evaluation, by InCRED or a NACES approved agency, certifying that the secondary school transcripts have the equivalency to a U S high school diploma

• A course-by-course credential evaluation completed by InCRED or a NACES certified organization for all postsecondary coursework completed outside the US

• Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL), Duolingo, or IELTS scores for all students who were born outside the United States See English Language Proficiency and Exemptions Policy for details

Articulation with Four-Year Institutions

An articulation agreement is a formal agreement that allows credits earned in specific Harcum College programs to be accepted at another college or university

Students planning to transfer to four-year institutions after graduation from Harcum College are urged to familiarize themselves with the transfer process and to select one or more institutions early in their second year to which they may wish to apply For information on Harcum’s four-year educational partners, go to www harcum edu/articulations

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 2 3

Tuition and Financial Aid

2 4 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

2023-2024 Tuition

Tuition for the 2023-24 Academic Year

TUITION

Full-time tuition (12-18 credits)

$14,750/semester-$29,500/year (does not include books/fees)

Part-time tuition (less than 11 credits)

$935/credit (does not include books/fees)

Continuing and Professional Studies

Please call 610-526-6100 for pricing

ROOM AND BOARD

Double $5,800/semester or $11,600/year

Single (if available)

$6,800/semester or $13,600/year (Includes room occupancy and meal plan)

Damage Deposit

$200 (Refundable after final semester damage report)

Room Reservation Deposit

$100 (returning resident)

Total Cost for Full-time Enrollment & Double Room/Board

$41,100/year (plus fees)

SUMMER SESSIONS

Summer Sessions – Room & Board

$480/week $3,360/7 weeks

$4,800/10 weeks

ALLIED HEALTH PROGRAMS

(part-time tuition)

Veterinary Nursing, Radiologic Technology, Occupational Therapy Assistant, Physical Therapist Assistant, Dental Hygiene, Nursing

Part-time Tuition - $1,035/credit (excludes PTA part-time evening) (does not include books and fees)

MISCELLANEOUS FEES AND DEPOSITS

Application Fee

$50 (non-refundable)

Tuition Deposit

$200 (non-refundable)

Housing Deposit

$200 (non-refundable)

Technology Fee

$200/semester

Testing Fee

$300/semester (Vet Nursing, Rad Tech, OTA, PTA, Nursing)

Audit Fee

$935/credit

Returned Check Charge

$45/check

Late Registration Fee

$100

Parking Fee

$50/semester, $25 summer, $10 each additional

Senior Citizen (65 years and older)

$150/credit Non-matriculated/ based on space availability

Students enrolled at the Bryn Mawr campus opting to take more than 18 credits per semester are charged an overload fee of $890 per credit. This does not apply to students who are required to take more than 18 credits in a semester by their program's course sequence Students enrolled at a Partnership site opting to take more than 14 credits per semester are charged an overload fee of $890 per credit

Parking Permit

Students who wish to park a vehicle on campus must purchase a Parking Permit online or in the Student Accounts Office, located in Melville Hall

Health Insurance

The College does not provide health insurance coverage to students Students are responsible for providing their own health insurance, whether by parent/guardian’s health coverage or by their own election into a plan

Fees subject to change.

TUITION BILLING & PAYMENTS

The Office of Student Accounts handles a l l b i l l i n g a n d b i l l i n g re l a t e d i n q u i r i e s fo r tuition, room and board, and any related fees for the College Tuition bills are posted electronically to Self-Service and are generated on a per semester basis Bills for the fall semester are posted in July and bills for the spring a re p o sted i n No vemb er Bi l l s ma y a l so b e o b ta i ned b y v i si ti ng th e S tu dent Ac c o u nts Office Bills will continue to be posted on a monthly basis for those students carrying a balance Failure to view or obtain a bill does not exclude students from paying their tuition balance

Payments can be made through Self-Service using a credit/debit card or bank account. All p a y m e n t s m a d e t h ro u g h S e l f - S e r v i c e w i l l immediately post to the student’s account Additionally, payments can be made by visiting the Office of Student Accounts or by mailing a check or money order There is a non-refundable convenience fee of 2 75% applied when making a credit/debit card payment through Self-Service Students who do not wish to pay with a credit card may use a checking or savings account to make payments online or can pay in person by visiting the Office of Student Accounts

To h e l p m a n a g e t u i t i o n p a y m e n t s, t h e College offers an installment plan To enroll i n t h e i n s ta l l m e n t p a y m e n t p l a n s t u d e n t s should log-into Self-Service and click the enroll link

Holds

Any student whose balance is not paid-infull or who is not current on the payment plan w i l l h a ve a f i n a n c i a l H o l d p l a c e d o n t h e i r account During this time, the student is unable to view grades, register for future courses, participate in Commencement, and obtain transcripts or a diploma

Collection of Delinquent Accounts

Harcum College reserves the right to transfer delinquent accounts to a contracted collection agency or attorney At which time, the student is responsible for the principal account balance and all fees, expenses, and costs resulting from collections or litigation at a maximum of 33.3%. Additionally, the account may be reported to one or more of the national credit bureaus

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 2 5

ROOM & BOARD

New Residential Students

All new residential students must complete a new student housing application and are re q u i re d to m a ke a n o n - re f u n d a b l e $ 2 0 0 deposit This deposit will ensure the student a space in the residence hall and is credited toward the student’s room and board charges If the new student decides not to move into the residence halls, $100 of this deposit is forfeited and the remaining $100 will be credited to the student’s tuition bill If the new student decides not to attend Harcum, $100 of this deposit is forfeited and the remaining $100 will be returned to the student

Ne w re s i d e n t i a l s t u d e n t s w i l l a l s o b e charged a one-time $200 Damage Deposit on their tuition account, which is refunded to the student minus any unpaid individual or public area damages assessed when the student permanently moves out of the residence halls

Returning Residential Students

All returning students should complete a housing application renewal form and forward a $100 room reservation fee This fee will be credited to the student’s housing and dining bill in the upcoming semester The fee is forfeited if the student does not return to housing No housing accommodations will be made after the add/drop date for each term

Book Vouchers

Harcum is pleased to offer book vouchers. A b o o k vo u c h e r a l l o ws s t u d e n t s to c h a rg e books to their student account prior to the disbursement of financial aid Book vouchers may be used at our online bookstore Follet a n d i n o u r C a m p u s S to re T h e m a x i m u m amount of a book voucher is $750 per term To be eligible for a book voucher students must meet the following criteria:

• Your student account is in satisfactory standing

• You must be registered for the upcoming term

• Your financial aid award for the upcoming term exceeds the total cost of your tuition and fees

• All documents required to disburse your financial aid have been received by the Financial Aid Office

To request a book voucher complete the B o o k Vo u c h e r re q u e s t o n l i n e a t www harcum edu/bookvoucher

The Student Accounts Office will review the request and process it within 48 hours

Refund Policy

The room and board refund policies follow the tuition refund policy outlined below

If a student must withdraw from the College or is dismissed, the basic refund formula is as follows:

Fall/Spring

Period 100% 1st week after Add/Drop 80% 2nd week after Add/Drop 40% After 2nd Week No Refund Summer Add/Drop Period 100% After Add/Drop No Refund

This policy applies only to students who withdraw from all coursework There is no penalty during the Add/Drop period if the student remains enrolled in other courses

This policy applies only to students who withdraw from all coursework. There is no penalty during the Add/Drop period if the student remains enrolled in other courses

This policy applies only to students who withdraw from all coursework There is no penalty during the Add/Drop period if the student remains enrolled in other courses

Return of Title IV Funds Policy

Recipients of Title IV funding, (Federal grants and loans such as Pell Grant, SEOG, Direct Subsidized and Unsubsidized Loans, and PLUS Loans) who withdraw from the college may be required to have all or a portion of their awarded Title IV funds returned to the respective financial aid programs

Up through the 60% point in each semester, a prorata schedule is used to determine the a m o u n t o f T i t l e I V f u n d s t h e s t u d e n t h a s earned at the time of withdrawal The amount to be returned is dependent upon the number of days the student attended, the cost of the program, and the aid received After the 60% point in the term, a student has earned 100% of the Title IV funds he or she was scheduled to receive during the period

A student is considered to have withdrawn from a semester if the student does not complete all the days in the semester that the stud e n t wa s s c h e d u l e d to c o m p l e t e W h e n a s t u d e n t w i t h d ra ws d u r i n g a s e m e s t e r, t h e amount of Title IV program assistance that the student has earned up to that point is determined by a specific formula

If the student received (or the school or parent received on the student’s behalf) less assistance than the amount that the student earned, the student may be able to receive those additional funds

If the student received more assistance than earned, the excess funds must be returned by the school and/or by the student

For example, if the student completed 30% of a semester, the student earned 30% of the assistance the student was originally scheduled to receive

If the student did not receive all of the funds that he/she earned, the student may be due a post-withdrawal disbursement

If the student’s post-withdrawal disbursement includes loan funds, the College must get the student’s permission before it can disburse them The student may choose to decline some or all of the loan funds so that the student does not incur additional debt

The College may automatically use all or a portion of the student’s post-withdrawal disbursement of grant funds for tuition, fees, and room and board charges (as contracted with the College) The College needs the student’s permission to use the post-withdrawal grant disbursement for all other charges If the student does not give permission, the student will be offered the funds However, it may be i n t h e s t u d e n t ’ s b e s t i n t e re s t to a l l o w t h e College to apply the funds to reduce the student’s debt

If the student receives (or the College or the parent receives on the student’s behalf) excess Title IV program funds that must be returned, the College must return a portion of the excess equal to the lesser of:

1 The student’s institutional charges multiplied by the unearned percentage of the student’s funds, or

2 The entire amount of excess funds

The College must return this amount even if it did not keep this amount of the student’s Title IV program funds If the College is not required to return all of the excess funds, the student must return the remaining amount

A n y l o a n f u n d s t h a t t h e s t u d e n t m u s t return, the student (or the parent for a PLUS Loan) must repay in accordance with the terms of the promissory note That is, the student (or parent) must make scheduled payments to the holder of the loan over a period of time

Percent of Tuition Withdrawal Refunded Add/Drop
Date of
2 6 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

If the College is required to return unearned Title IV funds based on the withdrawal calculation, they will be returned in the following order:

1 Federal Unsubsidized Direct Loan

2 Federal Subsidized Direct Loan

3 Federal Direct PLUS Loan

4 Federal Pell Grant

5 Federal SEOG

If the student is required to return unearned Title IV grant funds based on the withdrawal calculation, they will be returned in the following order:

1 Federal Pell Grant

2 Federal SEOG

If the student is eligible to receive a Post Withdrawal Disbursement credited to his/her account, the funds will be credited in the following order:

1 Federal Pell Grant

2 Federal SEOG

3 Federal Subsidized Direct Loan

4 Federal Unsubsidized Direct Loan

5 Federal Direct PLUS Loan

Any amount of unearned grant funds that the student must return is called an overpayment The maximum amount of a grant overpayment that the student must repay is half of the grant funds the student received or was scheduled to receive The student does not have to repay a grant overpayment if the original amount of the overpayment is $50 or less The student must make arrangements with the College or the Department of Education to return the unearned grant funds

The requirements for Title IV program funds when a student withdraws are separate from the College’s refund policy indicated previously Therefore, a student may still owe funds to the College to cover unpaid institutional charges The College may also charge the student for any Title IV program funds that were required to be returned

Late Registration/ Payment Fee

Students registering after the start of classes or making final payment after the due date will be assessed a fee of $100

Financial Planning

The Financial Aid Office at Harcum College is available to help students with financial planning and the process of applying for financial aid The Financial Aid Office is located in Melville Hall Students are encouraged to visit the office or to call 610-526-6098 if they need assistance

Student Responsibilities

It is the student’s responsibility to finance h i s/h er edu c a ti o n T h e stu dent sh o u l d b e aware of the cost of tuition and fees, books, and living expenses The student is responsible for paying the tuition bill or making satisfactory payment arrangements with Student Accounts prior to the start of classes

It is the responsibility of the student to complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and to submit all required paperwork requested by the Financial Aid Office Also, if applying for private scholarships, it is the student’s responsibility to submit the scholarship criteria and essays on time The student must also keep the Financial Aid Office informed of any changes in his/her address, telephone number, enrollment status, or other relevant information

College Responsibilities

The Financial Aid Office will notify students in writing about their financial aid eligibility The College is responsible for notifying students of tuition increases and changes in their financial aid packages

Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) for Federal Student Aid Standards

The material that follows describes credit and GPA requirements to retain eligibility, duration of eligibility, and the restoration of eligibility if lost during enrollment

Harcum’s Financial Aid Office is required b y f e d e ra l re g u l a t i o n s to m o n i to r s t u d e n t progress toward completion of degree and certificate programs at the undergraduate level T h i s S a t i s fa c to r y Ac a d e m i c P ro g re s s Standard includes a quantitative and qualitative measure of progress

The quantitative measure requires that a specific number of completed credits are necessary each academic year to remain eligible fo r f i n a n c i a l a i d T h e q u a l i ta t i ve m e a s u re requires maintaining a Grade Point Average (GPA) that meets the minimum standard necessary to maintain Academic Good Standing according to Harcum College policy

Student Aid Programs Impacted by the Standard

All Federal Title IV programs including Federal Pell Grants, Federal Supplemental E d u c a t i o n a l O p p o r t u n i t y G ra n t s ( S E O G ) , Federal Work-Study, Federal Stafford Loans, and Federal Parent Loans (PLUS) are impacted by this standard

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 2 7

Eligibility

GPA: A step-up system is used to permit a student’s gradual progress to meet the 2 00 GPA requirements for graduation Harcum College uses a graduated GPA requirement, allowing a student’s GPA to be lower earlier in the student’s academic career. All students must have a cumulative GPA that falls within the following categories:

College

1 - 15

16 - 30

31 - 45

46 and above

1 00

1 50

1 75

2.00

T h i s sta nda rd do es no t a p p l y to tu i ti o n remission for dependents of Harcum College employees, athletic grants, some outside scholarships, and state grants (i e PA State Grants); state agencies awarding state grants establish their own academic standards

Pace of Completion: In addition to maintaining a GPA that meets the College minimum re q u i re m e n t s fo r s a t i s fa c to r y a c a d e m i c progress, students are to successfully complete 6 7 % o f t h e c u m u l a t i ve c re d i t s a t t e m p t e d M e a s u re m e n t fo r S a t i s fa c to r y Ac a d e m i c Progress for students is reviewed at the end of each spring semester to determine academic progress and future student aid eligibility Hence, all terms of enrollment at Harcum College, including summer, are included in the measurement.

Maximum Time Frame to Complete Program

Satisfactory academic progress also establishes a maximum time frame in which students must complete their program of study in order to remain eligible for Title IV funds The maximum time frame for degree comp l e t i o n a t H a rc u m C o l l e g e c a n n o t exc e e d 150% of the published program’s credit length D e t e r m i n i n g i f t h e s t u d e n t h a s m e t t h e required pace of completion is accomplished by dividing the cumulative number of hours the student has successfully completed by the cumulative number of hours the student has attempted (Remedial coursework may be excluded from this determination, but transfer credits accepted by the institution towards the student’s program are included)

For example, in a program requiring 64 credits to complete, the maximum number of credits that a student is permitted to attempt is 96 If 64 is divided by 96 the result is a pace of 67% If a student earns 67% of the credits attempted in each term, the student should complete the program within the maximum time frame

For example, if the student takes 12 credits in fall term and earns 12 credits, the student has earned 100% of the credits attempted In the spring, the student enrolls for 18 credits and earns 15 He/she has a cumulative total of 27 credits The cumulative total of attempted credits is 30 So 27 divided by 30 is a pace of 90% exceeding the 67% pace that is required.

Conditions

All students must receive a passing grade in at least 67% of all credits attempted Passing grades are A, B, C, D, or P I (Incomplete), W (Withdrawal), as well as F (Failure), are NONp a s s i n g , u n s a t i s fa c to r y g ra d e s a n d c o u n t towards credits attempted. Attempted Credits = all credits for which a student registers and receives a grade (including A, B, C, D, P, F, I, W) Repeated courses will be included in credits attempted Credits by Examination will be counted as credits attempted and completed satisfactorily In addition, transfer credits will re d u c e t h e m a x i m u m a t t e m p t e d c re d i t s allowed Courses with grades of AU will not be counted as credits attempted or completed.

Unsatisfactory Progress

Students who fall below the required pace of completion and/or the required GPA are considered to be not making satisfactory academic progress and are ineligible for Title IV financial aid Regaining eligibility can occur for future semesters once the required number o f d e f i c i e n t c re d i t s h a s b e e n s u c c e s s f u l l y a c h i e ve d a n d / o r t h e G PA h a s r i s e n to t h e required level Students who have withdrawn (for any reason) from the College, may be ineligible for further assistance until satisfactory academic progress has been regained

Attempted GPA Required
Credits Minimum
2 8 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

Appeals

All students have the right to file a written appeal and submit it to the Financial Aid Office

The Financial Aid staff will review cases on an individual basis to determine if mitigating circumstances are responsible for poor p ro g re s s. M i t i g a t i n g c i rc u m s ta n c e s m a y include, but are not limited to:

a) Illness or injury of the student

b) Death of a close family member

In addition, a student will be required to su b mi t, a s p a rt o f th e a p p ea l , i nfo rma ti o n regarding why the student failed to make SAP, and what has changed in the student’s situation that would allow the student to demonstrate satisfactory academic progress at the next evaluation If the appeal is approved, the student will be placed on probationary status for one semester, and will be permitted to receive additional Title IV aid Satisfactory academic progress will then be re-evaluated at the end of the next semester to determine if the student has met the requirements.

All circumstances must be documented Students will be informed of the appeal outcome Notification letters or emails will be sent to students who are not making satisfactory progress after grades are reported for the spring semester

Satisfactory Academic Progress for the Pennsylvania State Grant Program

Policy of Pennsylvania State Grant Program

Students must successfully complete at least 12 credits for each full-time semester and at least 6 credits for each part-time semester in which the PA State Grant was received

This policy is subject to revision by PHEAA and was last revised in June 1997 Progress will be checked after the spring semester of each academic year.

Appeals must be made in writing directly to PHEAA Full-time eligibility is limited to four semesters for two-year programs Part time eligibility is limited to eight semesters in two-year programs Remedial or developmental credits in some instances do not count toward the credit required for progress Contact the Financial Aid Office if you have questions

Veteran Support Services

Harcum College supports student veterans and veterans’ dependents in applying for and managing their VA Education Benefits and GI Bill® . Student VA Education Benefits:

• Assisting veterans and eligible students in applying for Veterans Administration (VA) Education Benefits programs including: Post 9/11 GI Bill®, Chapter 33

• Montgomery GI Bill® Active Duty (MGIBAD), Chapter 30 Selected Reserve (MGIB-SR), Chapter 1606 Survivors and Dependents Assistance, Chapter 35

• The Survivors and Dependents Educational Assistance (DEA) The Marine Gunnery Sergeant John David Fry Scholarship

• Reserve Educational Assistance Program (REAP), Chapter 1607 The National Defense Authorization Act of 2016 ended REAP on November 25, 2015. Some individuals will remain eligible for REAP benefits until November 25, 2019, while others are no longer eligible for REAP benefits

• Vocational Rehabilitation for Veterans (VOC-REHAB), Chapter 31

• The Air Force Tuition Assistance (TA)

• Offering guidance in the resolution of VA payment issues

• Providing current information concerning VA Education Benefits, programs, and Veterans Administration points of contact.

• Notification of changes in Veterans Education benefits regulations impacting benefits Student Benefits Management:

• Providing the VA with accurate and timely Enrollment Certifications

• Informing VA and student of enrollment changes which impact VA benefit payments

• Facilitate student resolution of payment issues with the Debt Management Center and/or the Veterans Administration Regional Processing Offices (as appropriate)

NOTE: A Covered Individual is any individual who is entitled to educational assistance under chapter 31, Vocational Rehabilitation and Employment, or chapter 33, Post-9/11 GI Bill® benefits

Harcum College permits any covered individual to attend or participate in their course of education during the period beginning on the date on which the individual provides to Harcum College a certificate of eligibility for entitlement to educational assistance under chapter 31 or 33 (a “certificate of eligibility” c a n a l s o i n c l u d e a S ta t e m e n t o f B e n e f i t s ” obtained from the Department of Veterans Affairs’ (VA) website e-Benefits, or a VAF 281905 form for chapter 31 authorization purp o s e s ) a n d e n d i n g o n t h e e a r l i e r o f t h e following dates:

1 The date on which payment from VA is made to Harcum College

2. 90 days after the date Harcum College certified tuition and fees following the receipt of the certificate of eligibility

Harcum College will not impose any penalty, including the assessment of late fees, the denial of access to classes, libraries, or other institutional facilities, or the requirement that a covered individual borrow additional funds, on any covered individual because of the individual’s inability to meet his or her financial obligations to the institution due to the delayed disbursement funding from VA under chapter 31 or 33

How to Establish a File to Receive VA Educational Benefits

Visit the Office of Student Records We are here to meet the needs of our students who are veterans, service members, or veteran d e p e n d e n t s. T h e S t u d e n t Re c o rd O f f i c e includes your designated certifying officials and is prepared to provide advice and counsel in regard to any veteran education benefit concern The Assistant Registrar certifies your benefit enrollment throughout the year

*All new students must be admitted to the college and registered for courses before starting a file in this office

*Please note: The Office of Student Records is not part of the US Department of Veterans Affairs nor is the staff employed by the Department of Veterans Affairs GI Bill® is a registered trademark of the U S Department of Veterans Affairs (VA).

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 2 9

Academic Affairs

3 0 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

Faculty

The faculty at Harcum College are dedicated to the teaching-learning process As such, they embrace active, student-centered t e a c h i n g s t ra t e g i e s a n d re g u l a r l y p e r fo r m classroom assessment techniques to improve student learning. They are content experts who encourage excellence in their students Many present their educational research at national and international conferences and are leaders of their professional organizations and communities

Student Success Center

Located on the first floor of the Academic Center, the Student Success Center (SSC) is home to two of Harcum’s Academic Support P ro g ra m s : S t u d e n t S u p p o r t S e r v i c e s a n d Tutoring Services SSC is a support hub that p ro v i d e s a c a d e m i c c o a c h i n g , e d u c a t i o n a l workshops, and information on other academic supports. For more information, visit the SSC website at www harcum edu/ssc

Tutoring Services

Tutoring Services are offered in the Student S u c c e s s C e n t e r o n t h e f i rs t f l o o r o f t h e

Academic Center Students have access to professional tutors for subject-specific content and study skills improvement Tutoring is available in-person and online. Tutoring sessions may be scheduled in advance or available on a “drop- in” basis depending on the subject matter and availability of tutors All services are free to Harcum students

Student Support Services, TRiO

Student Support Services (SSS) is a grantfunded program (TRiO) which serves first generation, low-income, and students with disabilities SSS aims to increase academic performance, persistence, graduation, and transfer rates of the 170 students served each year SSS provides academic coaching, workshops and events, cultural activities, and trips

Academic coaching provides a variety of services including financial literacy, teaching foundational academic skills, assisting in personal development, future planning, and referral to on and off campus resources The goal of the SSS program is to help students achieve their personal and academic goals while working to increase our student’s academic success

TRiO Upward Bound

Harcum College’s Upward Bound program (HCub) is one of Harcum’s two TRiO programs s u p p o r t e d t h ro u g h a g ra n t f ro m t h e U S

Department of Education Higher Education

Act HCub is committed to bringing the opportunity of higher education to Philadelphia’s economically disadvantaged and at-risk high schools by awarding 80 low-income and firstgeneration students with intensive year-round c o l l e g e p re p a ra to r y p ro g ra m m i n g , w h i c h i n c l u d e s a 5 we e k re s i d e n t i a l S u m m e r Academy

HCub creates an atmosphere that strengthens a positive sense of self, while teaching the college’s core values of excellence, civility, empowerment, integrity, community service, and respect for diversity HCub works closely to support the entire family through each student’s college admission process with emphasis on offering opportunities of financial coaching and scholarship outreach By preparing scholars academically and socially, HCub promotes the highest level of achievement and success, guiding students to achieve their full potential in life

Office of Disability Services

The Office of Disability Services provides disability accommodation recommendations, tools and services, and individual and group workshops A Learning Specialist is available to assess individual learning practices and styles and identify strategies to promote learning success The Office of Disability Services is located in the lower level of the Academic Center See page 13 for additional details

Center for International Programs

The Center for International Programs (CIP) is designed to foster the cultural adjustment of international students and encourage their academic success The International Program’s staff members are advocates for international students and are sensitive to their needs and concerns

The CIP has two components: the English Language Academy (ELA) that offers credit and non-credit English as a second language courses; and the International Student Advising component, that includes immigration advising and cultural activities

International students are defined as those students on F-1 student visas International students are required to comply with the regulations governing their immigration status a s d e t e r m i n e d b y t h e D e p a r t m e n t o f Homeland Security Individual advising sessions and on-going communication keep students well-informed of the regulations CIP staff members assist international students with other areas of concern, such as: housing, health care, banking, social security cards, employment, driver’s licensing, transfer credit, and assimilation into the College and community

International students are welcome to participate in all College activities and are encouraged to present information about their culture to t h e i r c l a s s m a t e s, fa c u l t y , a n d s ta f f Participation in College activities provides opportunities for students to develop leadership skills and to adapt to the American education system The Center may be reached by email at elaharcum@harcum edu or by telephone at 610-526-6118

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 3 1

English Language Academy

The English Language Academy (ELA) provides assessments, support, and courses to address the needs of non-native speakers

The ELA is located on the second floor of the Academic Center on Harcum’s Bryn Mawr C a mp u s T h e E ng l i sh L a ng u a g e Ac a demy offers full-time and part-time instruction in English as a second language (ESL) Classes are held in writing, reading, grammar, oral communication, and TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) preparation

Students at any level of English proficiency may be accepted into the program to study E n g l i s h l a n g u a g e a n d A m e r i c a n c u l t u re Classes are small and can accommodate all levels of English proficiency, from beginner to advanced Students take the English language placement test at the beginning of each semester to determine their language needs Instructors are professional and thoroughly experienced in teaching English as a second language.

Cultural excursions, guest lecturers, and in-class videos supplement classroom instruction Full-time students are required to attend classes for 20 5 hours per week, while parttime students may choose courses for a total o f 3-17 h o u rs p er week E ng l i sh L a ng u a g e Academy students may participate in all facets of the College, including extra-curricular activi t i e s a n d s t u d e n t c l u b s a n d o rg a n i za t i o n s. English Language Academy students may also use the library and computer labs, and receive tutoring in the Student Success Center

To contact the English Language Academy, please email elaharcum@harcum edu or call 610-526-6118

P l e a s e s e e a d e s c r i p t i o n o f t h e c o u rs e s offered in the English Language Academy under “Course Descriptions” in the back of this Catalog These courses can be taken for credit or as non-credit courses

3 2 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

The Charles H. Trout Library

T h e C h a r l e s H Tro u t L i b ra r y p ro v i d e s research instruction and assistance to students, faculty, and staff

The Charles H Trout Library's mission is (1) TTo strengthen and provide access to a diverse collection, both in print and online, that includes and supports the College's academic programs, as well as the information and classroom technology needs of everyone at the College

2 To instruct in the use of this diverse collection, especially by providing instruction in Information Literacy, and to promote equitable access to Library resources and services so that every student develops the necessary research strategies and skills to foster lifelong learning

For reference/research assistance, please contact the Reference Librarian at 610-5266085 or library@harcum edu

The online catalog is available from the Library’s website and lists all materials (books, eBooks, and DVDs) available in the Library collection

T h e L i b ra r y p ro v i d e s a c c e s s to o n l i n e research databases including Academic Search Complete, CINAHL with Full-Text, Dentistry & O ra l S c i e n c e s S o u rc e, C re d o Re f e re n c e, E B S C O D i s c o ve r y S e r v i c e, S I R S I s s u e s Researcher, NewsBank, and Criminal Justice Abstracts with Full Text Current students, faculty, and staff can access the databases from the library’s web page and through the Harcum Hatch. The database password list is available t h ro u g h t h e H a rc u m H a tc h u n d e r t h e Quicklinks tab The Library’s website also contains useful research guides that provide access to print and online resources for all academic programs

The Library is a strong proponent of information literacy and lifelong research skills

The Reference Librarians work with individual students and provide instruction to entire classes on how to search the online catalog and research databases as well as understand how to evaluate and cite sources effectively

The Library participates in the College’s effort to develop, support, and instruct in the use of technology in teaching and learning

The Media Services Coordinator is available to provide technical assistance with software and online services in the classroom and across the College In addition, Interlibrary Loan service provides students and faculty with borrowing access to books and journal articles from libraries all over the United States

For more information on The Charles H Trout Library and a schedule of Library hours please visit https://harcum libguides com/troutlibrary

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 3 3

Continuing and Professional Studies

3 4 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

Continuing and Professional Studies

The mission of Continuing and Professional Studies is to offer meaningful professional development and educational opportunities consistent with current college programming to working professionals, non-matriculated students, and/or members of the community

Certificates for Professionals

(Accredited Agencies)

Expanded Functions

Dental Assistant

T h e d e m a n d fo r E x p a n d e d Fu n c t i o n s Dental Assistants (EFDA’s) continues to grow In the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania an EFDA can perform additional duties in a dental office such as placing and contouring restorations, coronal polishing, sealants, and fluoride application During the program, students will also learn the dental law and the rules and regulations of the State Board of Dentistry Upon successful completion of both courses, participants will be eligible to apply for EFDA C e r t i f i c a t i o n f ro m t h e C o m m o n we a l t h o f Pennsylvania.

Saturday classes make it easy for working dental assistants to attend

For information contact Office of Continuing Studies EFDA at 610-526-6146 or dcavallucci@harcum edu

DA 260 EFDA I

This course is designed as an intensive introduction to the basics of restorative dentistry for the dental auxiliary, including rubber dam applications; placing, carving, and finishing amalgam restorations; light-cured composite restorations; coronal polishing, fluoride application, sealants, and crown and bridge temporary restorations Skills are attained through both lecture and hands-on technical laboratory sessions

Students must earn a grade of B- (80%) or higher

DA 261 EDFA II

T h i s c o u rs e i s d e s i g n e d to g a i n c l i n i c a l experience in all of the skills learned in DA 260 Students will be required to complete a minimum of 120 hours of clinical EFDA work during this course

DA 260 and DA 261 must be taken in consecutive semesters Students must earn a grade of B- (80%) or higher

Phlebotomy Technician Certificate

A career as a Phlebotomy Technician is a rewarding path for someone who desires to work directly with patients Phlebotomists use care and skill to obtain blood specimens from patients for analysis in the clinical laboratory Technologists and physicians depend upon the phlebotomist to collect quality patient specimens in order to produce quality laboratory results Phlebotomy technicians are trained to create an atmosphere of trust and confidence in patients while drawing blood s p e c i m e n s i n a s k i l l f u l a n d s a f e m a n n e r Employment opportunities include, but are not limited to, hospitals, clinics, physicians' offices, laboratories, and blood banks C o u rs e wo r k i n c l u d e s b a s i c s k i l l s i n venipuncture techniques, an overall understanding of anatomy and physiology, medical terminology, and an overview of laboratory operations Students will learn:

• Equipment used for phlebotomy

• Safety practices and universal precautions

• Venipuncture and capillary blood draws

• Role of the phlebotomist in laboratory testing

Through lectures, assigned readings, handson class participation, and practical internship, the students will demonstrate competencies e n a b l i n g t h e m to s i t fo r t h e B o a rd o f Certification exam in Phlebotomy sponsored b y t h e A m e r i c a n S o c i e t y o f C l i n i c a l

Pathologists

This certification is given by the nationally re c o g n i ze d A m e r i c a n S o c i e t y o f C l i n i c a l Pathology in Chicago, IL

Prerequisites: High School diploma

For information contact Director of Continuing & Professional Studies at 610526-1860 or tgroody@harcum edu

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 3 5

Registered Behavior Technician Certificate

A Registered Behavior Technician (RBT) is a para-professional responsible for implementing treatment plans for individuals with a variety of behavioral needs, including, autism, Alzheimer’s disease, brain injuries, addictions, and anxiety Treatment plans produce positive changes that impact the client’s quality of life RBT’s work with clients to help them learn relevant skills (such as communication, safety, self-advocacy, and independence) and reduce challenging behaviors Certified RBTs gain employment in private homes, schools, clinics, community settings, or even their own homes

This 40-hour program prepares people who would like to learn evidence-based Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) principles and strategies for helping individuals with cognitive differences

Students will learn techniques including prompting, modeling, and redirecting behavior i n a m a n n e r re s p e c t f u l o f e a c h i n d i v i d u a l served Topics will be covered through lectures, short readings, group, and hands-on activities.

The course (RBT 101) will provide an introduction to Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and prepare students to take the national certification test and become Registered Behavior Technicians (RBT) as per the national Behavior Analysis Certification Board

Successful completion of the certification allows a person employment in a variety of human service settings.

Requirements:

RBT National Certificate: high school diploma and 18 years of age

Fo r i n fo r m a t i o n c o n ta c t D i re c to r o f Continuing & Professional Studies at 610-5261860 or tgroody@harcum edu

Post Primary Advanced Imaging Certification

The Radiologic Technology Program, in partnership with Pulse Radiology, is offering Advanced Imaging Certification in Computed To mo g ra p h y (CT ) o r M a g neti c Reso na nc e Imaging (MRI) Each program runs for approximately 23 weeks

These programs are available to board eligible and current Registered Radiologic Technologists (RT) The programs provide fundamental ARRT Structured Education and clinical training at our affiliated locations The programs combine online didactic MRI or CT education, with handson clinical learning experience so that students are able to learn the complex components and parameters needed to be eligible to sit for the ARRT board examination.

Courses for Exam Review (Non-Credit)

Histotechnician Board of Certification Prep Seminar

This certification prep seminar is designed fo r t h e i n d i v i d u a l p l a n n i n g to ta ke t h e American Society of Clinical Pathology Board of Certification HT Exam (ASCP-BOC HT) The course runs each Fall and Spring semester Participants are responsible for determining their eligibility to take this exam

T h e H T N 10 5 - 4 0 c o u rs e i s a n i n t e r n e t c o u rs e Pa r t i c i p a n t s w i l l re c e i ve p e rs o n a l instruction through online forums, practice tests, and assignments which cover the content areas of the BOC exam

Students who successfully complete the HTN 105-40 course with a ‘Pass’ will receive a c e r t i f i c a t e o f c o m p l e t i o n f ro m H a rc u m College; this is a non-credit course, as they average around three hours a week in class.

To reg i ster, c a l l th e C o nti nu i ng S tu di es Office at 610-526-1860

Medical Laboratory Science Board of Certification Prep Seminar

This certification prep seminar is designed for the person who plans to take the American S o c i e t y o f C l i n i c a l Pa t h o l o g y B o a rd o f Certification MLT Exam (ASCP-BOC MLT)

The course runs each Fall and Spring semester Participants are responsible for determining their eligibility to take this exam

The MLS 230-40 course is offered exclusively through the internet and covers the content areas of the BOC exam

To prepare for success on the ASCP MLT Board of Certification Exam, the participant will access pre- and post-tests in all content areas of the exam and receive personalized instruction to overcome areas of weakness

Students who successfully complete the MLS 230-240 course with a ‘Pass’ will receive a c e r t i f i c a t e o f c o m p l e t i o n f ro m H a rc u m College This is a non-credit course, as they average around three hours a week in the class

Phlebotomy Technician Board of Certification Prep Seminar

This certification prep seminar is designed fo r t h e i n d i v i d u a l p l a n n i n g to ta ke t h e American Society of Clinical Pathology Board of Certification PBT Exam (ASCP-BOC PBT) The course runs each Fall, Spring, and Summer semester Participants are responsible for determining their eligibility to take this exam

The PBT 202-40 course is an internet course Participants will receive personal instruction through online forums, practice tests, and assignments which cover the content areas of the BOC exam

Students who successfully complete the PBT 202-40 course with a ‘Pass’ will receive a certificate of completion from Harcum College; this is a non-credit course, as they average around three hours a week in class

To reg i ster, c a l l th e C o nti nu i ng S tu di es Office at 610-526-1860

Prep Course for Veterinary Technician National Exam

This review course is designed to assist t h o s e p re p a r i n g to s i t fo r t h e Ve t e r i n a r y Technician National Examination The course c o n t e n t re f l e c t s t h e n e w b l u e p r i n t fo r t h e VTNE, and emphasis is given to each of the n i n e d o m a i n s o f t h e exa m T h e c o u rs e i s offered in Spring, Summer, and Fall Materials will be provided.

Students must bring a calculator to each class

All registrants will receive written confirmation of enrollment in this course For information and to register call 610-526-1860

3 6 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

Noncredit Courses for Personal Enrichment

Animal Assisted Therapy

Animal Assisted Therapy is a 10-week certificate program in which the student completes 30 hours online and additional hours of clinical observation This course is an introduction to the human-animal bond and its therapeutic applications It is designed both for professionals with a wide range of disciplines and for volunteers, students, and newcomers who wish to further their knowledge and explore career opportunities in this emerging, multi-disciplinary field

Students will examine how contact with animals can enhance human well-being when incorporated into health care, social services, psychology, and other related fields

The distance learning format allows students to learn at their own pace The 10- week series of reading and writing assignments can be completed at the student’s convenience There are opportunities for students to comment at online discussion forums Students are required to make two clinical observations at a site in their own community to observe AAT programs in action

The developer and instructor for the 10week course is Phil Arkow, an internationally acclaimed author, trainer, and authority in AAT/AAA Mr Arkow has conducted over 2,000 AAT/AAA sessions since 1973

For information and to register call 610-5261860

Refund Policy

For certificate programs, Continuing Studies reserves the right to add/drop a course according to enrollment To withdraw, cancellation must be received in writing five (5) business days before the class is scheduled to begin or a refund will not be granted Refunds are subject to a $25 return fee

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 3 7

Academic Policies

3 8 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

Academic Policies

Harcum’s academic policies maintain the h i g h e s t p o s s i b l e a c a d e m i c s ta n d a rd s A l l Harcum students are encouraged to strive for exc e l l e n c e i n t h e i r c h o s e n f i e l d o f s t u d y Regular class attendance and performance, i n a d d i t i o n to f u l f i l l m e n t o f a l l a c a d e m i c responsibilities, are essential for a successful college career Program specific academic policies supersede academic policies outlined in the Course Catalog

Classification of Students

The class standing of a student is determined as follows:

• Junior 0 - 24 credits completed

• Senior: 25 and above credits completed

• Full-time: A full-time student is one who has satisfied all entrance requirements and is taking a minimum of twelve (12) semester hours Such a student is subject to all financial obligations required of students in regular attendance

• Part-time: A part-time student is one who has satisfied all entrance requirements and is taking fewer than twelve (12) semester hours of credit

• Auditor: An auditor is a student who is permitted to attend certain courses without taking examinations or receiving credit

Course Load

Five academic subjects constitute a normal semester Students who require developmental coursework may be restricted to 13 credits, including developmental courses.

An overload fee is charged for more than 1 8 c re d i t s ta ke n i n a n y s e m e s t e r u n l e s s required by the student’s curriculum The Catalog prescribes the number of semester hours in each curriculum

Students who are on Academic Probation and Limited Load must take a reduced credit load (13 or fewer credits) unless special permission to take additional credits is granted b y t h e p ro g ra m d i re c to r a n d t h e C h i e f Academic Officer

A student must be enrolled for a minimum of 12 credits to be considered full-time status for financial aid

Dropping and Adding Courses

Registration is a process beginning with the student’s first day to register and continuing through the end of the drop/add period Once the semester begins, courses may be added or dropped during the course drop/add period each semester

T h e d ro p / a d d p e r i o d i s l i s t e d i n t h e Academic Calendar

If a student drops a course before the end o f t h e d ro p / a d d p e r i o d t h e c o u rs e w i l l b e removed from the student’s registration and will not appear on the student’s academic transcript.

A s t u d e n t i s n o t c h a rg e d fo r a c o u rs e dropped during the listed drop/add period on the Academic Calendar A student’s status may change from full-time to part-time which may affect eligibility for financial aid

Students need to remember that by dropping or adding a course their financial aid may be affected; therefore, students should contact the Financial Aid Office before decisions are made No requests will be considered after the drop/add period ends

A student wishing to drop/add a course should provide notification to his/her program director/academic advisor A student may either drop a course through the online registration system or request his/her program director drop the course A request to a program director must be in writing prior to the drop/add deadline Drop/add decisions may have implications for expected graduation dates

Administrative Drop

If a student does not attend a course during the entire drop/add period, the student will administratively be dropped from that course, and the student will not be charged

Course Withdrawal

A f t e r t h e c o u rs e d ro p / a d d p e r i o d h a s passed, students may withdraw from a course u p to o n e we e k fo l l o w i n g t h e p o s t i n g o f midterm grades.

See the Academic Calendar for specific withdrawal deadlines and applicable dates

Students must follow drop and withdrawal procedures and deadlines Students who do not withdraw within the stated deadlines and in accordance with this policy will receive the grade earned for that course Failure to attend class does not constitute a withdrawal; the student will receive the grade earned for the course unless a withdrawal form is completed and signed

A student who withdraws from a course receives a grade of “W”

S t u d e n t s n e e d to re m e m b e r t h a t a n y change in course load may affect a student’s financial aid Course withdrawal may also impact a student’s eligibility for aid in subsequent years. Please reference the Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) Policy for more information Students are required to notify their Program Director of their wish to withdraw from a course and also need to contact the Financial Aid Office for information

Students wishing to withdraw from a course must notify their Program Director by the withdrawal deadline The Program Director will initiate the withdrawal form and will obtain the information necessary to process the withdrawal

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 3 9

Administrative Withdrawal

A student suspended from campus will not be permitted to attend classes The length of the suspension and the student’s current academic standing will be considered when the student is advised by the program director on options for continuing his/her education

When a student is dismissed or expelled from the college, the student will be removed from all courses If the dismissal or expulsion occurs during the drop/add period, the student will be dropped from all courses If the dismissal or expulsion occurs after the withdrawal period, the student will receive final course grades based on the student’s standing in each course at the time of the dismissal or expulsion

Voluntary Withdrawal from Harcum College

When a student wishes to withdraw from the College, he/she must initiate the withdrawal process by writing to his/her program director It is not possible to withdraw by telephone contact

Financial Aid Implications

This decision may affect a student’s financial aid. Students who withdraw before completing at least 60 percent of the semester will have their federal aid prorated in proportion to the amount of semester completed For example, a student who withdraws after completing 50 percent of the semester has earned 50 percent of their federal aid The other 50 percent must be cancelled and returned to the U S Department of Education The student is required to contact the Financial Aid Office for information

Advising

Students wishing to withdraw from the College are directed to complete a College withdrawal form with their program director

Grading System

S t u d e n t s re c e i ve f re q u e n t f e e d b a c k o n progress in courses In addition to grades and comments on individual assignments, students w h o a re n o t m a k i n g s a t i s fa c to r y p ro g re s s receive academic warnings at any point of the semester. All students receive mid-term grades. Mid-term grades are essential in determining the progress of the student thus far in the term Mid-term grades allow the student to seek out academic assistance through tutoring and other academic support resources or make c a re f u l d e c i s i o n s w i t h t h e i r i n s t r u c to r i n regards to their course enrollment

Mid-term grades are prepared at the end of the seventh week of classes.

Mid-term grades are made available to students on Tuesday of the eighth week of classes in Harcum Hatch

Partnership Site mid-session grades are prepared at the end of the third week of classes and are made available to students on Tuesday of the fourth week through Harcum Hatch

A report on a student’s progress is provided to the student at the end of each semester. Grades sent at the end of the semester are final, represent the official grades assigned in the course taken, and make up a student’s official cumulative record Grades are based upon class work, assignments, papers, and examinations Instructors may report unsatisfactory progress in a course to a student orally or in writing at any time No grades are released unless all financial obligations to the College have been met

A letter grading system with grade points is used to indicate the quality of a student’s work This quality is represented by a student’s grade point average, which ranges from 0 00 to 4 0 It is the students responsibility to contact o t h e r i n s t i t u t i o n s o f i n t e re s t fo r t ra n s f e r requ i rements Fo r p ro g ra m-sp ec i fi c g ra de requirements, refer to the relevant section in this catalog

W Withdrawal Grade assigned when a student withdraws from a course within the stated course withdrawal period (see timeframes and deadlines on the Academic Calendar) A “W” indicates that the course was attempted but not completed

I Incomplete Grade assigned only i n s i t u a t i o n s w h e re t h e s t u d e n t s h o ws t h e p o t e n t i a l to p a s s t h e c o u rs e b u t h a s u n f i n i s h e d wo r k because of illness or other unavoidable circumstance

To qualify for an incomplete in a course, the student must meet with the instructor and complete a “Request for an Incomplete Grade Form ”

This form must be signed by the student and approved by the course instructor and the student’s program director An action plan for completion must be submitted The comp l e t e d fo r m i s s e n t to t h e C h i e f Ac a d e m i c Officer and the Registrar

I f t h e re q u e s t fo r a n I n c o m p l e t e i s approved, the student must complete and submit the incomplete work within 6 weeks from the end of the term in which the “I” was given If the incomplete work is not completed and submitted by the deadline, the “I” grade is changed to a grade of “F ” Please note, based on the situation and approval, students may be granted more than 6 weeks to complete coursework

If the student is subsequently enrolled in a course where the “I” course is a prerequisite, the student must complete all incomplete coursework within the drop/add period of the next semester (or six weeks after the end of the course in which the “I” was given, whichever is first), or the student will be dropped from the enrolled course

4 0 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Letter Numerical Grade Grade Grade Point A 95-100 4 0 A- 90-94 3 7 B+ 87-89 3 3 B 83-86 3 0 B- 80-82 2.7 C+ 77-79 2 3 C 73-76 2 0 C- 70-72 1 7 D+ 67-69 1 3 D 63-66 1 0 D- 60-62 0 7 F Below 60 0 0

P Pass Assigned in certain courses designated as graded on a pass/fail basis

NP No t Pa s s e d A s s i g n e d i n c e r ta i n courses designated as graded on a pass/fail basis

AU Au d i t a s s i g n e d to s t u d e n t s w h o audit a course (no examinations are taken and no credit is awarded)

A student who does not achieve the minimum passing grade of “D-” receives no credit for the course If the course is required for graduation, it must be repeated.

I f c re d i t i s n o t o b ta i n e d fo r a n e l e c t i ve course, substitution of another elective is recommended A student who receives two “F’s” in a course cannot retake that course

Developmental Courses as Prerequisites

All students must fulfill basic skill requirements in English and mathematics.

English

Students must meet the minimum skills levels that are required to pass the reading and English components of the college placement exam These skill levels may be verified by scores on the Reading and English components of the college placement exam or by passing IAD 050 and/or IAD 100 with a C or better Credits for Developmental courses are not transferable, but will be recorded on the student's transcript and will apply to the calculation of the student's GPA

Mathematics

Students have to demonstrate proficiency in the fundamental mathematical skills necessary for college level Math. Students can do so by earning a proficient score on the college placement exam Alternatively, students can demonstrate proficiency by earning a grade of C or higher in a prerequisite course Credits for Developmental courses are not transferable, but will be recorded on the student’s transcript and will apply to the calculation of the student’s GPA

Independent Study

Independent study allows students with particularly inquiring minds to delve into a topic that deeply interests them It combines the fundamental characteristics of all good teaching – guidance by a qualified, conscientious instructor and flexibility – independent of regular classroom attendance

Students authorized to pursue independent s t u d y a re re q u i re d to c o m p l e t e a l l c o u rs e requirements as specified by the instructor The instructor may require periodic meetings or discussion seminars relative to course materials or student progress.

A student qualifies for this study after completing one semester at the College, gaining a GPA of 2 5 or higher, and approval of the Chief Academic Officer

Portfolio Credit

A portfolio credit is defined as a reflection of the knowledge that the student has mastered as it relates to the objectives and requirements of a particular course

The portfolio should contain a combination of documents and information that provides evidence of mastery of specific course requirements Some examples of materials used for the portfolio are licenses, completion of training programs, a resume, and a paper The portfo l i o s h o u l d t h e n b e a s s e s s e d b y a fa c u l t y member with expertise in the subject matter and approved by the Chief Academic Officer

Directed Study

S t u d e n t s m a y re g i s t e r fo r a n ex i s t i n g Harcum course as Directed Study Similar to an Independent Study, a student receives a specific course syllabus, is assigned a faculty member, and has regularly scheduled meetings. This option is available only to students who must complete a course that is not offered in the semester at hand

Auditing Courses

Community members may enroll in academic courses as auditors Tuition for auditing is the same rate as tuition charged for courses taken for grades. Auditing students are expected to attend class regularly and contribute to class discussion; every effort should be made to purchase the required books and complete assigned reading

Taking examinations and submitting term papers is not necessary, and auditors receive no course grades for academic credit English Language Academy students who w i s h to a u d i t a c o u rs e re g i s t e r fo r c o u rs e s through the Office of the English Language Academy Au pairs register for course work through the English Language Academy

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 4 1

Academic Standing

Academic standing may take one of several forms depending upon the individual situation An evaluation of student achievement is made at the end of each semester

Warning

An official warning letter is given to fulltime students who have not successfully completed a minimum of 12 semester hours of academic credit for the semester

Probation

Satisfactory progress will be determined by the grade point average (GPA) A step-up system is used to permit a student’s gradual progress to meet the 2.0 GPA requirement for graduation

Limited Load

Any full-time student whose cumulative GPA is less than 2 0, or any student who is on academic probation, is restricted to a limited load of 13 or fewer credits and may be required to take special coursework.

Any part-time student whose cumulative GPA is less than 2 0 is restricted to a limited load of 6 or fewer credits and may be required to take special coursework

Academic Dismissal

Dismissal includes forced withdrawal from courses and residence Academic Dismissal from the College applies to the following students:

• Any student who is on academic probation for two consecutive semesters

• Any student who receives a grade of “F” in three courses or all courses attempted in a single term.

Academic Honors

Attaining a cumulative grade point average of 3 50 or higher entitles the graduating student

Graduation with Honors

Students are entitled to the following academic honors based upon their semester grade point average:

President’s List All full-time students who have earned letter grades with quality point equivalents and a GPA of 4 0 are eligible for the President’s List

Dean’s List All full-time students who have earned 12 credits, letter grades with quality point equivalents, and a GPA of 3 50-3 99 are eligible for the Dean’s List.

Honor’s List part-time and Continuing Education students who have earned 12 credits, are currently taking 6 to 11 credits, have earned letter grades with quality point equivalents, and a GPA of 3 50 – 4 00 are eligible for the Honor’s List

Any student whose GPA does not meet the above scale will be put on academic probation. Students on probation may not take more than 13 credits in the next semester

A student who is academically dismissed may apply for readmission Application is made in writing to the program director who then forwards the application together with the program director’s recommendation to the Chief Academic Officer for a final decision Application for readmission must include evid e n c e o f l i ke l i h o o d o f a c a d e m i c s u c c e s s (Requirements for dismissal from individual programs of study may differ from this policy)

In addition to maintaining good academic standing, each financial aid recipient must make academic progress according to financial aid guidelines

Copies of these standards are available in the Financial Aid Office, are outlined in this catalog, and are mailed to each financial aid recipient.

Academic Appeal

Grade Appeal

A student may appeal grading by a faculty member up to within two weeks of the semester following the assignment of the grade

The student must document in writing the reasons he or she considers the grade to be incorrect and present the documentation to the faculty member who will respond within ten business days. The student must present supporting evidence If the faculty member denies the appeal, the student may appeal to the program director in writing within ten days

If this appeal is denied, the student may appeal to the Chief Academic Officer in writing who will respond within ten business days

Other Academic Grievances

If a student has a cause for grievance in academic matters, the student is requested to meet with the faculty member involved If an agreeable decision is not reached, the student should then request a meeting with the program director to discuss the matter If further steps are necessary, the VPAA should be consulted

Credits Attempted GPA Required 1-15 1 5 16-30 1
31 and
75
above 2 0
a t C o m m e n c e m e n t to t h e d i s t i n c t i o n o f
4 2 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

Class Attendance

Students are expected to attend regularly all scheduled classes

Refer to the instructor’s specific course syllabus or program handbook for course specific policies

It is the student’s responsibility to notify the instructor of any situation that causes the student to miss class

It is the student’s responsibility to make up any work or to obtain class notes and/or handouts

Financial Aid Implications

Any change in course load may affect a s t u d e n t ’ s f i n a n c i a l a i d T h e F i n a n c i a l A i d Office is notified of the last day of attendance for students dropping or withdrawing from a course

Advising

As with any academic issue, students may exercise their right to appeal adverse attendance decisions. Please refer to the current College Catalog for the complete Academic Appeal procedure

Class Cancellations

The College will, in very extreme circumstances, delay or cancel classes and administ ra t i ve o f f i c e o p e ra t i o n s d u e to i n c l e m e n t weather or other emergency conditions.

In the event that the College must cancel o r d e l a y t h e s ta r t o f m o r n i n g c l a s s e s a n d administrative operations, the President will make that decision before 5:30 a m on the day in question

If the decision is made to delay opening, there will be either a one-hour delay or a twohour delay

• If there is a one hour delay, classes will begin and offices will open at 10 a m

• If there is a two hour delay, classes will begin and offices will open at 11 a m

• Notification to the local radio and television stations, Harcum’s phone, website, student-staff email, and via Omnilert, the College emergency notification system, will be made as quickly as possible

• It is recommended that all students subscribe to the Omnilert emergency notification system, which is free and voluntary and can be accessed from the Harcum website

• Announcements on local radio and television will note the change (see list below)

The decision to cancel evening classes will be made by the President prior to 3:00 p m on the day in question If offices are to close b e fo re t h e e n d o f t h e wo r kd a y b e c a u s e o f weather conditions, the President will make the decision, and offices will be notified by automated voice messages on all active campus telephone extensions, via Omnilert, and via email

Ra d i o a n d t e l e v i s i o n s ta t i o n s t h a t a re requested to carry Harcum closing information are:

• KYW-TV (CBS3)

• WTXF-TV (Fox 29)

• WCAU-TV (NBC10)

• WPVI-TV (6ABC)

Accelerated Progress/ Course Exemption

Transfer Credit

Please refer to the Transfer Student Policy (Admissions Section)

Advanced Placement Program

H a rc u m C o l l e g e p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Advanced Placement Program of the College B o a rd At t h e t i m e o f e n t ra n c e, c re d i t a n d advanced placement is awarded to students w i t h s c o re s o f a t l e a s t 3 o n t h e Ad va n c e d Placement Tests in a variety of disciplines. I n q u i r i e s a b o u t t h e Ad va n c e d P l a c e m e n t Program should be directed to the Admissions Office (610-526-6050)

International Baccalaureate

H a rc u m C o l l e g e re c o g n i ze s t h e International Baccalaureate (IB) Program and awards special consideration to students presenting IB credentials on an individual basis. Students requiring additional information about the IB should contact the Director of International Programs (610-526-6118)

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 4 3

Online Education

Harcum College has offered online courses since 2002 Online courses provide the flexibility, convenience, and anytime/anywhere access that many of today’s learners require to suit busy family, work, and school schedules.

Harcum’s online courses are designed, developed, and taught according to best practices in online education and feature dynamic interactive learning environments All instructors are trained and supervised according to best practices with the focus on instructor facilitation of student-centered learning in individual and group assignments, projects, and activities.

Harcum College’s Online courses adhere to the same academic standards as their faceto-face counterparts on campus: all academic policies and procedures on campus and course goals and objectives apply to online courses

Harcum has two programs that are offered online: Medical Laboratory Technician and Histotechnology

Requirements

Before registering for an online course, it is highly recommended that you take a readiness assessment that has been designed to help you to determine if you are adequately prepared to be successful in an online course

In addition to technical skills, there are other requirements that must be met The student must have reliable and consistent access to a computer with Internet access, an email account, and the appropriate computer software (please note that tablets such as iPads will not provide full access and functionality to an online course) A high-speed Internet connection is best, but it is not absolutely necessary Online students must have a backup plan in the event their computer or Internet service fails. Computer malfunction is not accepted as an excuse for late work All course work should be saved on the student’s computer and on a separate disk or flash drive Online students must be able to devote 8-12 hours (online and offline) per week to the course

Graduate Requirements

The following requirements must be met to obtain a degree from the College:

1 An Associate Degree student must have earned a minimum of 62 credit hours Some programs require more than this minimum The exact requirements for each program are indicated in the current Catalog

2 For all degrees, a minimum grade point average of 2.0 is required. Basic Skills Standards (as outlined in the current Catalog) must also be fulfilled

3 Credits for developmental courses do not count toward graduation

4 All financial obligations to the College must be paid in full before a student may participate in the graduation exercises

5 The diploma and transcript of grades also will be withheld until the student meets his/her financial obligations

Commencement

Commencement exercises are held annually in May Candidates for graduation must complete a graduation application and submit it to the Office of Student Records during the semester preceding the one of expected graduation Applications for graduation will be available from the student’s advisor, the Office of Student Records, or online May graduation applications are due by December 1st August and December graduation applications are due by May 1st

A student enrolled in a practicum or program which will be completed in June, as the final requirement for the program, may participate in the May graduation ceremony and receive his/her diploma upon completion of the curriculum All other exceptions must have written approval of the President All students who complete the requirements for graduation in August or December may participate the following May in the graduation ceremony

Transcripts

An official transcript of a student’s Harcum College record may be sent to an authorized person or agency upon receipt of the student’s written authorization There is a fee associated with this request Transcript requests should be directed to the Office of Student Records. No transcript or student record will be sent to any person or agency without the student’s written authorization with the exception of the following:

• Authorized representatives of the Comptroller General of the United States, the Secretary of Education, an administrative head of an education agency (defined by the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974), or state education authorities

• Organizations conducting studies for or on behalf of educational agencies or institutions for the purpose of developing, validating, or administering predictive tests, administering student aid programs and improving instruction, and other documents

• Accrediting organizations

• Parents of dependent students as defined in Section 152 of the Internal Revenue Code (Parents who claim students as dependents on their income tax return have a right to inspect the educational records of the student without prior written consent of the student. For details, contact the Office of Student Records)

• By judicial order

• For financial aid reasons

No transcript or grade reports are sent unless all financial obligations to Harcum College have been met

4 4 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

Student Records

Students have a right to assurance that their academic and personal records will be recorded accurately and held in confidence Access to a n d re l e a s e o f i n fo r m a t i o n p l a c e d o n t h e records shall conform to the requirements set forth in the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, as amended For details, contact the Office of Student Records

Graduation Rate Information

Information concerning graduation rates for full-time, first-time students is available at the Office of Student Records at www harcum edu/gradrates

Student Rights and Responsibilities

To maintain an atmosphere conducive to learning, each member of the Harcum community acquires both rights and responsibilities

The students’ rights and responsibilities are described in the Student Handbook The Handbook can be found on the Harcum website

Academic Conduct and Violations

Personal integrity is a goal that Harcum fosters Students should be guided by the fundamental ideals of honor and integrity in the personal conduct of their lives

The Harcum degree represents not only the fulfillment of academic requirements but also the development of character and personal conduct A student who is dishonest in any assignment, test, or examination receives a grade of “F” and the incident is reported to the Chief Academic Officer The penalties for such violations are cumulative A second violation will result in failure of the course; the third, expulsion from the college

Right to Return for Additional Study

Harcum College reserves the right to invite only those students whose progress and conduct have been satisfactory to return for a consecutive semester of study.

Filing Grievances to Accrediting Bodies and Pennsylvania State

Please refer to the list of accrediting bodies o n p a g e 9 o r c o n ta c t t h e Pe n n s y l va n i a Department of Education C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 4 5

Programs of Study

4 6 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

Programs of Study

Harcum College offers an educational program which recognizes that career opportunities for its graduates are expanding rapidly The entire curriculum is directed toward the growth and development of each student as an individual and as a responsible member of society

Seeking to meet the needs of its students, Harcum offers a wide range of programs Many programs closely parallel those offered in fouryear institutions

Certain programs such as Early Childhood E d u c a t i o n , Fa s h i o n D e s i g n , a n d Re ta i l Merchandising are designed to lead directly to a career while, at the same time, to prepare the student for transfer after graduation to baccalaureate degree programs Many programs allow students to follow a more flexible and individualized curricula leading to the associate’s degree

Majors

Harcum’s majors fall under four academic c enters: C enter fo r Al l i ed H ea l th S c i enc e, Center for Art and Design, Center for Business, and Center for Social Sciences

Many Harcum majors feature a practicum or internship as an important part of the curriculum In the practicum or internship, qualified students spend a period of time gaining valuable experience in a workplace where they apply knowledge acquired in the classroom

Course and Curriculum Changes

Harcum College reserves the right to drop a course for insufficient enrollment and substitute courses in any curriculum

Core Curriculum

The purpose of Harcum’s core curriculum is to provide students with a body of knowledge and a set of skills that will lead to the growth

o

Harcum students become immersed in a particular associate’s degree program to acquire the knowledge and professional experience necessary for a successful career, the core curriculum provides the well-rounded education that the College considers essential

The core curriculum is designed to develop the following general education student learning outcomes:

• Employ effective oral and written communication skills in a variety of contexts (e g , research paper, personal letter)

• Utilize information literacy skills in conducting academic research

• Apply critical thinking and mathematical reasoning to problem-solving

• Demonstrate comprehension of basic principles of science.

• Display an appreciation of human achievement and aesthetic values

• Express an understanding of human behavior, individually and collectively

• Demonstrate the ability to participate responsibly in a complex global community

T h e o u tc o m e o f a g e n e ra l e d u c a t i o n through engagement with the liberal arts and s c i e n c e s c o re c u r r i c u l u m i s m o re t h a n a body of knowledge gleaned from individual courses

It is an intellectual outlook that fosters respect for human achievement, regard for and sensitivity to creativity and aesthetic values, confidence in one’s ability to solve problems and make responsible choices, a sense of individual and social responsibility, and a lifelong commitment to learning and the development of one’s potential

Core Curriculum Requirements

All degree students are required to complete a minimum of 21 core curriculum credits These requirements include the following minimum number of credits in each of six core curricular areas:

English Composition – 6 Credits

ENG 101 English Composition I

ENG 102 English Composition II

Mathematics – 3 Credits

College-level Mathematics course as required by program of study

Science Elective – 3 or 4 Credits

BIO 101 General Biology I

BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology I

BIO 104 Human Anatomy and Physiology II

BIO 108 Introduction to Human Anatomy

BIO 204 Nutrition

BIO 205 Microbiology

BIO 210 Nutritional Biochemistry

CHE 102 Principles of Chemistry

CHE 103 Introduction to Chemistry

GSC 105 Science and Our World

n d e n t a n d l i f e l o n g l e a r n i n g A s
f i n d e p e
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 4 7

Arts/Humanities Elective – 3 Credits

ART 110 Basic Drawing

ART 111 Introduction to Visual Storytelling

ART 112 Figure Drawing

ART 114 Painting

ART 116 Design I: Two Dimensional

ART 118 Design II: Three Dimensional

ART 213 Fashion Illustration

DES 103 History of Furniture

ENG 103 Public Speaking

ENG 201 Introduction to Short Fiction

ENG 202 Introduction to Poetry

HUM 101 Introduction to Humanities: Human Liberty

HUM 121 The Humanistic Tradition

HUM 122 Music Appreciation

HUM 201Ethical Issues in Professional Life

HUM 202 Health Care Law and Ethics

HUM 212 The Art of the Film

*MUS 104IS Instrumental Music

Lessons on Percussion

*MUS 105IS Instrumental Music

Lessons on Piano

*MUS 106IS Voice Lessons

*MUS 107IS Instrumental Music

Lessons on Woodwinds

*MUS 108IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Brass

*MUS 109IS Instrumental Music

Lessons on Guitar

*MUS 110IS Instrumental Music

Lessons on Electric Bass

PHT 103 Digital Photography

RET 115 Fashion History

(*Note that each of the music performance courses award 1 credit )

Social Science Elective – 3 Credits

GST 101 Introduction to Gender Studies

PSY 111 Introductory Psychology

PSY 112 Psychology of Personality and Adjustment

PSY 113 The Inclusive Classroom

PSY 154 Child Development

PSY 156 Human Development

PSY 158 Psychology of Disabilities

PSY 212 Group Dynamics

PSY 213 Educational Psychology

PSY 253 Abnormal Psychology

PSY 260 Introduction to Clinical Psychology

SOC 109 Principles of Sociology

SOC 110 Social Problems

SOC 115 Diversity in Society

SOC 117 Animals in Society

SOC 122 Occupational Roles and Tasks through the Life Span

SOC 203 Geriatric Sociology

SOC 211 Minority Groups

SOC 275 Marriage and the Family

Diversity Elective – 3 Credits

GST 101 Introduction to Gender Studies

HUM 101 Introduction to Humanities: Human Liberty

PSY 113 The Inclusive Classroom

PSY 158 Psychology of Disabilities

PSY 253 Abnormal Psychology

SOC 109 Principles of Sociology

SOC 110 Social Problems

SOC 115 Diversity in Society

SOC 211 Minority Groups

SOC 275 Marriage and the Family

Basic Skills Standards

All students must fulfill basic skills requirements in English, reading, and mathematics

English

Students must demonstrate proficiency in reading and writing skills required for ENG 101 Students can demonstrate proficiency on the college placement test or by earning a grade of C or higher in IAD 050 (Introduction to Ac a d e m i c D i s c o u rs e I ) a n d / o r I A D 10 0

(Introduction to Academic Discourse II)

A C- in IAD 050 or IAD 100 is not a passing grade. Credits for Developmental courses are not transferable, but will be recorded on the student's transcript and will apply to the calculation of the student's GPA

Mathematics

Students may have to demonstrate proficiency in the mathematical skills necessary for either MTH 113 or MTH 115 Students can demonstrate proficiency on the Accuplacer, a departmental pre-test or final, or by earning a grade of C or higher in a prerequisite course Credits for Developmental courses are not transferable, but will be recorded on the student’s transcript and will apply to the calculation of the student’s GPA

4 8 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 4 9

Center for Allied Health Science

5 0 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

Allied Health Science

Associate of Science

Many opportunities exist in hospitals, clinical and research facilities, and doctors’ offices for individuals who want to become members of the Allied Health professional team

This team includes nurses, radiologic technologists, medical laboratory technicians, physical therapist assistants, occupational therapy assistants, phlebotomists, histology t e c h n i c i a n s, d e n ta l h y g i e n i s t s, a n d m o re Harcum’s Allied Health Science curriculum offers options to meet the needs of individuals pursuing an allied health career.

The Allied Health Science Associate of Science Degree Program is designed for students who desire to transfer to a four-year institution where they may complete the final t wo y e a rs o f a b a c h e l o r ’ s d e g re e p ro g ra m Students may also enter the Allied Health Science program to complete pre-requisite coursework required for the professional health science programs offered at Harcum College

Program Outcomes

• Demonstrate professional behavior, commitment to excellence, and value and respect diversity in the healthcare field

• Demonstrate effective written and verbal communication skills

• Apply knowledge of chemical, biological, and physiological concepts to the health science profession

• Integrate research with computer applications to enhance professional development in the healthcare profession

• Adopt a philosophy that incorporates elements of spiritual, physical, and mental well-being to maintain a healthy lifestyle

• Demonstrate professional responsibility and accountability with respect to the health, safety, and welfare of others

Prerequisites for Admission

of high school level science and college preparatory mathematics College courses may be substituted for any or all of these courses

• GPA of 2 0 and/or minimum SAT score of 750 (Critical Reading and Mathematics scores only).

Note: Applicants who do not meet standard admissions requirements may need to provide an additional essay and/or additional letter of recommendation before an Admissions decision can be made Students below standard requirements will be reviewed on a case-bycase basis by the Admissions Committee and w

All i e d H e a lt h C u r r i c u l u m F I R S T S E M E S T E R IDS 103 College Orientation and 3 cr Research Skills AHS 102 Comprehensive Medical Terminology 3 cr ENG 101 English Composition I 3 cr AHS 100 Introduction to Allied Health Science 3 cr. ELE General Elective 3 cr 15 cr. S E C O N D S E M E S T E R BIO 103 Human Anatomy & Physiology I 4 cr MTH 113 College Mathematics 3 cr ENG 102 English Composition II 3 cr ELE General Elective 3 cr. AHS 103 Research & Comp App 3 cr 16 cr. T H I R D S E M E S T E R BIO 104 Human Anatomy & Physiology II 4 cr SOC 109 Prin. of Sociology 3 cr. HUM 202 Health Care Law & Ethics 3 cr ELE General Elective 3 cr PSY 111 Introductory Psychology 3 cr. 16 cr F O U RT H S E M E S T E R ELE General Elective 3 cr ELE General Elective 3 cr PSY 156 Human Development 3 cr BIO 204 Nutrition 3 cr CHE Chemistry 4 cr. 16 cr Total Credits: 63 Credits
Completion
p
va
Director C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 – 2 0 2 3 5 1
i l l re q u i re a p
ro
l f ro m t h e P ro g ra m

Animal Center Management

Associate of Science

G ra d u a t e s o f t h e A n i m a l C e n t e r Management program will be prepared for management careers at facilities where animals are maintained These facilities include, but are not limited to: zoological parks, wildlife refuges, veterinary hospitals, kennels, humane societies, and research facilities

Included in the curriculum are business c o u rs e s, g e n e ra l e d u c a t i o n c o u rs e s, a n d Animal Center Management courses that complement the major Service Learning will also be interwoven into the curriculum, which will benefit the animal community as well as the student

Program Outcomes

• Utilize animal knowledge, (e.g. nutritional needs, husbandry requirements, healthy practices) to create and critique the infrastructure of an animal center

• Design, plan, and manage a safe environment for both the humans and animals in a variety of contexts using common behavior characteristics and safe-handling/restraint procedures

• Apply business concepts (e g accounting, human resources, merchandising, managerial) to construct a successful animal center business model

• Demonstrate effective professional and client communication skills

• Students will become proficient with a variety of software systems commonly used in management facilities

• Identify how regulations, ethics, and liability affect animal center management policies and procedures

• Apply basic operational management aspects (inventory, computer knowledge, client/patient interactions, etc ) to an animal center

Behavioral Health Science

THE BEHAVIORAL HEALTH SCIENCE program provides students who are interested in psychology and therapy with the knowledge, skills, and qualifications to be successful in multiple Behavioral Science positions and/or to continue their education by transferring completed coursework to a Bachelor degree program

Students will progress from a foundational knowledge of behavioral science to a more advanced understanding of addictions, cognitive conditions (autism, Alzheimer’s, dement i a , a n d / o r t ra u m a t i c b ra i n i n j u r y ) , a n d personality disorders Students will master the application, documentation, and assessment of recognized treatments

The program provides opportunities for students to earn a Pennsylvania certification i n A s s o c i a t e Ad d i c t i o n C o u n s e l o r ( A AC ) , and/or Certified Family Recovery Specialist (CFRS) Students may also be eligible to apply for the nationally recognized certification of Registered Behavior Technician (RBT) from t h e B e h a v i o r A n a l y s i C e r t i f i c a t i o n B o a rd (BACB) Graduates will be prepared and qualified to work in a variety of healthcare settings including clinics, hospitals, and treatment centers

PROGRAM LEARNING OUTCOMES

• Graduates will demonstrate effective communication skills while working with patients of all cognitive levels

• Graduates will analyze and apply psychological and sociological theories used in interventions

*Students wishing to transfer will need to take a higher-level mathematics course

Prerequisites for Admission

Graduated high school or have earned a GED

• Graduates will explain and demonstrate approaches to the treatment and prevention of drug and alcohol abuse and addictions

A n i m a l C e n t e r M a n a g e m e n t C u r r i c u l u m F I R S T S E M E S T E R ACM 101 Introduction to Animal 3cr Center Management ACM 103 Canine Basics 3 cr BUS 110 Introduction to Business 3 cr ENG 101 English Composition I 3 cr. HUM Humanities Elective 3 cr 15 cr. S E C O N D S E M E S T E R ACM 102 Animal Behavior 3 cr ACM 110 Merchandising 3 cr BUS 109 Principles of Management 3 cr ENG 102 English Composition II 3 cr PSY 111 Introductory Psychology 3 cr. 15 cr T H I R D S E M E S T E R ACM 240 Animal Management & Nutrition 3 cr BIO 101 General Biology 4 cr ACM 255 Zoonotic Disease/OSHA 3 cr. ELE General Elective 3 cr. MTH 111 Quantitative Reasoning 3 cr 16 cr. FOURTH SEMESTER ACM 210 Avian and Reptile Management 3 cr DIV Diversity Elective 3 cr BUS 122 Professional & Business 3 cr. Communication ELE General Elective 3 cr (intern, transfer, or other) ELE General Elective 3 cr (Intern, transfer, or other) ACM 109 Pet First Aid/CPR 1 cr 16 cr
Credits:
cr.
Total
62
Credits
5 2 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

S

N D S E M E S T E R

Dental Assisting Certificate

One-Year Certificate

A dental assistant performs specific procedures on patients, exposes and processes radiographs, assists chairside, prepares and delivers dental materials, and participates in laboratory procedures Dental assistants may perform only under the direct supervision of a dentist

The Dental Assisting student’s educational experience will span three semesters, including a separate ten-week summer session

Upon completion of the certificate program, g ra d u a t e s a re e l i g i b l e to s i t fo r t h e D e n ta l

T H I R D S E M E S T E R

The Dental Assisting Certificate program is accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation and has been granted the accreditation status of “approval without reporting requirements ” The Commission on Dental Accreditation can be contacted at (312) 4404653 or at 211 East Chicago Avenue, Chicago, IL 60611

Program Outcomes

• Graduates will perform the clinical, laboratory, administrative, and educational skills used by a dental assistant in a variety of dental environments

• Graduates will demonstrate effective asepsis and infection control management according to accepted guidelines

• Graduates will practice dental assisting within the legal and ethical boundaries set forth by the state

• Graduates will explain/demonstrate the importance of professional development in the healthcare delivery system

• Graduates will demonstrate effective communication skills with patients and other dental team members

D e n t a l A s s i s t i n g

C u r r i c u l u m

F I R S T S E M E S T E R

DA 121 Dental Assisting I 4 cr

DE 192 Dental Anatomy 2 cr

DA 247 Preventive Health & Nutrition 2 cr

BIO 108 Introduction to Human 3 cr Anatomy & Physiology

ENG 101 English Composition I 3 cr

DA 110 Professional Communication 2 cr. in the Healthcare Setting 16 cr

S E C O N D S E M E S T E R

DA 142 Dental Materials 3 cr

DA 100 Dental Assisting Experience 2 cr.

DE 150 Dental Radiology 3 cr

DA 122 Dental Assisting II 4 cr

DA 141 Basic Dental Science 3 cr

PSY 111 Introduction to Psychology 3 cr 18 cr.

S U M M E R S E S S I O N

(Tuition is charged for the Summer Session)

DA 200 Dental Assisting Practicum 8 cr.

DA 245 Dental Office Procedures 2 cr 10 cr.

Total Credits: 44 credits

Prerequisites for Admission

Ac c e p ta n c e i n to t h e D e n ta l A s s i s t i n g Certificate Program is dependent upon the following entrance requirements:

• Completion of high school level science and college preparatory mathematics with a C or better

• College courses may be substituted for any or all of these courses

• GPA of 2 0 and/or minimum (new) SAT score of 840 Evidence-based Reading/ Writing and Math, or (old) score of 750 (critical reading and mathematics scores only)

Policies regarding individuals with bloodb o r n e i n f e c t i o u s d i s e a s e s a re a va i l a b l e o n Harcum’s website under the Dental Assisting Program and upon request from the College’s Student Health Office.

Harcum College Dental Assisting students interested in applying to Harcum’s Dental H y g i e n e P ro g ra m m u s t m e e t t h e D e n ta l Hygiene Program’s admissions requirements

Please refer to the Harcum College Dental Hygiene Program Admissions Sheet for more information, or call the Admissions Office at 610-526-6050

B e h a v i o ra l H e a lt h S c i e n c e C u r r i c u l u m F I R S T S E M
R BHS 101 Introduction to 3 cr Behavioral Health Science ENG 101 English Composition 1 3 cr BHS 102 Introduction to Substance Abuse 3 cr ENG 104 Professional Communications 3 cr ELE Open Elective 3 cr 15 cr
E S T E
E
O
PSY 156 Human Development 3 cr BHS 103 Professional Ethics & Advocacy 3 cr. ENG 102 English Composition II 3 cr BHS 104 Substance Abuse Counseling 3 cr MTH 111 Quantitative Reasoning Elective 3 cr. 15 cr
C
BHS 105 Methods of Relapse Prevention 3 cr BHS 106 Individual, Family, and Group Counseling 3 cr BIO 109 Basic Pharmacology 3 cr PSY 200 Dialectic Behavioral Therapy 3 cr ELE Open Elective 3 cr. 15 cr F O U RT H S E M
BIO 204 Nutrition 3 cr HUM 202 Healthcare Laws & Ethics 3 cr BHS 107 Stress Management in 3 cr. Community & Clinical Settings BHS 110 Applied Behavior Analysis 3 cr. for Behavior Technicians ELE Open Elective 3 cr. 15 cr Total Credits: 60 credits
E S T E R
National Board Exam
Assisting
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 5 3

Program Requirements

Students accepted into the Dental Assisting Certificate program must meet the following additional criteria:

• Medical documents and clearances as required by the Allied Health Programs and tracked online through Castle Branch A list of specific requirements for the dental programs is available in Castle Branch Proof of medical insurance is required Annual Quantiferon Gold blood test, drug urine screen, influenza vaccination, and child abuse history clearance and criminal record check are required

• Proof of current certification from an approved healthcare provider Basic Life Support (BLS) CPR course, including adult, child, infant, and AED, prior to enrolling in Dental Assisting I Current certification must be maintained throughout the program

• Child Abuse History Clearance and Criminal Record Check are required. New clearances are required annually A Child Abuse history and a Criminal Record may exclude the student from participation in the clinical component of the Dental Assisting Program

• Purchase of designated uniform scrubs, lab jacket, shoes, name tags, textbooks, and manuals

• Attend the mandatory Dental Assisting Program Orientation

• The student will be responsible for transportation to and from clinical rotation sites

• A maximum of 15 transfer credits in equivalent non-dental specific coursework can be accepted for the Dental Assisting Certificate program Transfer credits are evaluated by the College

• To receive a Dental Assistant Certificate, the student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher in all Dental Assisting courses

• A failing grade (C- or lower) or a grade of W in the same Dental Assisting course will result in dismissal from the program

Expanded Functions Dental Assistant (EFDA)

Associate of Science

E x p a n d e d Fu n c t i o n s D e n ta l A s s i s ta n t (EFDA) performs restorative and preventative procedures on patients under the direct supervision of a dentist An EFDA must be statecertified to practice

Procedures include rubber dam application; placement of matrix band and wedges; placing, carving, and finishing amalgam restorations, light-cured composite restorations, coronal polishing, fluoride application, and pit and fissure sealants. Students also learn fabrication of temporary crowns and bridges and placement of temporary restorations

U p o n s u c c e s s f u l c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e Expanded Functions Dental Assisting degree program, the graduate is eligible to sit for the Pennsylvania EFDA certification exam

The Dental Assisting curriculum requirem e n t s i n t h e E x p a n d e d Fu n c t i o n s D e n ta l Assisting Associate of Science degree program is accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation and has been granted the accreditation status of “approval without reporting requirements ” The Commission on Dental Accreditation can be contacted at 312-440-4653 or at 211 East Chicago Avenue, Chicago, IL 6 0 611 T h e E x p a n d e d Fu n c t i o n s D e n ta l A s s i s t i n g c u r r i c u l u m re q u i re m e n t s a re approved by the Pennsylvania State Board of Dentistry

Program Outcomes

• Graduates will perform the clinical, laboratory, administrative, and educational skills utilized by an expanded function dental assistant in a variety of dental environments

• Graduates will demonstrate effective asepsis and infection control management according to accepted guidelines

• Graduates will practice expanded function dental assisting within the legal and ethical boundaries set forth by the state.

• Graduates will explain/demonstrate the importance of professional development in the healthcare delivery system

• Graduates will demonstrate effective communication skills with patients and other dental team members

E x p a n d e d Fu n c t i o n s

D e n t a l A s s i s t a n t

C u r r i c u l u m

F I R S T S E M E S T E R

S E C O N D S E M E S T E R

S U M M E R S E S S I O N

T H I R D S E M E S T E R

F O U RT H S E M E S T E R

Prerequisites for Admission

Acceptance

Functions

Degree

• Completion of high school level science and college preparatory mathematics College courses may be substituted for any or all of these courses

• GPA of 2 0 and/or minimum SAT score of 750 (Critical Reading and Mathematics scores only)

Policies regarding individuals with bloodborne infectious diseases are available upon request from the College’s Student Health Office

DA 121 Dental Assisting I 4 cr DE 192 Dental Anatomy 2 cr DA 247 Preventive Health & Nutrition 2 cr BIO 108 Intro to Human Anatomy & Physiology 3 cr ENG 101 English Composition I 3 cr. DA 110 Professional Communication Skills 2 cr in the Healthcare Setting 16 cr
DA 142 Dental Materials 3 cr DA 100 Dental Assisting Clinical 2 cr. DE 150 Dental Radiology 3 cr DA 122 Dental Assisting II 4 cr DA 141 Basic Dental Science 3 cr. 15 cr
(Tuition is charged for the Summer Session) DA 200 Dental Assisting Practicum 8 cr 8 cr
DA 243 Dental Assisting III 5 cr. ENG 102 English Composition II 3 cr MTH 113 College Mathematics 3 cr PSY 111 Introductory Psychology 3 cr DA 245 Dental Office Procedures 2 cr 16 cr.
DA 250 Dental Assisting IV Internship 7
DA 249 Dental Assisting IV Seminar 1
HUM Humanities Elective 3 cr DIV Diversity Elective 3 cr. 14 cr
cr.
cr
Total Credits: 69 Credits
entrance
into the Expanded
Dental Assisting Associate of Science
p ro g ra m i s d e p e n d e n t u p o n t h e fo l l o w i n g
requirements:
H a rc u m C o l l e g e E x p a n d e d Fu n c t i o n s 5 4 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

Dental Assisting students interested in applyi n g to H a rc u m ’ s D e n ta l H y g i e n e P ro g ra m m u s t m e e t t h e D e n ta l H y g i e n e P ro g ra m ’ s admissions requirements Please refer to the Harcum College Dental Hygiene Program

S h e e t fo r m o re i n fo r m a t i o n , o r c a l l t h e Admissions Office at 610-526-6050

Program Requirements

S t u d e n t s a c c e p t e d i n to t h e E x p a n d e d Functions Dental Assisting Associate Degree program must meet the following additional criteria:

• Medical documents and clearances as required by the Allied Health Programs and tracked online through Castle Branch A list of specific requirements for the dental programs is available in Castle Branch Proof of medical insurance is required Annual Quantiferon Gold blood test, drug urine screen, influenza vaccination, child abuse clearance, and criminal record check are required

• Proof of current certification from an approved healthcare provider, including adult, child, infant and AED, prior to enrolling in Dental Assisting I Current certification must be maintained throughout the program

• Child Abuse History Clearance and Criminal Record Check are required New clearances are required annually

A Child Abuse history and a criminal record may exclude the student from participation i n t h e c l i n i c a l c o m p o n e n t o f t h e D e n ta l Assisting/EFDA Program

• Purchase of designated uniform scrubs, lab jacket, shoes, name tags, textbooks, and manuals

• Attend the mandatory Dental Assisting/EFDA Program Orientation

• Transfer credits are evaluated by the College A maximum of 30 transfer credits in equivalent non-dental specific coursework can be accepted for the Expanded Functions Dental Assisting Associate of Science Degree program.

• Students participate in clinical experience and are responsible for their own transportation to and from clinical sites

• Students must achieve a grade of C (75 percent) or higher in all dental courses and B- (80 percent) or higher in DA 243 DA III – EFDA course and DA 250 DA IV EFDA clinical internship

• A failing grade (C- or lower) for DA specific classes and C+ or lower for EFDA specific classes) or a grade of WF in the same Expanded Functions Dental Assisting course will result in dismissal from the program

Essential Functions for Expanded Functions Dental Assisting /EFDA Students

The technical standards, as distinguished from academic standards, refer to those physical, cognitive, and behavioral abilities required for satisfactory completion of all aspects of the Dental Assisting and Expanded Functions Dental Assisting curriculum

The essential abilities required by the curriculum are in the following areas: intellectual, motor, sensory, communication, environmental, and the behavioral and social aspects of the performance as a dental assistant. These are attributes that each student must possess and the use of a third party for the fulfillment of these attributes is not adequate

Intellectual:

The programs require essential abilities in information acquisition The student must have the ability to master information presented in course work in the form of lectures, demonstrations, independent study, clinical experiences, written material, material presented through computer imaging, and projected images The student must have the ability to complete reading assignments and to search and evaluate scientific literature The ability to comprehend three-dimensional relationships and understand the spatial relationship of the structures is important. Further, the student must be able to complete computer-based assignments and use the computer for searching, recording, storing, and retrieving information The student must have the ability to recall, comprehend, integrate, calculate, reason, analyze, and synthesize Problem solving skills are essential

Motor/Sensory:

The student must have fine motor function and the manual dexterity to provide dental assisting and expanded functions dental assisting skills when working with patients and assisting the dentist Students must be able to negotiate and function in the clinical patient care environment. Functional vision, hearing, motor, and tactile sensation must be adequate to perform those duties delegated by the dentist, including but not limited to: manipulation and delivery of dental materials, exposure of radiographs, and evacuation and retraction of the oral cavity The student must possess the visual ability to assess and provide services in the oral cavity and interpret radiographs

Communication:

Students must be able to communicate clearly and effectively in both the academic and clinical setting The student must demonstrate the ability to write coherently, using appropriate grammar, mechanics, punctuation, spelling, and diction Written communication in the clinical setting must be complete, legible, and accurate. The student must be able to verbally communicate in a professional manner with patients, faculty, and other members of the dental care team

Environmental:

Students must be able to work in a clinical environment that is required to follow guidelines for infection control This may include chemical solutions and aerosols for surface disinfection Protective gloves, masks, eyewear, and clinical attire must be worn

Behavioral and Social:

The student must be able to work in a cooperative, professional, and ethical manner with individuals of differing personalities and backgrounds Being able to participate effectively as an integral part of the team is important. Students must possess the emotional health required to complete all academic and clinical requirements and follow appropriate protocol The student must be able to understand the basis and content of dental ethics The student must be able to identify the components of professional behavior and perform accordingly This includes time management skills, communication styles, and interactions.

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 5 5

Dental Hygiene

Associate of Science

The Dental Hygienist is a licensed, preventive, oral health care professional who provides a variety of patient care services The graduate will be able to work in a variety of settings such as private practice, group specialty practice, hospitals, schools, and public health settings

The student’s clinical experience will span three semesters, including a summer session and will take place at several facilities, including the Harcum College on-campus Cohen Dental Center, St Christopher’s Hospital for Children, P h i l a d e l p h i a VA H o s p i ta l , C o m m u n i t y Volunteers in Medicine, and the Kornberg School of Dentistry

After completion of the associate degree program, graduates are eligible to sit for licensing board exams

The Dental Hygiene Associate of Science Degree program is accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation and has been granted the accreditation status of “approval w i t h o u t re p o r t i n g re q u i re m e n t s. ” T h e Commission on Dental Accreditation can be c o n ta c t e d a t ( 31 2 ) 4 4 0 - 4 6 5 3 o r a t 211 E a s t Chicago Avenue, Chicago, IL 60611

Program Outcomes

• Graduates of the Dental Hygiene Program will provide comprehensive dental hygiene care to a diverse population based on the current standards of care

• Graduates of the Dental Hygiene Program will explain/demonstrate the importance of professional development within the changing environment of the healthcare profession

• Graduates of the Dental Hygiene Program will integrate knowledge from general education, basic science, and dental hygiene courses

• Graduates of the Dental Hygiene Program will incorporate ethical and professional judgment into the practice of dental hygiene

• Graduates of the Dental Hygiene Program will demonstrate effective communication skills; written, oral, and interpersonal

• Graduates of the Dental Hygiene Program will apply critical thinking, problem solving and self-assessment skills in the provision of dental hygiene care

SPRING SEMESTER – Spring II

DH 210 Preventative Oral Health Services IV – 2 cr Seminar

DH 211 Preventative Oral Health Services IV – 5 cr Clinic

DH 271 Community Dental Health 2 cr

DH 282

ENG 102

SOC 109

Concepts in Dental Hygiene 2 cr

Composition II 3 cr.

Sociology 3 cr 17 cr.

Total Credits: 85

D e n ta l H y g i e n e s t u d e n t s m e e t i n g E xpanded Functions Dental Assisting (EFDA) entrance requirements are eligible to take an optional Expanded Functions I & II course any time after graduation This will make stud e n t s e l i g i b l e to s i t fo r t h e Pe n n s y l va n i a

E x p a n d e d Fu n c t i o n s C e r t i f i c a t i o n E xa mination

Prerequisites for Admission

Ac c e p ta n c e i n to t h e D e n ta l H y g i e n e

A s s o c i a t e o f S c i e n c e D e g re e p ro g ra m i s d e p e n d e n t u p o n t h e fo l l o w i n g e n t ra n c e requirements:

• Completion of high school Algebra I, Algebra II, geometry, chemistry, and biology (with lab) with grades of B or higher College courses may be substituted for any or all of these courses

• Minimum SAT or ACT score: (Old) 950 Critical Reading and Math or (New) 1030 Evidence-based Reading/Writing & Math or minimum composite ACT of 20

• A college cumulative grade point average of 2 5 or higher is acceptable in lieu of SAT scores

D e n t a l H yg i e n e C u r r i c u l u m S U M M E R E N T RY– S u m m e r I ENG 101 English Composition I 3 cr CHE102 Principles of Chemistry 3 cr MTH 113 College Mathematics 3 cr. 9 cr FA L L S E M E S T E R – Fa ll I BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology I 4 cr. DE 150 Dental Radiology 3 cr DE 192 Dental Anatomy 2 cr DH 101 Preventative Oral Health Services I 4 cr. DH 170 Dental Histology/Embryology 2 cr 15 cr.
SEMESTER – Spring I DH 121 Medical Emergencies 1 cr BIO 104 Human Anatomy and Physiology II 4 cr BIO 205 Microbiology 4 cr DE 191 Head and Neck Anatomy 1 cr DH 110 Preventative Oral Health Services II – 2 cr Seminar DH 111 Preventative Oral Health Services II – 2 cr Clinic (Part I) DH 180 Periodontics I 2 cr 16 cr S U M M E R S E S S I O N –S u m m e r I I DH 111 Preventative Oral Health Services II – 2 cr Clinic (Part II) DH 280 Periodontics II – Lab 0 cr DH 200 Dental Anesthesia – Part I 1 cr ENG 103 Public Speaking 3 cr. PSY 111 Introductory Psychology 3 cr 9 cr. FA L L S E M E S T E R – Fa ll I I DH 142 Dental Materials 2 cr DH 190 Oral Pathology 2 cr DH 201 Preventative Oral Health Services III – 2 cr. Seminar DH 202 Preventative Oral Health Services III – 4 cr. Clinic DH 203 Dental Anesthesia – Part II 1 cr. DH 270 Pharmacology 2 cr DH 280 Periodontics II 3 cr
204 Nutrition 3 cr. 19 cr
SPRING
BIO
Current
English
Principles of
5 6 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

Application Deadline

All application materials must be received by February 15

Admission to the Dental Hygiene program is competitive and completion of minimum admission requirements does not guarantee admittance to the program.

Criteria such as completion of non-Dental Hygiene coursework, cumulative grade point average, and date of completion of minimum requirements may be used in the evaluation and decision process Because of class size limitations, the College does not guarantee continuous enrollment between non-Dental Hygiene coursework, the Dental Assisting Certificate Program, and the Dental Hygiene Program. Should a current Harcum student be interested in the Dental Hygiene Program, a new application, along with supporting documents, must be submitted to the Admissions Office All Dental Hygiene admissions requirements must be met

Program Requirements

Students accepted into the Dental Hygiene program must meet the following additional criteria:

• Medical documents and clearances as required by the Allied Health Programs: Clearances are done through an online system from Castle Branch Proof of medical insurance is required Annual Quantiferon Gold blood test, drug urine screen and influenza vaccination, child abuse history clearance and criminal record check are required

• Proof of current certification from an approved CPR course, Basic Life Support (BLS) for healthcare providers, including adult, child, infant and AED, prior to enrolling in Preventative Oral Health Services I Current certification must be maintained throughout the program

• Child Abuse History Clearance and Criminal Record Check A Child Abuse history will and a Criminal Record may exclude the student from participation in the clinical component of the Dental Hygiene Program

• Harcum Placement Tests All candidates must take the Harcum Placement Tests in English, mathematics, and reading. All remedial coursework must be completed prior to enrollment in the Dental Hygiene Program

• Purchase of designated instrument kit and supplies, uniform scrubs, shoes, name tags, textbooks, manuals, and forms packets

• Attend the mandatory Dental Hygiene Program Orientation.

• The student will be responsible for transportation to and from clinical rotation sites

• Students may need to supplement the patient pool in the clinical education experience

• A maximum of 33 transfer credits in equivalent non-dental specific coursework can be accepted Transfer credits are evaluated by the College

Dental Hygiene students must achieve a grade of C or higher in all science and dental hygiene courses and maintain a grade point average of 2 0 or higher throughout the program A failing grade (C- or lower) or a grade of W/F in two dental hygiene or science courses on the first attempt will result in dismissal from the program

Re-entry into clinical courses is on a spaceavailable basis.

Policies regarding individuals with bloodborne infectious diseases are available on the Harcum website under the Dental Hygiene Program and are available upon request from the College Student Health Office

Essential Functions for Dental Hygiene Students

The Essential Functions, as distinguished from academic standards, refer to those physical, cognitive, and behavioral abilities required for satisfactory completion of all aspects of the dental hygiene curriculum The essential abilities required by the curriculum are in the following areas: intellectual, motor, sensory, c o m m u n i c a t i o n , e n v i ro n m e n ta l , a n d t h e behavioral and social aspects of the performance as a dental hygienist.

These are attributes that each student must possess and the use of a third party for the fulfillment of these attributes is not adequate

Intellectual:

The program requires essential abilities in information acquisition The student must have the ability to master information presented in course work in the form of lectures, demonstrations, independent study, clinical experiences, written material, material presented through computer imaging, and projected images The student must have the ability to complete reading assignments and to search and evaluate scientific literature

The ability to comprehend three-dimensional relationships and understand the spatial relationship of structures is important. Further,

the student must be able to complete computer-based assignments and use the computer for searching, recording, storing, and retrieving information The student must have the ability to recall, comprehend, integrate, calculate reason, analyze, and synthesize Problem solving skills are essential.

Motor/Sensory:

Students must have fine motor function and the manual dexterity to provide dental hygiene care to the patients Students must be able to negotiate and function in the clinical patient care environment

Functional vision, hearing, and tactile sensation must be adequate to perform a clinical examination, including, the gathering of information on texture, color, palpable changes in tissues, and fine changes on tooth surfaces

The student must possess the visual ability to assess and provide services in the oral cavity and interpret radiographs

Communication:

Students must be able to communicate clearly and effectively in both the academic and clinical setting The student must demonstrate the ability to write coherently, using appropriate grammar, mechanics, punctuation, spelling, and diction Written communication in the clinical setting must be complete, legible, and accurate The student must be able to verbally communicate in a professional manner with patients, faculty, and other members of the dental care team

Environmental:

Students must be able to work in a clinical environment and follow required guidelines for infection control This may include chemical solutions and aerosols for surface disinfection Protective gloves, masks, eyewear, and clinical attire must be worn.

The student must be able to work in a cooperative professional manner with individuals of differing personalities and background Being able to participate effectively as a member of a healthcare team is important

Students must possess the emotional health required to complete all required academic and clinical requirements and follow appropriate protocol. The student must be able to understand the basis and content of dental ethics The student must be able to identify the components of professional behavior and perform accordingly This includes time management skills, communication styles, and interactions

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 5 7

Histotechnician

Associate of Science

Histotechnicians play a critical role in preparing biopsy specimens for microscopic examination by the pathologist They are involved with the detection and diagnosis of cancer and other pathological conditions, as well as following the treatment and progress of disease.

Successful histotechnicians are problem solvers, responsible, professional, and enjoy challenges Once formal training is completed, there are numerous opportunities for employment in hospitals, reference labs, clinics, and research facilities

Designed to prepare individuals for employment in a histology laboratory, the Histotechnician Associate of Science Degree program at Harcum College is a blended online program with limited on-site requirements, offering students the flexibility to earn an associate’s degree on a full-time or part-time basis Additionally, Harcum Histotechnician graduates qualify to take the Board of Certification exam sponsored by the American Society of Clinical Pathologists (ASCP)

The Histotechnician program at Harcum College is fully accredited by The National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS), 5600 N River Rd , Suite 720, Rosemont, IL 60018-5119 Telephone: 847939-3597

More information on this career can be found at these websites: www ascp org and www nsh org

Program Learning Outcomes

• Graduates will analyze laboratory results of histopathologic examination to aid in the diagnosis of disease

• Graduates will demonstrate effective written presentation skills

• Graduates will demonstrate mastery of laboratory methodologies, including problem solving and troubleshooting techniques, for the major areas currently practiced by a modern histopathology laboratory

• Graduates will summarize the significance of continued professional development

• Graduates will create a plan to demonstrate technical training sufficient to orient new employees

• Graduates will explain the importance of laboratory safety and regulatory compliance

Essential Functions for the Histotechnician Program

Cognitive Functions:

The HT student must possess the following intellectual skills: communicate effectively in written and spoken English, possess and apply mathematical skills, possess the psychological health required for full utilization of abilities: reasoning, sound judgment, and analytic ability Computer literacy is essential for success in online courses

Psychomotor Functions:

T h e H T s t u d e n t m u s t b e a b l e to : m o ve freely from one location to another in physical locations such as the clinical laboratory, patient care areas, corridors, and elevators; possess sufficient eye motor coordination to allow delicate manipulations of specimens, instruments, and tools; possess fine motor skills to handle equipment used in the histology laboratory; identify and distinguish objects macroscopically and microscopically; lift and move objects of at least 20 pounds; possess a sense of touch and temperature discrimination; use hands for repetitive activity

Affective Functions:

The HT student must be able to: follow written and verbal directions, work under time constraints, maintain alertness and concentration during a normal work period, apply knowledge, skills, and values learned from course work and life experiences to new situations, work safely with potential chemical and biologic hazards, using universal precautions; show respect for self and others; project an image of professionalism including appearance, dress, and confidence

Histotechnician Curriculum

r S e m e s t e r

cr

T h i rd S e m e s t e r - Fa ll

Fo u r t h S e m e s t e r - S p r i n g

104 Advanced Histotechnology 3 cr Techniques HTN 114 Comprehensive Applied 6 cr Histotechnology Procedures HTN 105 HT Cert Exam Prep Seminar 1 cr 10 cr.

Total: 66 cr.

Important Information

*BIO 103 Human Anatomy & Physiology

I, BIO 104 Human Anatomy & Physiology II, BIO 205 Microbiology and Chemistry are not o f f e re d o n l i n e b y H a rc u m C o l l e g e. T h e s e courses may be taken at any accredited college o r u n i ve rs i t y a n d t ra n s f e r re d to H a rc u m College as long as the student completes the course with a grade of “C” or better

Prerequisites for Admission

The accredited Histotechnician Associate of Science Degree program offers academic and clinical training to qualified students who wish to pursue a laboratory career and meet the following entrance requirements:

• A high school or college GPA of 2 0 Students accepted to the HT Program must meet the following criteria:

• Physical examination

• Immunizations

• Background checks

F i rs t S e m e s t e r - Fa ll HTN 100 Intro to Histotechnology 3 cr Theory & Techniques MTH 113 College Math 3 cr ENG 101 Composition I 3 cr AHS 103 Research and Comp App 3 cr BIO 103 Anatomy & Physiology I 4 cr 16 cr S e c o n d S e m e s t e r - S p r i n g HTN 102 Fundamental Histotechnology 3 cr. Lab Techniques HTN 112 Applied Histotechnology 4 cr Lab Techniques BIO 205 Microbiology 4 cr BIO 104 Anatomy & Physiology II 4 cr ENG 102 Composition II 3 cr. 18 cr S u m m e
SOC
3
DIV
3
HUM
SCI Social Science Elective
cr.
Diversity Elective
Humanities Elective 3 cr 9 cr.
HTN
HTN
Special
CHE
13
103 Histotechnology Special Stains 3 cr
113 Applied Histotechnology 6 cr
Stain Techniques
Chemistry Elective 4 cr.
cr
HTN
5 8 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

Medical Laboratory Technology

Associate of Science

Medical laboratory technicians play an important role in detection, diagnosis, and treatment of disease Successful medical labo ra to r y t e c h n i c i a n s a re p ro b l e m s o l ve rs, responsible, professional, and enjoy challenges Once formal training is completed, there are numerous opportunities for employment in h o s p i ta l s, re f e re n c e l a b o ra to r i e s, c l i n i c s, research facilities, and private practices

Designed to prepare individuals for employment in a clinical laboratory environment, the Medical Laboratory Technology Associate of Science Degree program at Harcum College is a blended online program with limited onsite requirements, offering students the flexibility to earn an associate’s degree Additionally, Harcum Medical Laboratory Technology graduates qualify to take the Board of Certification Exam sponsored by the American Society of Clinical Pathologists (ASCP) T

Harcum College is accredited by The National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS) NAACLS can be contacted at 5600 N River Rd , Suite 720, Rosemont, IL 60018-5119 or 847-939-3597

More information on this exciting career can be found at these websites: www ascp org and www ascls org

Program Outcomes

• Graduates will analyze laboratory results to diagnose disease and recommend treatment for pathologic conditions

• Graduates will demonstrate effective written and verbal communication skills.

• Graduates will demonstrate mastery of laboratory methodologies, including problem solving and troubleshooting techniques, for the major areas currently practiced by a modern clinical laboratory

• Graduates will summarize the significance of continued professional development

• Graduates will create a plan to demonstrate technical training sufficient to orient new employees

• Graduates will explain the importance of laboratory safety and regulatory compliance

Essential Functions for Medical Lab Technician Program

Cognitive Functions:

The MLT student must possess the following intellectual skills:

• Communicate effectively in written and spoken English

• Possess and apply mathematical skills

• Possess the psychological health required for full utilization of abilities: reasoning, sound judgement, analytic ability

• Computer literacy is essential for success in online courses

Psychomotor Functions:

The MLT student must be able to: move freely from one location to another in physical locations such as the clinical laboratory, patient care areas, corridors, and elevators, possess sufficient eye motor coordination to allow delicate manipulations of specimens, instruments, and tools, grasp and release small objects (test tubes, pipettes, microscope slides), manipulate other laboratory materials (reagents, manual and automated pipettes, etc ), identify and distinguish objects macroscopically and microscopically, lift and move objects of at least 20 pounds, possess a sense of touch and temperature discrimination, use hands for repetitive activity

Affective Functions:

The MLT student must be able to: follow written and verbal directions, work effectively under time constraints and under pressure, wo r k i n d e p e n d e n t l y , p r i o r i t i ze wo r k l o a d according to laboratory department needs, when multitasking maintain alertness and concentration in a loud and hectic environment, apply knowledge, skills, and values learned from course work and life experiences to new situations, work safely with potential chemical, radiological, and biologic hazards using universal precautions, show respect for self and others, project an image of professionalism including appearance, dress, and confidence

F I R S T S E M E S T E R

ENG 101 English Composition I 3 cr

MLS 101 Introduction to Medical 3 cr Laboratory Technology

MLS 140 Applied Lab Techniques I 1 cr

MTH 113 College Mathematics 3 cr.

AHS 103 Research Methods 3 cr & Computer Applications

BIO 101 General Biology I 4 cr 17 cr.

S E C O N D S E M E S T E R

ENG 102 English Composition II 3 cr

*CHE Chemistry Elective 4 cr.

*BIO 205 Microbiology 4 cr

MLS 113 Basic Hematology & Clinical Microscopy 3 cr

MLS 114 Applied Hematology & Microscopy 1 cr.

MLS 130 Immunology 3 cr 18 cr.

S U M M E R S E S S I O N

DIV Diversity Elective 3 cr

HUM Humanities Elective 3 cr.

SOC Social Science Elective 3 cr 9 cr.

T H I R D S E M E S T E R

MLS 211 Clinical Chemistry 3 cr

MLS 212 Clinical Hematology and Coagulation 3 cr

MLS 213 Clinical Immunohematology 3 cr.

MLS 214 Clinical Microbiology 3 cr

MLS 240 Applied Lab Techniques II 1 cr 13 cr

F O U RT H S E M E S T E R

Clinical Rotation Practicum Courses**

MLS 221 Applied Lab Techniques in Chemistry 3 cr

MLS 222 Applied Lab Techniques in Hematology 3 cr

MLS 223 Applied Lab Techniques in 3 cr Immunohematology

MLS 224 Applied Lab Techniques in Microbiology 4 cr

MLS 225 Applied Lab Techniques in Serology 1 cr

MLS 226 Applied Lab Techniques in Coagulation 1 cr.

MLS 227 Applied Lab Techniques in Urinalysis 1 cr

MLS 230 MLT Certification Prep Seminar 1 cr 17 cr

Total Credits: 74 Credits

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 5 9
h e M e d i c a l L a b o ra to r y Te c h n o l o g y
s s o c i a t e o f S c i e n c e D e g re e p ro g ra m a
A
t
M e d i ca l L a b o ra t o r y Te c
o l
C
r r i c u l u m
h n
o g y
u

Important Information

* BIO 205 Microbiology and Chemistry are not offered online by Harcum College These courses may be taken at any accredited college o r u n i ve rs i t y a n d t ra n s f e r re d to H a rc u m College as long as the student completes the course with a grade of “C” or better.

** The final spring semester is completed at the hospital practicum site during day shift hours, Monday through Friday A minimum grade point average of 2 0 must be maintained before the practicum begins Students are responsible for their own transportation to and from the hospital practicum site.

Prerequisites for Admission

T h e a c c re d i t e d M e d i c a l L a b o ra to r y Technology Associate of Science Degree program offers academic and clinical training to qualified students who wish to pursue a laboratory career and meet the following entrance requirements:

• High school or college GPA of 2 0

Students accepted into the MLT program must meet the following criteria:

• Physical examination, immunizations, and background checks

Nursing Program

Associate of Science

Nurses are unique health care providers who implement the highest level of health care services and collaborate with other members of the health care team to promote and maintain the health of diverse populations.

The Nursing Program at Harcum College promotes excellence in nursing education by providing an educational foundation in the arts and sciences that enhances the application of nursing theory into clinical practice in a variety of health care settings The nursing curriculum provides experiences in meeting human needs holistically across the healthillness continuum. Theoretical and clinical learning experiences are integrated within the clinical nursing courses

G ra d u a t e s o f t h e N u rs i n g P ro g ra m a re awarded the Associate of Science Degree in Nursing and are eligible to take The National Council Licensure Examination for Registered Nurses (NCLEX – RN) examination to become a Registered Nurse

Full approval from the Pennsylvania State Board of Nursing was received in October, 2005 and reaffirmed in October, 2022

The Harcum College Nursing program is accredited by the Accreditation Commission for Education in Nursing (ACEN) In In October 2020 the program was granted "Continuing Accreditation" by the Board of Commissioners for ACEN following the Spring 2020 on-site program review.

The Pennsylvania State Board of Nursing can be contacted at the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Department of State, Bureau o f P ro f e s s i o n a l a n d O c c u p a t i o n a l A f fa i rs, S t a t e B o a r d o f N u r s i n g , P O B o x 2 6 4 6 , Harrisburg, PA 17105-2649; Phone: 717-78371 4 2 ; o r Fa x : 71 7 - 7 8 3 - 0 8 2 2 ; We b s i t e : https://www dos pa gov/ProfessionalLicensin g/BoardsCommissions/Nursing/Pages/default aspx

T h e Ac c re d i ta t i o n C o m m i s s i o n fo r Education in Nursing (ACEN) can be contacted at 3390 Peachtree Road NE, Suite 1400, Atlanta, GA 30326 Phone 404-975-5000 Fax: 404-9755020 or www acenursing org

Program Outcomes

• Evaluate nursing care provided to patients, families, and groups across the lifespan from diverse backgrounds in a variety of settings to ensure that it is compassionate, age and culturally appropriate, and based on a patient’s values and needs

• Collaborate as a member of the interprofessional healthcare team to manage and coordinate the provision of safe, quality care for patients, families, and groups.

• Demonstrate use of best current evidence and clinical expertise when making clinical decisions in the provision of patient-centered care

• Participate in the use of evidence-based quality improvement processes in the delivery of patient-centered care

• Demonstrate effective use of strategies to mitigate errors and reduce the risk of harm to patients, self, and others in a variety of settings

• Critique information and patient care technology to communicate relevant patient information, manage care, mitigate error, and support decisionmaking

• Integrates integrity and accountability into practice that uphold established regulatory, legal, and ethical principles while providing patient-centered standard-based nursing care

• Appraise leadership, management, and priority setting skills in the provision and management of safe, quality, patientcentered care

6 0 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

N

u rs

i n g P ro g ra m

C u r r i c u l u m ( D ay Tra c k )

The Day Nursing program begins in late August Laboratory and clinical experiences are offered in the day, evening, and weekend based on availability of clinical sites. Upon c o mp l eti o n o f th e p ro g ra m requ i rements, g ra d u a t e s a re e l i g i b l e to ta ke t h e Na t i o n a l

C o u n c i l fo r L i c e n s u re E xa m i n a t i o n fo r

Registered Nurse (NCLEX-RN)

N u rs i n g P ro g ra m

C u r r i c u l u m ( Eve n i n g Tra c k )

The Evening Nursing Program begins in mid-January Laboratory and clinical experiences are scheduled every other weekend based on availability of clinical sites Upon c o mp l eti o n o f th e p ro g ra m requ i rements, g ra d u a t e s a re e l i g i b l e to ta ke t h e Na t i o n a l C o u n c i l fo r L i c e n s u re E xa m i n a t i o n fo r

Registered Nurse (NCLEX-RN).

F i rs t S e m e s t e r

Prerequisites for Admission

Students applying to the Nursing Program must complete all of the following general education course requirements with a minimum grade of C These prerequisite courses can be transferred from another institution and must be completed prior to acceptance into the Nursing Program

BIO 103 Human Anatomy & Physiology I 4 cr.

BIO 104 Human Anatomy & Physiology II 4 cr

BIO 205 Microbiology 4 cr

ENG 101 English Composition I 3 cr.

ENG 102 English Composition II 3 cr

HUM Humanities Elective 3 cr

MTH 113 College Mathematics 3 cr

PSY 111 Introductory Psychology 3 cr

PSY 156 Human Development 3 cr

SOC 109 Principles of Sociology 3 cr

Total General Education Credits 33 cr.

• Meet yearly required flu vaccination

S e c o n d S e m e s t e r

• The applicant must have documentation of a minimum cumulative GPA of 2 8 at the time of formal application to the Nursing Program A grade of “B” or better in all prerequisite science courses is required and a grade of “C” or better in all other prerequisite courses. NOTE: Students who have repeated a science course one or more times in order to obtain a passing or higher grade will not be accepted

• TEAS Exam required

• Interview may be required

T h i rd S e m e s t e r

Upon completion of all application requirements, candidates will be reviewed for admission to the Nursing Program

Fo u r t h S e m e s t e r

Admission Criteria

An applicant’s scholastic aptitude, academic achievements, and ability to succeed in the Nursing Program are considered in making the decision to admit a student into the Nursing

P ro g ra m A p p l i c a n t s m u s t c o m p l e t e a l l

Prerequisites for Admission in order to be considered for admission to the Nursing Program

Acceptance into the Nursing Program is competitive Completion of requirements does not guarantee admittance into the Nursing Program.

Acceptance Requirements

Upon acceptance into the Nursing Program, students are required to:

• Provide evidence of an optimal level of individual health to complete Core Performance Standards (Critical Thinking, Interpersonal Abilities, C o m m u n i c a t i o n , M o b i l i t y , M o to r S k i l l s, Hearing, Visual, Tactile, and Strength/Stamina)

– Refer to Student Nursing Handbook

• Meet all health and immunization requirements of the Nursing Program, including titers for Rubeola, Mumps, Rubella, Varicella Zoster, and Hepatitis B

for health care providers

• Provide evidence of a negative 10-panel urine drug screening test

• Provide proof of current health insurance coverage

• Child Abuse History Clearance (original copy)

• Fingerprint (Department of Human Services)

• Federal Certified Criminal Background

Check (original copy)

Disclaimer

The Nursing Program of Harcum College reserves the right to amend regulations, fees, conditions, courses, laboratories, and clinicals as circumstances may require without prior notice to persons who might thereby be affected The provisions of the Nursing Program are not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between Harcum College and the students of the Nursing Program

No t e : T h e Pe n n s y l va n i a S ta t e B o a rd o f Nursing requires Harcum College to inform applicants that they may be denied licensure or the privilege of taking the licensure exami n a t i o n ( N C L E X - R N ) i f t h e y h a ve p l e a d e d guilty and/or been convicted by a judge of a misdemeanor, felonious act, or illegal act associated with alcohol or an illegal act associated with substance abuse(s) in the course of this Commonwealth or any other state, territory, or country. For more information, contact the S ta t e B o a rd o f N u rs i n g a t 71 7 - 7 8 3 - 71 4 2 o r www dos state pa us/nurse

Program Requirements

• Attend the mandatory College and Nursing orientation

• Purchase all required current editions of textbooks and supplemental learning materials

• Purchase designated uniforms and equipment for laboratory and clinical practice

• Provide self-transportation to and from clinical rotation sites

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 6 1
NUR 100 Fundamental Concepts of 9 cr. Nursing Practice 9 cr
NUR 105 Nursing of Adults I 7 cr NUR 106 Mental Health Nursing 2 cr. 9 cr
NUR 205 Nursing of Adults II 5 cr NUR 206 Maternal Child Nursing 4 cr 9 cr.
NUR 211 Nursing of Adults III 4 cr NUR 216 Transition to Nursing Practice 2 cr. 6 cr
Nursing
General Education
Total
Course Credits: 33 Credits Total
Course Credits: 33 Credits Total Nursing Program Credits: 66 Credits
• P ro o f o f c u r re n t c e r t i f i c a t i o n f ro m a n a p p ro ve d A m e r i c a n H e a r t A s s o c i a t i o n C a rd i o p u l m o n a r y Re s u s c i ta t i o n ( C P R )
with
Course
AED training

• Achieve a minimum grade of C+ in each Nursing course

• A grade of C or lower will result in a course failure

• A student can only repeat one Nursing course, or withdraw from one nursing course one time throughout the entire Nursing program (NOTE: NUR 100 –Fundamental Concepts of Nursing Practice cannot be repeated)

• A second failure or withdrawal from a Nursing course will result in dismissal from the Nursing program

• Meet the 66 credits required for completion of the Nursing Program.

• Complete all degree requirements of the Nursing Program within four semesters after beginning the first Nursing course

The application of theory in practice is i n t e g ra l to l e a r n i n g i n t h e c l i n i c a l s e t t i n g Therefore, course grades are based upon the assessment of two components:

1 The didactic (classroom) component –the student’s knowledge of nursing content

2 The clinical practicum – the student’s demonstration of nursing theory in practice through the attainment of specific clinical practicum learning objectives

Students must successfully pass both theory and clinical practicum to progress to the next nursing course Failure in either the didactic or clinical component results in a course failure An “unsatisfactory” rating in any clinical practicum results in a failing grade for clinical and thus a failure for the nursing course

Students who are unsuccessful in a nursing course must follow the procedures outlined in the Nursing Student Handbook

In all cases, the Nursing faculty reserves the right to take action when a student is not performing at the expected level of achievement and/or is deemed unsafe in the clinical setting Specific policies and requirements related to the Nursing Program are contained in the Nursing Student Handbook

Occupational Therapy Assistant

to prepare students for a career in occupational therapy assisting Occupational therapy is a health profession which utilizes everyday life activities to help people of all ages prevent, lessen, or overcome disabilities or illnesses that interfere with their ability to lead independent and satisfying lives The o

supervision of a registered occupational therapist, works in a variety of settings, including hospitals, schools, rehabilitation facilities, mental health settings, and in communitybased intervention

• Occupational Therapy Assistants must complete a two-year educational program accredited by Accreditation Council for Occupational Therapy Education (ACOTE) of the American Occupational Therapy Association (AOTA) to be eligible to sit for the national certification examination (see below) After successful completion of the exam, candidates may apply for their state license to practice as Certified Occupational Therapy Assistants (COTAs)

• The Occupational Therapy Assistant Program at Harcum College is fully accredited by the Accreditation Council for Occupational Therapy Education (ACOTE) of the American Occupational Therapy Association (AOTA), located at 6116 Executive Blvd , Suite 200, North Bethesda, MD 20852-4929 ACOTE’s telephone number is 301-652-2682. Website: www acoteonline org

• Strict clearance requirements apply to all students in the OTA Program If you have ever been arrested, you are required to contact the program director immediately in writing to jfoster@harcum edu to determine if your record and/or expungement will impact your ability to attend required clinical rotations

Non US born students or students whose native language is not English must be able to present proof of English proficiency

• Occupational Therapy Assistant (OTA) graduates are eligible to sit for the national certification examination for the Occupational Therapy Assistant, which is administered by the National Board for Certification in Occupational Therapy (NBCOT) Please note that any arrest or conviction within the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania or any other state, territory, or country may prevent the ability to sit for the NBCOT Certification Examination, be placed in fieldwork, and/or attain state licensure If ever arrested or found guilty of a misdemeanor or felonious act, you will be urged to request a character review through NBCOT This can be accessed at http://www nbcot org/earlydetermination-character-review

Program Outcomes

• Graduates will integrate information from biological, physical, and psychosocial sciences to demonstrate an understanding and to formulate a holistic view of the person and how illness or disability can affect occupational performance

• Graduates will gather and apply information to formulate conclusions based in sound clinical reasoning to develop intervention plans that are clientcentered and within the scope of practice of an OTA

• Graduates will select and implement evidence-based interventions to support participation in areas of occupation throughout the continuum of care and across the lifespan

• Graduates will demonstrate appropriate communication skills (written, verbal, and non-verbal) to educate and communicate with clients, caregivers, and other health professionals consistent within the OTA scope of practice

• Graduates will demonstrate and uphold professional standards and responsibilities to promote ethical practice appropriate to the role of the OTA

T h e O c c u p a t i o n a l T h e ra p y A s s i s ta n t A s s o c i a t e o f S c i e n c e D e g re e p ro g ra m i s
c c u p a t i o n a l t h e ra p y a s s i s ta n t , u n d e r t h e
Associate of Science
designed
6 2 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

S

C O N D S E M E S T E

Program Schedules

• Full-time: program courses are offered one day/week, supported by online assignments during the week, with core educational courses offered on weekdays, evenings, or online

• Part-time: a student can be part-time, if core requirements have been met elsewhere Two of the four semesters will be a part-time credit load of 11 credits A maximum of 30 credits of general education coursework may be transferred from another institution No prior Occupational Therapy Assistant courses will be accepted from another institution The Occupational Therapy Assistant program does not accept advance placement or credit for experiential learning

• Fall start for program courses: all program courses meet on Fridays

• Spring start for program courses: all program courses meet on Saturdays.

• Pre-program developmental and core requirements coursework may be started at any time (Fall, Spring, or Summer semesters)

T H I R D S E M E S T E R

• Clinical component: during Semesters IIII, there are part-time clinical experiences scheduled at clinical sites, four days per semester Semester IV consists of two eight-week, full-time clinical placements during the usual and customary hours that a clinician would work for that specific setting

Prerequisites for Admission

• Completion of biology with “C” or better is recommended

F O U RT H S E M E S T E R

• Minimum SAT or ACT score: (Old) 900 Critical Reading and Math (New) 980 Evidence-Based Reading/Writing & Math Minimum composite ACT: 19

• For students with college credits, a minimum college GPA of 2.5.

Program Requirements

Once students have been accepted into the program, the following additional criteria must be met before enrolling in professional coursework:

• All non-transfer Occupational Therapy Assistant students must take placement exams in English, Math, and Reading Any required developmental coursework must be completed before enrolling in OTA 121 Survey of Occupational Therapy Principles Placement exams are waived for transfer students

• All Occupational Therapy Assistant students must provide proof of the following medical and legal clearances (or of application in progress):

• State Child Abuse Clearance

• State Criminal Record Check

• FBI Background Check

• Current (not older than one year) physical exam

• Documentation of measles, mumps, rubella, and varicella immunizations

• Two-step PPD test (if positive, chest x-ray necessary)

• Hepatitis B series (at least begun with first three doses).

• Tdap booster (within the past ten years).

• All Occupational Therapy Assistants are required to have health insurance throughout their period of enrollment at Harcum If a student is not covered under another plan, they will be withdrawn from the program until proof of health insurance is provided

Graduation (Qualification to sit for National Certification Exam)

All program-specific courses (all OTA, BIO, and PSY courses) must be completed with a grade of C or better Students must complete Level II fieldwork within 18 months following completion of the didactic portion of the program

• A student who receives a “C-“ or less has failed the course and will be required to repeat the course before continuing in the program

O c c u p a t i o n a l T h e ra py A s s i s t a n t C u r r i c u l u m F I R S T S E M E S T E R OTA 113 Functional Anatomy for OTA’s 1 cr OTA 114 Applied Kinesiology 4 cr OTA 119 Introduction to Occupational Therapy 3 cr General Concepts/Emerging Practice SOC 122 Occupational Roles & Tasks 3 cr throughout the Life Span OTA 120 Application of Professional Behavior 2 cr in Emerging Practice and Fieldwork Level 1A *AHS 101 Basic Medical Terminology 1 cr *BIO 103 Human Anatomy & Physiology I 4 cr. 18 cr
R OTA 123 Bio-Psycho-Social Conditions 3 cr. OTA 124 Occupational Dysfunction in Childhood & Adolescence & Fieldwork Level I B – Child / Adolescent Practice 4 cr. OTA 125 Activities & Adaptations for Childhood & Adolescence 3 cr OTA 127 Professional Seminar II 1 cr. BIO 104 Human Anatomy & Physiology II 4 cr 15 cr. S U M M E R S E M E S T E R –Core Courses *ENG 101 English Composition I 3 cr *PSY 111 Introductory Psychology 3 cr *MTH 111 Quantitative Reasoning 3 cr 9 cr.
E
OTA 224 Occupational Dysfunction in 4 cr. Adulthood & Geriatric & Fieldwork Level I C – Adult / Geriatric Practice OTA 225 Activities & Adaptations for 3 cr Adulthood & Geriatric OTA 226 Clinical Skills throughout the Lifespan 3 cr OTA 227 Professional Seminar III 1 cr *ENG 102 English Composition II 3 cr *HUM Humanities Elective 3 cr 17 cr
OTA 228 Professional Seminar IV 1 cr OTA 231 Fieldwork Experience Level IIA 6 cr OTA 232 Fieldwork Experience Level IIB 6 cr 13 cr Total Credits: 72 Credits
courses marked can be taken prior to entering the Occupational Therapy Assistant program
*Core
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 6 3

• Students must maintain an overall GPA of 2 5 or better in order to remain in the program A student whose GPA falls below 2 5 will be put on probation

• If the GPA remains below 2 5 for two consecutive semesters, the student will be dismissed from the program

• A student who has failed any two OTA program courses, or has failed the same OTA program course twice, will be dismissed from the program and will not be permitted to re-enter This policy pertains to all OTA program courses, which include both academic and clinical courses (fieldwork placements)

Clinical Experiences

Students participate in two levels of clinical fieldwork experiences throughout their enrollment in the Occupational Therapy Assistant program: Fieldwork Level I is designed to provide students with opportunities to collect data by observing, shadowing, and interviewing professionals in the field, as well as participating in client intervention. Fieldwork Level II is a hands-on experience, in which fieldwork students gradually assume the roles and responsibilities of an entry-level occupational therapy assistant

The curriculum requires three Fieldwork Level I experiences; each one is taught as part of an “anchor course” in each of the first three semesters and reflects that semester’s focus:

• Fieldwork Level I A – General Concepts/Emerging Practice,

• Fieldwork Level I B – Child / Adolescent Practice, and

• Fieldwork Level I C – Adult / Geriatric Practice

Each of the three Fieldwork Level I experiences is carried out as a four-day placement during the academic semesters Fieldwork Level II experiences consist of two eight-week, full-time (40+ hour/ week) placements and follow the facilities’ business hours

A l l p l a c e m e n t s a re a s s i g n e d b y t h e Academic Fieldwork Coordinator Selection of placements is guided by the goal of giving students the broadest exposure to the field as possible, including traditional and emerging practice settings

Traditional settings include acute care hospitals, rehabilitation centers, assisted living facilities, schools, mental health facilities, and other educational / medical facilities

Emerging practice settings are represented by community-based programs, specialty programs, such as driver training or hippotherapy

A clinical instructor from the placement site’s staff supervises all fieldwork experiences

Students are responsible for their own transportation to and from the clinical sites.

Essential Functions for Occupational Therapy Assistant Students

Essential Functions are defined as the skills you need to bring into the program in order to be successful as an Occupational Therapy Assistant student An inability to perform any of the functions listed below, even with accommodations, may indicate that you do not have the prerequisite skills to be successful in this profession and that occupational therapy assisting should not be your field of choice Call the Program Director for questions

Physical Factors: Motor skills

Standing (with good balance) / Walking / Sitting / Lifting 80 lbs / Carrying 50 lbs / Pushing/Pulling 80 lbs. / Bending / Kneeling / C ra w l i n g / F l o o r s i t t i n g / G ra s p i n g (firm/strong) / Grasping (light) / Finger dexterity / Reaching forward / Reaching overhead / Coordination of hand, wrist, and fingers / Eye-hand coordination

Physical Factors: Sensory

Perceptual

Vision acuity: near / Vision acuity: far / Vision: depth perception / Color vision / Full field of vision/Spatial perception (ability to “visualize” objects) / Form perception (ability to perceive and recognize shapes) / Hear normal conversation / Hear telephone conversation / be comfortable with tactile contact / Discriminate objects by touch

Physical Factors: Environmental

Ability to do in-door work and out-door work / Tolerate exposure to dust, fumes, odors, and toxic or caustic chemicals / Being around moving machinery, electricity / Exposure to slippery or uneven surfaces / Exposure to v i b ra t i o n / We a r i n g o f p ro t e c t i ve c l o t h i n g (mask, silicone gloves)

Cognitive Factors: Reasoning

Deal with abstract and concrete variables, define problems, collect data, establish facts, and draw valid conclusions / Interpret instructions furnished in oral, written, or schedule form / Problem solving- deal with unexpected situations / Carry out written or oral one to two-step instructions / Ability to remember instructions and carry out tasks over time / Ability to generalize instructions from one situation to another / Mathematics – add, subtract, multiply, and divide whole numbers and fractions, calculate time, make simple measurements / Reading – comprehend manuals, instructions for maintenance of equipment, safety rules and procedures, medical and educational charts / Clerical reading –perceive pertinent detail, proofread words and numbers, observe differences in copy / Writing – prepare reports using prescribed format, make entries into medical and educational charts / Writing – conform to all rules of punctuation, spelling, grammar, and style / Work pace – maintain a work pace appropriate to a given workload, including regular attendance at the site /Computer Skills – send and receive email, perform a basic web search, participate in online course work

All OTA students must have regular access to a computer with Internet connection

S o c i a l - E m o t i o n a l a n d C o m m u n i c a t i o n Factors:

Social skills

Ability to engage in a face-to-face verbal conversation, making eye-contact and using appropriate body language / Dependability – effective time management, follow-through o n c o m m i t m e n t s & re s p o n s i b i l i t i e s / Professional presentation – presenting oneself in a manner (dress, body language, verbal style) that is accepted by peers, clients, and employers / Initiative – self-starting projects, ta s k s, a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n , s e a rc h i n g o u t answers / Empathy – being sensitive, responding to the feelings and behaviors of others / Cooperation – working effectively with other individuals / Organization – prioritizing needs, tasks, responsibilities, maintaining effective work space / Supervision – ability to give and receive constructive feed-back and to modify behavior accordingly / English language proficiency – ability to understand spoken and written English, express self clearly in English, a n d b e e a s i l y u n d e rs to o d w h e n u s i n g t h e English language

6 4 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

Phlebotomy Technician

Certificate

A career as a phlebotomy technician is a rewarding path for someone who desires to work directly with patients. Phlebotomy technicians are trained to create an atmosphere of trust and confidence with patients while skillfully and safely drawing blood specimens for analysis in the clinical laboratory

Technologists and physicians depend upon the phlebotomy technician to collect quality patient specimens in order to produce accurate laboratory results

Once training is completed, employment opportunities include, but are not limited to, hospitals, clinics, physicians’ offices, laboratories, and blood banks

Program Outcomes

• Students will demonstrate knowledge of the rule of the phlebotomist in healthcare, the organizational structure of the clinical laboratory, and current legal issues in the healthcare system

• Students will apply knowledge of infection control, safety precautions, and quality assurance in performing phlebotomy procedures

• Students will demonstrate professional behaviors and effective communication with patients and colleagues

• Students will apply knowledge of anatomy, physiology, and medical terminology to results of clinical testing in order to understand pathologic conditions

• Students will demonstrate proper use of test requisitions for specimen collection, transport, and processing of clinical specimens

• Students will demonstrate proper technique in use of specimen collection equipment when performing capillary and venipuncture procedures

• Students will recognize the need for special precautions, explain interfering substances, and determine the protocol for preventing and correcting phlebotomy errors

Essential Functions for the Phlebotomy Program

Essential functions represent the non-academic requirements of the program that students must master to participate successfully in the program and become employable The student should not be hesitant in the use of a needle for blood drawing The following is a list of the technical abilities and skills

Applicants for admission into Phlebotomy courses must possess:

• Manual Dexterity: ability to use hand(s) or prosthetic devices with coordination

• Fine Motor: ability to manipulate small objects with fingertip or adaptive devices

• Mobility: ability to maneuver in the clinical setting

• Vision: ability to distinguish red, yellow and blue colors; distinguish clear from cloudy

• Hearing: ability to adapt with assistive devices (i e , phone receivers, hearing aid, etc )

• Speech: ability to effectively communicate verbally in English

• Writing: ability to communicate effectively in written form in English.

• Reading: ability to read, understand and follow directions printed in English

• Affective: work effectively under time constraints and under pressure

• Computer literacy is essential in blended courses

PBT 210 Phlebotomy Theory and Techniques

This course will prepare students with the ability to function as a competent phlebotomist by presenting a background in human physiology along with practical phlebotomy skills, safety practices, and a general overview of the working environment in the present healthcare setting

This course is essential for the student who wishes to complete the clinical practicum and earn phlebotomy certification through the A m e r i c a n S o c i e t y o f C l i n i c a l Pa t h o l o g i s t s (ASCP)

Pre-requisite: High School diploma

Credits: 3

PBT

201 Phlebotomy Practicum

The Phlebotomy Practicum will reinforce the student’s knowledge of phlebotomy theory and enhance the student’s proficiency in phlebotomy technique. This practicum will provide the required number of hours and venipunctures necessary to qualify for the Board of certification Exam in Phlebotomy

Pre-requisite: PBT 210

Credits: 2

PBT 202 Phlebotomy Certification Exam Prep Seminar.

Registration for this course is concurrent with the Phlebotomy Practicum and serves to prepare students for success in the certification exam

Pre-requisite: PBT 201

Credits: 1

Total Credits: 6 Credits

Students completing the PBT 210 and PBT 201 courses are eligible to take the phlebotomy certification exam sponsored by the American Society of Clinical Pathologists

Application Process

Registration for the non-credit Phlebotomy Technician Certificate program is conducted t h ro u g h t h e O f f i c e o f C o n t i n u i n g a n d P ro f e s s i o n a l S t u d i e s C o n ta c t : O f f i c e o f Continuing and Professional Studies, 610-5266083 T h e a d m i n i s t ra t i o n o f t h e P h l e b o to m y Technician Certificate program is conducted b y t h e D e p a r t m e n t o f C l i n i c a l L a b o ra to r y Science

P h l e b o t o my C u r r i c u l u m
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 6 5

Physical Therapist Assistant

Associate of Science

Physical Therapy is a field of health care that uses the application of physical agents, therapeutic exercise, and activities in the treatment and restoration of human bodily function.

The Physical Therapist Assistant program prepares students to provide direct patient care, using physical therapy treatments in a variety of departmental settings under the supervision of a licensed physical therapist Graduates of the program are eligible to take the national licensure examination Physical Therapist Assistant students can be accepted into the College in the fall, spring, or summer semesters; the Physical Therapist Assistant course sequencing begins only in the fall for the full-time course sequence (day classes) and January for the part-time course sequence (evening classes)

The Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education accredits the Physical Therapist Assistant Associate of Science Degree program at Harcum College. Graduates are eligible to sit for the national board examination for the physical therapist assistant

Graduate Outcomes

• Understand, apply, and integrate the fundamental theories of patient treatment including the knowledge of indicators, contraindicators, and precautions of specific treatment procedures

• Use critical thinking and problem solving skills to select the most appropriate patient care activities in a safe and legal manner

• Analyze, assess, and re-assess the effect of physical therapy treatment as it relates to the patient’s plan of care

• Perform patient treatment within the scope of physical therapy practice

• Demonstrate and educate the patient, family, and healthcare team in physical therapy techniques which will maximize the patient’s functional independence

• Implement patient treatments, monitor and appropriately adapt to the patient’s condition during a treatment session, and accurately document the treatment results

• Use communication skills (both verbal and non-verbal) to develop effective interpersonal relationships with patient, family, and colleagues.

• Recognize the values and beliefs of diverse patient populations and display empathic responses to the patient

Program Outcomes

Students can review the outcomes results for the Physical Therapist Assistant Program

a t w w w fs b p t o rg o r w w w a p ta o rg o r a t http://harcum edu/PTA The PTA Program a t H a rc u m C o l l e g e i s a c c re d i t e d b y t h e C o m m i s s i o n o n Ac c re d i ta t i o n i n P h y s i c a l Therapy Education (CAPTE), 1111 North Fairfax Street, Alexandria, Virginia 22314; telephone 703-706-3245; email: accreditation@apta org; website: http://www capteonline org

Although many of these courses may be transferred for college credit, the Physical Therapist Assistant program is not intended to prepare students to enter a doctorate-level physical therapy program. Graduates are eligible to sit for the national board examination for the physical therapist assistant Students can review the outcomes results for the PTA Program at www fsbpt org or www apta org or http://harcum edu/PTA

S E C O N D S E M E S T E R

S

E R S E S S I O N

T H I R D S E M E S T E R

F O U RT H S E M E S T E R

6 6 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
P hys i ca l T h e ra p i s t A s s i s t a n t C u r r i c u l u m : Fu ll- t i m e D i v i s i o n
AHS 101 Medical Terminology 1 cr BIO 103 Human Anatomy & Physiology I 4 cr ENG 101 English Composition I 3 cr HUM Humanity Elective 3 cr MTH 111 Quantitative Reasoning 3 cr. PSY 111 Introduction to Psychology 3 cr 17 cr. F I R S T S E M E S T E R BIO 104 Human Anatomy & Physiology II 4 cr ENG 102 English Composition II 3 cr PTA 109 Functional Anatomy 2 cr. PTA 110 Introduction to Physical Therapy 2 cr PTA 111 Foundation Principles of Physical Therapy 3 cr PTA 116 Introduction to Therapeutic Exercie 2 cr. 16
PTA 112 Physical Therapy I/Electrophysiology 4 cr PTA 114 Applied Kinesiology 4 cr PTA 130 Introduction to Rehabilitation 3 cr. PTA 218 Pathophysiology 4 cr DIV Diversity Elective 3 cr 18 cr
HUM Humanities Elective 3 cr PTA 150 Clinical Affiliation I 3 cr 6 cr.
PTA 150 Clinical Affiliation I 3 cr PTA 212 Selected Topics in Physical Therapy 2 cr. PTA 222 Orthopedics 3 cr PTA 231 Rehabiliation Applications 4 cr 12 cr
PTA 240 Clinical Seminar 2 cr PTA 250 Clinical Affiliation II 6 cr PTA 251 Clinical Affiliation III 6 cr 14 cr. Total Credits:
Pre-requisites:
U M M
77 Credits

P hys i ca l T h e ra p i s t

A s s i s t a n t C u r r i c u l u m :

Pa r t- t i m e ( Eve n i n g ) D i v i s i o n

Required Prerequisite Courses

The following courses must be completed p r i o r to i n i t i a t i n g t h e P h y s i c a l T h e ra p i s t Assistant course sequence, and can be completed the prior summer

S P R I N G ( J a n u a r y ) S e m e s t e r I

Prerequisites for Admission

Acceptance into the Program is dependent upon the following:

• Completion of Algebra I and II, Geometry, Biology (with lab) with earned grades of C or higher

• A minimum GPA of 2 5

• Minimum SAT or ACT score: (Old) 900 Critical Reading and Math (New) 980 Evidence-Based Reading/Writing & Math

Minimum composite ACT: 19 A college cumulative GPA of 2 5 or higher is acceptable in lieu of SAT scores

• All application documents must be submitted to the Admissions Office The Admissions Committee will review only completed application files.

S U M M E R ( M ay ) S e m e s t e r I

• It is strongly recommended that applicants complete a minimum of 20 hours of volunteer or work experience in a physical therapy department

• It is recommended that the student speak with the program director of the Physical Therapist Assistant program prior to entering the program

FA L L ( Au g u s t ) S e m e s t e r I

Program Requirements

• A maximum of 30 credits of general education coursework may be transferred from another institution

W I N T E R S e m e s t e r (approx. Jan. 2-30)

S P R I N G I

• No prior Physical Therapist Assistant courses will be accepted from another institution (exceptions are granted on a case-by-case basis per Physical Therapist Assistant program policy)

• Students without the prerequisites are required to complete preparatory coursework before admission to the program This will increase the number of semesters required to complete the program

• Once accepted to the program, annually students are required to have a physical examination, chest x-ray, Quntiferon Gold blood test, hepatitis B vaccine, and proof of current CPR certification and proof of medical insurance

• There is an annual fee for obtaining the required clearances and tracking the medical and required documents for clinical education Students are required to register in the program’s on-line tracking system, and are responsible for all associated fees

• PTA students are required to comply with the PTA dress code and professional behavior standards

• Physical Therapist Assistant students must maintain a minimum grade point average of 2 0 throughout the program

• Physical Therapist Assistant students must earn a grade of C or higher in MTH 111, AHS 101, BIO 103, BIO 104 and C or higher in all Physical Therapist Assistant courses to proceed in the Physical Therapist Assistant course sequence

• Students must demonstrate academic ability to earn a grade of C or higher in all Physical Therapist Assistant courses

• Failure (grade of C- or lower) of any two Physical Therapist Assistant courses will result in dismissal from the program

S U M M E R I I

• Prior to or during the student’s first semester, a child abuse clearance and FBI criminal history background check must be completed successfully (both should show a clear record) Clearances must be successfully completed in order to proceed to site visits and clinical affiliations

FA L L I I

• Students may be unable to complete requirements for graduation and/or obtain a license to practice based on results of these background checks

• Accepted students must demonstrate math proficiency and complete the college placement examination in English and reading above the developmental level

• Students must take all Physical Therapist Assistant courses in the sequence in which they are offered Failure to do so will result in an increase in the number of semesters required to complete the program

• Class attendance is mandatory for all Physical Therapist Assistant lectures, labs, and clinical affiliations

• Physical Therapist Assistant Policies and Procedures (per Physical Therapist Assistant Policy and Procedure Manual and the PTA Program Clinical Education Manual) are binding

AHS 101 Medical Terminology 1 cr BIO 103 Anatomy and Physiology 4 cr BIO 104 Anatomy and Physiology II 4 cr ENG 101 English Composition I 3 cr MTH 111 Quantitative Reasoning 3 cr 15 cr.
PSY 111 Introductory Psychology 3 cr PTA 109 Functional Anatomy 2 cr. PTA 110 Introduction to Physical Therapy 2 cr PTA 111 Foundation Principles of 3 cr Physical Therapy 10 cr.
PTA 112 Physical Therapy I/ 4 cr Electrophysiology PTA 116 Introduction to Therapeutic Exercise 2 cr 6 cr
ENG 102 English Composition II 3 cr PTA 114 Applied Kinesiology 4 cr PTA 130 Introduction to Rehabilitation 3 cr. 10 cr
PTA 150 Clinical Affiliation I (full-time day) 3 cr. ***FULL-TIME DAY***
I DIV Diversity Elective 3 cr PTA 218 Pathophysiology 4 cr 7 cr
HUM Humanities Elective 3 cr. PTA 222 Advanced Orthopedics 3 cr 6 cr.
212 Selected Topics in Physical Therapy 2 cr PTA 231 Rehabilitation Applications 4 cr. 6 cr
PTA
I I I PTA 240 Clinical Seminar 2 cr PTA 250 Clinical Affiliation II *FULL-TIME DAY* 6 cr PTA 251 Clinical Affiliation III *FULL-TIME DAY* 6 cr 14 cr Total Credits: 77 Credits
S P R I N G
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 6 7

Essential Functions for the Physical Therapist Assistant Student

For students to be successful in the Physical Therapist Assistant Program, they must possess the ability to achieve competency level performance in all physical therapy procedures which include, but are not limited to, the following:

Cognitive

• Reason with abstract and concrete variables, define problems, collect data, establish facts, and draw valid conclusions

• Master information presented in course work in the form of lectures, demonstrations, independent study, clinical experiences, written material, material presented through computer imaging, and projected images

• Interpret instructions furnished in oral, written, or schedule form

• Problem solve and deal with unexpected situations.

• Carry out written or oral, one, two, or three-step instructions

• Remember instructions and carry out tasks over time

• Generalize instructions from one situation to another

• Read and comprehend physical therapy evaluations, educational and medical charts, manuals and instructions for maintenance of equipment, safety rules and procedures

• Document entries into medical charts

• Prepare and write written educational reports using appropriate grammar, punctuation, and spelling

• Manage his/her time effectively and ability to maintain a work pace appropriate to a given caseload, including regular and punctual attendance at the clinical affiliation sites as well as all classes

• Recall coursework materials and integrate appropriately in problem solving scenarios

• Demonstrate an entry-level knowledge of clinical and didactic materials.

• Effectively process information, prioritize and problem solve in an environment containing multiple distractions

• Understand spoken and written English and utilize the English language appropriately in written assignments and documents

Psychomotor

• Functional vision, hearing, motor and tactile sensation which must be adequate to monitor and assess a patient’s health needs and to perform duties as noted in a PT plan of care

• Adequate ability to guard patients safely during ambulation activities on level surfaces and stair climbing when the patient is using a cane, walker, crutches, or other assistive devices

• Ability to transfer patients safely from bed to chair or mat and from table to chair using minimum, moderate, maximum, or dependent-lift techniques

• Ability to perform the full range of motion to a patient.

• Ability to apply graded manual resistance to patients’ individual muscle groups for the purpose of determining the patient’s strength or applying exercise techniques for strengthening or stretching all muscle groups

• Ability to safely and competently apply modalities and electrical stimulation, including contra-indication/precaution review, using appropriate parameters and set-up techniques These treatments include, but are not limited to: moist heat, cold packs, cryocuff, intermittent compression, paraffin, fluidotherapy, ultrasound, transcutaneous electrical stimulation, Russian stimulation, high volt galvanic stimulation, and neuromuscular stimulation

• Ability to apply ultrasound safely, which includes manipulating dials at the same time that the sound head is kept moving on the patient’s treatment site

• Ability to complete wound care techniques on open wounds

• Ability to perform cleaning procedures for sterile techniques with all size whirlpools

• Good body mechanics in the process of all patient treatment techniques

• Ability to communicate effectively with patients by explaining procedures to patients; obtaining consent from patients to proceed with treatment; receiving information from patients, their charts, other health care providers and/or their physician; introducing self while confirming patient’s identity and documenting clear, concise, and accurate notes in the patient’s chart

• Ability to set up treatment sessions using laboratory or clinic equipment within the time restraints of the treatment requirements to provide safe and effective treatments to the patient

• Ability to perform CPR

• Ability to apply standard precautions when indicated for patients with potential blood borne pathogens

• Ability to monitor vital signs and respond to emergencies

Affective

• Ability to handle stresses of competency testing, lab practicals, and clinical affiliations

• Empathy – being sensitive and responding to the feelings and behaviors of others

• Ability to engage in a face-to-face verbal conversation, making eye-contact, and using appropriate body language

• Ability to cooperate and work effectively with other individuals

• Ability to initiate or self-start projects, tasks, and communication, searching out answers using appropriate resources

• The organizational and time management skills necessary to coordinate class, study, and clinical responsibilities

• Ability to give and receive constructive feedback and to modify behavior accordingly

• Ability to present oneself in a manner (dress, body language, personal hygiene, verbal style) that is accepted by peers, clients, and employers

6 8 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

• Students must possess the emotional health required to complete all academic and clinical requirements and to follow appropriate classroom, testing, and clinical protocols

• Ability to express self clearly in English, and be easily understood when using the English language

Clinical Experiences

All Physical Therapist Assistant students will participate in clinical observations prior to the start of their affiliations These observations will introduce the Physical Therapist Assistant students to the exploration of physical therapy practice and the integration of professional behaviors in various health care settings

Students are responsible for their own transportation to and from the facility (ies) Students participate in three clinical affiliations which a re a s s i g n e d b y t h e D i re c to r o f C l i n i c a l Education, as follows: PTA 150 for four weeks at the end of the junior year and PTA 250 and 251 for seven weeks, each at the end of the senior year Grading for all clinical affiliations is on a pass/fail basis Clinical affiliations PTA 2 5 0 a n d 2 51 m u s t b e c o m p l e t e d w i t h i n 1 8 months of completion of the didactic coursework

All Physical Therapist Assistant and general education courses must be completed prior to initiation of the terminal clinical affiliations

The clinical sites include: acute care hospitals, rehabilitation centers, nursing homes, sports medicine facilities, and other medical facilities A clinical instructor from the clinical site’s physical therapy staff supervises all clinical affiliations Students are responsible for their own transportation to and from the clinical sites. The travel distance for the student for each clinical affiliation will be dependent on the location of each clinical site assigned

The Physical Therapist Assistant program does not guarantee any minimum or maximum travel distances The clinical affiliations are full-time (40 hours per week) and follow the facilities’ business hours

The clinical affiliations are full-time, typically during the day, including those affiliat i o n s fo r t h e s t u d e n t s c o m p l e t i n g t h e coursework in the part-time/evening division Students must successfully complete each affiliation prior to continuation in the Physical Therapist Assistant Program

Radiologic Technology

Associate of Science

Radiologic Technologists, or radiographers, are an integral part of the health care team Using knowledge of anatomy, physiology, positioning, and radiation technique to obtain high quality diagnostic images of the human b o d y , ra d i o g ra p h e rs e m p l o y t h e d ex t e r i t y developed during training to complete exami n a t i o n s s a f e l y a n d q u i c k l y Wo r k i n g w i t h some of the most sophisticated, technologically advanced equipment presently available, radiographers enjoy the rewards of close patient contact. Radiologic technology is a personally rewarding, well-respected profession with great potential for growth through other related imaging modalities

The mission of the Radiologic Technology Program is founded on the mission of Harcum C o l l e g e i n t h a t t h e Ra d i o l o g i c Te c h n o l o g y Program combines career preparation with a well-rounded core education While student learning is a priority, the curriculum also fosters responsible citizenship by involvement in a local community service project

The Radiologic Technology Program provides the community with caring, compass i o n a t e, a n d s k i l l e d p ro f e s s i o n a l s U p o n graduation from Harcum College, the graduate will demonstrate entry level proficiency in imaging the human body to assure the correct diagnosis and proper treatment of each patient. Hospitals and imaging centers employ the majority of radiographers, but there are many o t h e r s e t t i n g s i n w h i c h t h e y wo r k Radiographers may also cross-train and work in highly specialized areas such as interventional radiology, computerized tomography, or magnetic resonance imaging Radiographers may pursue advanced education and employment in management, education, research, or sales

The Harcum College Radiologic Technology

Associate of Science Degree program is nationally accredited by the Joint Review Committee o n E d u c a t i o n i n Ra d i o l o g i c Te c h n o l o g y (JRCERT) Additional information can be found at: Joint Review Committee in Education in Radiologic Technology, 20 North Wacker Drive, Suite 2850, Chicago, IL 60606-3182, 312704-5300, www jrcert org, or mail@jrcert org

Program Outcomes

Upon completing the program graduates will be able to:

• Demonstrate and employ the skills of clinical competence

Student will demonstrate proper positioning techniques to produce optimal diagnostic images

Student will manipulate technical factors to produce quality images

Student will demonstrate appropriate radiation safety principles

Student will provide competent patient care.

• Demonstrate effective communications skills

Student will practice effective verbal and writing skills for the professional field and continuing education

Students will continue to refine verbal and written skills to communicate with patients, co-workers, and the radiologist.

• Demonstrate effective critical thinking skills

Student will adapt positioning of non-routine patients

Student will demonstrate problem solving ability

Student will design an alternate care plan for trauma patients.

• Demonstrate Professionalism

Student will demonstrate a professional demeanor with their diverse patient population

Student will adhere to uniform policies and act in a professional manner in the clinical setting

Students will answer patient questions professionally and respect their confidentiality

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 6 9

R a d i o l o g i c Te c h n o l o g y

C u r r i c u l u m

S U M M E R 2

AHS 102 Comprehensive Medical Terminology 3 cr

RAD 101 Introduction to Radiologic 3 cr Sciences & Patient Care 6 cr.

FA L L 1

*BIO 103 Human Anatomy & Physiology I 4 cr

RAD 102 Radiographic Procedures I 4 cr

RAD 103 Radiographic Exposures I 3 cr

MTH 113 College Mathematics 3 cr

**RAD 104 Clinical Education I 2 cr 16 cr

S P R I

N G 1

*BIO 104 Human Anatomy & Physiology II 4 cr.

RAD 105 Radiographic Procedures II 4 cr

RAD 106 Radiographic Exposures II 3 cr

SOC 115 Diversity in Society 3 cr

**RAD 107 Clinical Education II 2 cr 16 cr.

S U M

M E R 1 & 2

ENG 101 English Composition I 3 cr.

RAD 201 Radiographic Procedures III 2 cr

**RAD 108 Clinical Education III 3 cr 8 cr

FA L L 2

RAD 205 Radiographic Procedures IV 3 cr

RAD 202 Radiation Protection & Biology 3 cr.

ENG 102 English Composition II 3 cr

RAD 203 Radiographic Pathology 3 cr

**RAD 204 Clinical Education IV 3 cr. 15 cr

S P

R I N G 2

RAD 208 Radiographic Procedures V 3 cr

HUM 202 Health care Law & Ethics 3 cr

PSY Psychology Elective 3 cr

RAD 209 Registry Review 3 cr

**RAD 207 Clinical Education V 3 cr. 15 cr

Total Credits: 76 Credits

* If applying for transfer credit, these two courses must be completed at the same college or university

** Students are responsible for their own transportation to and from the clinical education site

Prerequisites for Admission

• Minimum SAT or ACT score: (Old) 900 Critical Reading and Math (New) 980 Evidence-Based Reading/Writing and Math, or minimum composite ACT: 19

• A minimum 2 5 GPA for either high school or recent college experience

• Additional essay required

• Job shadowing experience: It is highly recommended that all applicants shadow a Radiologic Technologist for 6-8 hours in a hospital or imaging center and submit the appropriate form for verification

Application Deadline

All application materials for the Radiologic Technology program are due to the Office of Admissions by February 15

Additional Information

• Prior to the student’s first semester, a child abuse clearance and criminal history background check must be completed

• There are some out-of-pocket expenses involved with the clinical component These include, but are not limited to: uniforms and shoes, x-ray markers and radiation monitoring badges, CPR training, transportation to and from the clinical site, and all medical clearances including a yearly flu shot

• Once accepted to the program, students are required to have a physical examination, PPD test, hepatitis B vaccine, proof of current CPR certification, and proof of medical insurance (See Health Center forms)

Program Requirements

• No prior Radiologic Technology courses will be accepted from another institution

Essential Functions for Radiologic Technology Students

All radiologic technologists, including student radiographers, must be able to meet certain standards, both physical and mental, in order to perform the duties and expectations of a general radiographer Each student must have the following abilities:

Physical

• Walk upright, bend over easily, and be able to carry between 20 and 30 pounds This is the approximate weight of 4 or 5 image receptors

• Position patients for radiographic examinations

• Maneuver all x-ray equipment, for example, raise the x-ray tube or lower it, and push and position the mobile units.

• Hear and distinguish various equipment and background sounds during equipment operations

• Visually and acutely monitor patients in dimmed lights, and be able to respond quickly to emergency situations

• Assist patients in and out of wheelchairs

• Push wheelchairs and stretchers with patients in them

• Assist patients while walking with them

• Move and/or lift patients from stretchers to radiographic table, and vice-versa

• Administer CPR after proper certification and instructions

• Read and apply instructions in treatments or examinations, write and record notes and patient histories properly

• Communicate in a clear and concise manner to patients, to people in other departments, as well as to family members of the patient

• Use a keyboard for retrieving information from the computer

7 0 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

• Reach up to 6 feet off the floor with the assistance of a step stool

• Work around, set up, and maintain a sterile field

• Walk up and down stairs without difficulty or delay.

Cognitive

• Act quickly and make responsible decisions in emergency situations

• Understand and apply clinical instructions given from department personnel

• Complete tasks in a timely fashion consistent with department and clinical protocol

• Work cooperatively with other healthcare workers.

• Follow directions from senior technologists/Clinical Instructors

• Act in an ethical manner consistent with the Code of Ethics developed by the ARRT

• Possess emotional well-being to complete, comply, and deliver services necessary for correct diagnosis and treatment of the patient

Veterinary Nursing

Associate of Science

The terms veterinary technician and veterinary nurse are currently used interchangea b l y i n t h e ve t e r i n a r y p ro f e s s i o n . T h i s six-semester, associate’s degree program prepares students to enter a career as a veterinary n u rs e i n p r i va t e ve t e r i n a r y p ra c t i c e, zoo/wildlife medicine, biomedical research, pharmaceutical sales, teaching, humane societies, raising livestock, or anywhere that the health and welfare of animals is a concern Students get their hands-on experience at the U n i ve rs i t y o f Pe n n s y l va n i a S c h o o l o f

Veterinary Medicine

Accredited by the American Veterinary Medical Association, the program’s graduates are eligible to sit for the Veterinary Technician National Exam

Program/Department Mission Statement

The Harcum College Veterinary Nursing Program strives to promote lifelong learning and compassionate care by providing the highest level of veterinary nursing education The Veterinary Nursing Program, in partnership with the University of Pennsylvania Veterinary Hospitals, offers opportunities for students to develop advanced technical abilities; to demonstrate the highest respect and concern for the welfare of patients; and to work as a member of the veterinary team in a professional and ethical manner, while promoting the profession o f ve t e r i n a r y n u rs i n g , a n d t h e ro l e o f t h e licensed veterinary nurse, through community outreach and knowledgeable client education

Program Outcomes

• Veterinary Nursing graduates will demonstrate effective verbal and written communication skills

• Veterinary Nursing graduates will demonstrate safe and effective animal handling techniques

• Veterinary Nursing graduates will demonstrate competency in clinical skills enabling them to work effectively in a variety of veterinary settings

• Veterinary Nursing graduates will successfully demonstrate knowledge in all domains represented on the Veterinary Technician National Examination

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 7 1

Ve t e r i n a r y N u rs i n g

C u r r i c u l u m

F I R S T S E M E S T E R

ENG 101 English Composition I 3 cr

MTH 113 College Mathematics 3 cr

CHE 103 Introduction to Chemistry 4 cr

VET 102 Introduction to Veterinary Nursing 3 cr

VET 108 Anatomy & Physiology 4 cr. of Domestic Animals I 17 cr.

S E

C O N D S E M E S T E R

ENG 102 English Composition II 3 cr

VET 103 Veterinary Nutrition for 1 cr Companion Animals

VET 110 Anatomy & Physiology of 4 cr Domestic Animals II

VET 235 Laboratory Animal Science 4 cr

VET 227 Exotic Animal Nutrition and 3 cr. Management

DIV Diversity Elective 3 cr. 18 cr.

T H

I R D S E M E S T E R

SOC Social Science Elective 3 cr

VET 117 Veterinary Clinical Pathology I 4 cr

VET 228 Surgery & Radiology 4 cr

VET 229 Principles of Large Animal Medicine 3 cr

VET 240 Veterinary Clinical Pathology II 4 cr 18 cr.

F O U RT H S E M E S T E R

HUM Humanities Elective 3 cr

VET 116 Veterinary Clinical Pathology III 4 cr.

VET 118 Pharmacology & Anesthesia 3 cr

VET 245 Advanced Nursing Skills 4 cr

VET 250 Veterinary Technology Senior Seminar 1 cr 15 cr.

F I F

T H S E M E S T E R

Small Animal Practicum*

VET 304 Oral/Written Report and Final Exam 1 cr

VET 305 Wards Rotation 2 cr.

VET 306 Intensive Care Rotation 2 cr

VET 307 Surgery Rotation 1 cr

VET 308 Anesthesia Rotation 2 cr

VET 309 Specialty Medicine Rotation 2 cr

VET 315 Radiology Rotation 1 cr

VET 316 Emergency Rotation 2 cr 13 cr.

S I X T H S E M E S T E R

Large Animal Practicum*

VET 323 Patient Care Rotation 1 cr

VET 324 Overnight Nursing Rotation 1 cr

VET 325 Medicine/Nursing Surgery Rotation 1 cr

VET 326 Field Service Rotation 1 cr.

VET 327 Clinical Laboratory & Pathology Rotation 1 cr

VET 328 Sports Medicine Rotation 1 cr

VET 329 Large Animal Elective 1 cr. 12 cr

Total Credits: 93 Credits

*Small Animal and Large Animal Practica

Veterinary Nursing students are required to complete two twelve-week practica: 1) the Small Animal Practicum at the Matthew J Ryan Veterinary Hospital, the University of Pe n n s y l va

at New Bolton Center, the University of Pennsylvania’s large-animal hospital in Kennett Square, PA These practica involve approximately 40 hours per week including weekend and evening duty The practica are undertaken after completion of all academic coursework.

To attend practica, students must have a GPA of 2 0 or higher in Veterinary Nursing courses as well as an overall GPA of 2 0 or higher Public transportation to New Bolton Center i s n o t a va i l a b l e T h e re fo re, s t u d e n t s a re required to room at New Bolton or provide their own transportation to attend practicum

Policy pertaining to Success on

Penn-Vet Practicum:

• All students must complete both the large and the small animal practicum at PennVet

• Students must receive a grade of C or better in all rotations

• Any student receiving a grade less than C in any one rotation must re-register and retake that rotation

• If a student receives a grade less than C in a second rotation, the student will be academically dismissed from the program

• PennVet reserves the right to terminate the practicum for any student who does not meet requirements as specified in the Veterinary Nursing Essential Functions

Admission Requirements

Acceptance into the Veterinary Nursing

A s s o c i a t e o f S c i e n c e D e g re e p ro g ra m i s d e p e n d e n t u p o n t h e fo l l o w i n g e n t ra n c e requirements:

• Completion of Algebra I and II, biology and chemistry, with earned grades of “C” or higher College courses may be substituted for any or all of these courses

• Minimum SAT or ACT score: (Old) 900 C r i t i c a l Re a d i n g a n d M a t h o r ( Ne w ) 9 8 0

Evidence-Based Reading/Writing & Math or minimum composite ACT: 19

Personal essay

Letter of Recommendation

Harcum Placement Tests: candidates may be required to take the Harcum Placement Tests in English, math, and/or reading The Admissions Office will notify the candidates who need to take the placement exam(s).

VET
VET
Critical
VET 314 Orientation, Final Exam and Case Study 1 cr VET 320 Anesthesia Rotation 2 cr
321 Operating Room Rotation 1 cr.
322
Care Rotation 1 cr
i a ’ s s m a l l - a n i m a l h o s p i ta l i n P h i l a d e l p h i a ; a n d 2 ) t h e L a rg e A n i m a l
n
Practicum
7 2 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

Program Requirements

Academic regulations applying to all students at Harcum College are published in the Harcum College Catalog and Student Life regulations appear in the Student Handbook Academic programs are allowed to have rules that are more stringent than College rules, and when that occurs, the stricter rule takes precedence Listed below are rules particular to the Veterinary Nursing Program

• To pass a 4 credit class with a lab, you must pass the lab as well as the lecture

• You must earn a grade of C (73) or better in ALL of your classes, including general education classes The C or better rule also applies to practicum rotations

• If you do not earn a grade of C or better in any class, you will have to take the class over

• Students are allowed only two attempts to pass a Veterinary Nursing class Failure to earn a grade of C or better with the second attempt will result in dismissal from the program.

• Students are allowed to repeat a maximum of two Veterinary Nursing classes during their time in the program

• Needing to retake a third Veterinary Nursing class will result in dismissal from the program

• Veterinary Nursing students are allowed to register for two 18-credit semesters

• Before starting practicum all students must have documented 60 hours of practical experience in a veterinary setting

Essential Functions for Veterinary Nursing Students

Essential Functions represent the essential non-academic requirements of the program that are required to participate successfully in the program and become employable It is u n d e rs to o d t h a t p r i o r to b e g i n n i n g t h e Veterinary Nursing Program, the student has read and fully understands these requirements I t i s f u r t h e r u n d e rs to o d t h a t i f i t b e c o m e s apparent at any point in the program that the student does not possess the required abilities, that the student can be dismissed from the program

The following is a list of the abilities and skills applicants for admission into Veterinary Nursing Program courses must possess:

• Manual Dexterity: ability to use hand(s), wrists, and fingers or prosthetic devices to manipulate with coordination, including adequate hand strength, and the ability to safely use a syringe

• Fine Motor: ability to manipulate small objects with fingertip or adaptive devices

• Mobility and Physical Strength: ability to maneuver in patient care settings and the laboratory, ability to lift/carry 30 pounds, and ability to stand for extended periods of time, walking, sitting, bending, kneeling, floor sitting, grasping, hand-eye coordination

• Cognitive: ability to make ethical and rational decisions, maintain emotional and psychological stability in stressful situations, ability to remember instructions and carry out tasks over time, to problem solve and deal with unexpected situations, effectively process information, prioritize, and problem solve within an environment containing multiple distractions

• Social: to engage in face-to-face verbal conversation, make eye contact and use appropriate body language, work in a cooperative professional manner with others individuals of differing personalities and background and accept constructive criticism from supervisors and to modify behavior accordingly, be able to participate effectively as a member of a health care team Ability to present oneself in a manner (dress, body language, personal hygiene, verbal style) that is accepted by peers, clients, and employers Students must be able to communicate clearly and effectively in

both the academic and clinical setting

• Vision: ability to distinguish red, yellow, and blue colors; distinguish clear from cloudy and distinguish objects through a microscope, visual acuity (near/far), visual depth perception, full field vision, spatial perception (ability to "visualize" objects), form perception (ability to perceive and recognize shapes)

• Hearing: ability to adapt with assistive devices (i e , phone receivers, hearing aid, etc ) including successful use of a stethoscope, ability to hear normal conversation, ability to hear telephone conversation.

• Speech: ability to clearly and effectively communicate verbally in English The student must be able to verbally communicate in a professional manner with faculty and other members of the program

• Writing: ability to clearly and effectively communicate in the written form in English, document entries into medical charts using the prescribed format and appropriate grammar, punctuation, spelling, and style Written communication in the clinical setting must be complete, legible and accurate

• Reading: ability to read, understand, and follow directions printed in English, ability to comprehend manuals, instructions for maintenance of equipment, safety rules and procedures, medical and educational charts

• Environment: work in an environment that includes medical equipment, ability to tolerate exposure to dust, fumes, odors, and toxic or caustic chemicals, wearing of protective clothing (mask, gloves, eyewear)

A l l s t u d e n t s i n t h e H a rc u m Ve t e r i n a r y Nursing program must receive the Rabies preexposure vaccination series and provide docu m e n ta t i o n o f s u c h b y t h e e n d o f t h e f i rs t semester

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 7 3

Center for Art and Design at Harcum

7 4 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

Fashion

Design Associate of Science

The mission of the Fashion Design Program is to prepare students with the necessary education and skills to gain successful employment in the fashion industry and/or to transfer into a four-year program. Students will learn computer, drawing, and apparel construction skills and will engage in community service through service learning projects

Program Outcomes

• Apply design thinking to develop, design, construct, and create a high-quality original apparel collection

• Employ flat pattern and draping techniques in creating garments

• Analyze and evaluate a variety of textiles to select the most appropriate for design application

• Evaluate and support design decisions in the context of current and historic fashion movements, designers, and influencers

• Practice professional behavior and utilize appropriate industry terminology in oral, written, and visual communication

• Create concept boards, design boards, and technical drawings using handillustrated and digital techniques

• Prepare for a career in the fashion industry by creating both physical and digital portfolios and articulating process and inspiration

• Employ Computer-Aided Design to model product construction in technical packs

T H I R D S E M E S T E R FSH 107

F O U RT H S E M E S T E R

3 cr 15 cr

Total Credits: 60/61 Credits

Prerequisites for Admission: Graduated high school or have earned a GED

Fa s h i o n D e s i g n C u r r i c u l u m F I R S T S E M E S T E R ART 112 Figure Drawing 3 cr ART 116 2D Design 3 cr FSH 104 Introduction to Apparel 3 cr Design and Merchandising FSH 106 Apparel Construction Skills 3 cr IDS 103 College Orientation and Research Skills 3 cr 15 cr S E C O N D S E M E S T E R ENG 101 English Composition I 3 cr FSH 105 Photoshop for Fashion 3 cr FSH 102 Flat Pattern Design 3 cr MTH 111 Quantitative Reasoning 3 cr RET 115 History of Fashion 3 cr. 15 cr
Draping
FSH
Portfolio
FSH
Illustrator, Flats,
ENG
Composition
SCI
Elective
3 cr
202
and Presentation 3 cr
201
and Technical Drawing 3 cr
102
II 3 cr
Science
3/4 cr. 15/16 cr
ELEC Open
FSH
Apparel
Tailoring
Senior
PSY/SOC Social Science
DIV Diversity Elective 3 cr
Elective 3 cr
203
Design 3 –
3 cr. FSH 205
Collection Workshop 3 cr
Elective
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 7 5

Fashion Merchandising

Associate of Science

Fashion Merchandising is an exciting and ever-evolving field that plays a central role in the fashion industry It’s not just about design Someone needs to manufacture, distribute, sell, and buy the clothes. That person has experience in fashion merchandising

Fashion Merchandisers combine creativity and a love of fashion with an understanding o f b u s i n e s s a n d m a r ke t i n g p ra c t i c e s T h e unique program at Harcum College offers three tracks: Retail Buying, Visual Merchandising, and Fashion Marketing that lead to a career as a fashion business professional

Potential Careers for Fashion Merchandisers include:

Digital Marketer

Retail Buyer

Wholesale Account Manager

Merchandise Planner

Visual Merchandiser

Retail Manager

Event Promoter

Stylist

Program Outcomes

• Evaluate the impact of fashion trends, cycles, and target markets to create effective marketing strategies in both conventional and digital formats

• Utilize professional terminology in oral, written, and visual communication

• Demonstrate proficiency with industry technology including, but not limited to, spreadsheets, word processing, and Adobe Suite

• Use drawing and computer-aided design to create concept, design, and trend boards (Photoshop and Illustrator)

• Identify, differentiate, and evaluate a variety of textiles for buying, costing, and selling apparel products

• Use elements and principles of design and color for effective styling and creation of visual merchandising

• Prepare for a career in the fashion industry and create both physical and digital portfolios of their work

• Evaluate and support their creative work in the context of current and historic fashion movements, designers, and influencers

Graphic Design

Associate of Science

The Graphic Design Program prepares students for a freelance or entry-level career in the design field Learning from professionals in the field, students develop techniques and procedures required to produce a concept and render a visual image using professional design software. Students are prepared to meet the demand of working with deadlines, clients, art directors, and budgets

Program Outcomes

• Develop the skills necessary to effectively use the basic tools of design, illustration, and production

• Demonstrate creative problem solving through projects that require realistic solutions

• Acquire a working knowledge of graphic design, layout, illustration, typography, and computer graphics

• Be prepared for the employment demand of working with deadlines, clients, art directors, and budgets

• Create a professional portfolio and online digital portfolio.

M E S T E R

Prerequisites for Admission: Graduated high school or have earned a GED

Many types of organizations hire designers as full-time or part-time employees Many designers prefer freelance practices, building their businesses over time

M o s t g ra p h i c d e s i g n e rs s p e n d t h e va s t majority of their time working on computers Many younger designers break into the industry by employing these skills

Fa s h i o n M e rc h a n d i s i n g C u r r i c u l u m F I R S T S E M E S T E R FSH 104 Introduction to Fashion Design 3 cr and Merchandising RET 105 Retail Consumers 3 cr ENG 101 English Composition I 3 cr RET 211 Textiles 3 cr. IDS 103 College Orientation & Research Skills 3 cr 15 cr. S E C O N D S E M E S T E R FSH 105 Photoshop for Fashion 3 cr ELEC Open Elective 3 cr RET 115 History of Fashion 3 cr. RET 210 Trend Analysis, Styling, 3 cr Fashion Forecasting MTH 111 Quantitative Reasoning 3 cr 15 cr. T H I R D S E M E S T E R FSH 202 Portfolio and Presentation 3 cr RET 106 Visual Merchandising 3 cr ELEC Open Elective 3 cr PSY/SCI Social Science Elective 3 cr. ENG 102 English Composition II 3 cr 15 cr. F O U RT H S E
SCI Science Elective 3/7
ELEC Open Elective 3 cr SMM 101 Social Media Marketing 3 cr. DIV Diversity Elective 3 cr ELEC Open Elective 3 cr 15/16 cr Total Credits: 60/61 Credits
cr
7 6 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

S

C O N D S E M E S T E R

T

R D S E M E S T E R

(Prerequisite:

G ra p h i c D e s i g n C u r r i c u l u m F I R S T S E M E
E R ENG101 English Composition I 3 cr DDN151 Digital Imaging Production 3 cr DDN153 Design Foundations I 3 cr. SOC ELE Social Science Elective 3 cr IDS103 College Orientation & Research Skills 3 cr 15 credits
S T
ENG102 English Composition II 3 cr DDN163 Computer Illustration (Prerequisite: DDN151) 3 cr DDN165 Graphic Design 3 cr DDN171 History of Art and Graphic Design 3 cr. DDN176 Interactive Graphics 3 cr HUM ELE Humanities Elective 3 cr 18 credits
E
H
DDN252 Introduction to Web Design 3 cr (Prerequisite: DDN176) DDN258 Illustration Studio 3 cr
DDN163) DDN262 Design Studio I 3 cr
I
(Prerequisite:
DDN165) DDN268 Creative Advertising
DDN165) 3 cr MTH111 Quantitative Reasoning (suggested) 3 cr. 15 credits F O U RT H S E M E S T E R DDN282 Corporate Identity 3 cr (Prerequisite: DDN163) DDN284 Design Studio II 3 cr (Prerequisite: DDN262) DDN286 Portfolio Studio 3 cr (Prerequisite: DDN252) SCI ELE Science Elective 3 cr DIV ELE Diversity Elective 3 cr. 15 credits Total Credits 63 C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 7 7
(Prerequisite:

Interior Design

Associate of Science

Interior Designers are highly imaginative, artistic, and resourceful Combining their creative talents with critical thinking and technical skills enables designers to develop design solutions that are safe, functional, attractive, and socially and environmentally responsible

At Harcum College, Interior Design is a humanistic discipline: the art of conceiving, planning, and creating interior spaces that are made to serve people in answer to their individual and collective needs and desires We fo c u s o n e n c o u ra g i n g s t u d e n t s to b e c o m e thoughtful, innovative, and responsible designers.

Through the studio experience, students l e a r n b y d o i n g C r i t i c a l t h i n k i n g , c re a t i ve exploration, and the development of technical s k i l l s e n a b l e s t u d e n t s to b e c o m e I n t e r i o r Design professionals They learn to balance theory and practice, form and function, all while expressing their own personal style

S t u d e n t s w i l l l e a r n CA D , S ke tc h - U P, Photoshop, and other regularly updated computer programs to meet the current needs of the industry Practicum and co-ops are available for students to receive hands-on experience in the field

Program Outcomes

• Graduates will apply knowledge of design principles to develop creative solutions to interior design problems

• Graduates will demonstrate oral, written, and graphic communication skills and techniques needed for success in the interior design field

• Graduates will create effective design solutions through the selection of appropriate materials, finishes, and furniture

• Graduates will solve interior design problems with applicable codes and industry standards

• Graduates will demonstrate the attitudes and values of professional responsibility, accountability, and effectiveness with respect to the health, safety, and welfare of others and the environment

Program Schedules

Individuals seeking a career change (with or without a prior degree) find this program especially attractive The Interior Design program is designed for full-time or part-time stud e n t s. F l ex i b l e s c h e d u l e s a c c o m m o d a t e working professionals Graduates meet academic eligibility standards for professional licensing examinations (NCIDQ)

Please call 610-526-6095 to set up an individual meeting to review your college transcript(s) to determine what may be eligible to transfer By transferring general education credits, students may be exempt from re-taking core requirement courses. Students may begin the Interior Design program in the fall, spring, or summer

As a graduate you may choose to enter the profession as designers specializing in areas which include:

• Commercial Design, Government Design

• Residential Design, Home Staging

• Kitchen and Bath Design

• Sustainable Design

• Facilities and Planning

• Hospitality and Retail Design

• Manufacturer's Rep, Home Furnishing Sales and Design

Fu

i m e C o u rs e

F O U RT H S E M E S T E R

D e s i g n E l e c t i ve s

DES 212 Lighting for Commercial and Residential Spaces

DES 230 Practicum I

DES 231 Practicum II

DES 306 Kitchen & Bath Fundamentals

DES 308 Sustainable Design

DES 310 Selected Studies in Interior Design I

DES 311 Selected Studies in Interior Design II

DES 312 Decorative Arts

DES 251 CAD II

DES 111 Feng Shui

Please note for NCIDQ eligibility, a work component beyond 60 Interior Design credits is required

Prerequisites for Admission: Graduated high school or have earned a GED

S e q u e n c e F I R S T S E M E S T E R DES 101 Interior Design I 4 cr DES 107 Technical Drawing 4 cr DES 103 History of Furniture 3 cr ADS 107 The Digital Image 3 cr ENG 101 English Composition I * 3 cr. 17 cr S E C O N D S E M E S T E R DES 102 Interior Design II 4 cr DES 109 Drawing & Rendering for ID 4 cr DES 108 Materials 3 cr. DES 110 CAD for ID 4 cr ENG 102 English Composition II * 3 cr 18 cr
H I R D S E M E
R DES 201 Interior Design III 4 cr DES 151 Introduction to 3D Modeling 4 cr DES 260 Business Practices 3 cr. MTH 111 Quantitative Reasoning 3 cr or MTH
College Mathematics SOC ELE Social Science Elective 3 cr 17 cr.
ll- t
T
S T E
113
DES 202 Interior
4
DES 208 Portfolio Preparation 4
DES 206 Building Systems 3 cr. DES ELE Design Elective 3 cr SCI Science Elective 3/4 cr 17/18 cr Total Credits: 69
70 credits
Design IV
cr
cr
or
7 8 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 7 9

Center for Business

8 0 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

Business Management

Associate of Science

The Business Program prepares students for employment and continuing education through the integration of theory and practice. Us i n g a n i n t e rd i s c i p l i n a r y a p p ro a c h , t h e department blends the College's core curriculum with the student's desired area of study (business management, marketing, or sports management) The program prepares students to compete effectively in the local, national and global marketplace The department is committed to preparing its students to assume leadership roles in their professions and communities The Business Program encourages students to be active learners and engage them in projects that emphasize critical reasoning, analytical thinking and communication The Business Program foundation is based upon ethical business practices and behavior, social responsibility, and a commitment to lifelong learning

Program Outcomes

• Explain and integrate business practices (marketing principles, strategy development, and management) in a student's chosen major

• Apply data analysis, critical thinking, and effective information reporting techniques in a variety of business and management contexts

• Evaluate marketing challenges and formulate practical solutions as demonstrated through strategic marketing plans

• Demonstrate effective communication skills ( oral and written) and leadership skills by presenting case studies and projects individually and in teams.

• Apply ethical and legal business practices in making responsible business decisions

B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t C u r r i c u l u m F I R S T S E M E S T E R ENG 101 Composition I 3 cr BUS 110 Introduction to Business 3 cr BUS 122 Professional & Business Communication 3 cr HUM Humanities Elective 3 cr IDS 103 College Orientation & Research Skills 3 cr. 15 cr S E C O N D S E M E S T E R ENG 102 Composition II 3 cr MTH 11 Quantitative Reasoning 3 cr BUS 221 Principles of Marketing 3 cr. BUS Business Elective 3 cr DIV Diversity Elective 3 cr 15 cr T H I R D S E M E S T E R BUS 213 Financial Accounting 3 cr BUS 222 Macroeconomics 3 cr SSC Social Science Elective 3 cr. SCI Science Elective 3 cr BUS Business Elective 3 cr 15 cr F O U RT H S E M E S T E R BUS 223 Microeconomics 3 cr BUS 227 Principles of Business Law 3 cr BUS Business Elective 3 cr BUS Business Elective 3 cr ELE General Elective 3 cr 15 cr Total Credits: 60 Prerequisites for Admission: Graduated high school or have earned a GED B u s i n e s s E l e c t i ve s SMM 101 Introduction to Digital and Social Media Marketing BUS 242 Advertising SPM 101 Sports In Society BUS 109 Principles of Management BUS 270 Operations Management SMM 210 Digital and Social Media Marketing Strategy SMM 220 Consumer Behavior SPM 102 Principles of Sports Management C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 8 1

Sports Management

Associate of Science

The Business Program prepares students for employment and continuing education through the integration of theory and practice. Us i n g a n i n t e rd i s c i p l i n a r y a p p ro a c h , t h e department blends the College's core curriculum with the student's desired area of study (business management, marketing, or sports management)

The Sports Management program prepares students to compete effectively in the local, national, and global marketplace The department is committed to preparing its students to assume leadership roles in their professions and communities

The Business Department encourages students to be active learners and engage them in projects that emphasize critical reasoning, analytical thinking, and communication The Business Program foundation is based upon ethical business practices and behavior, social responsibility, and a commitment to lifelong learning

Program Outcomes

• Explain and integrate business practices (marketing principles, strategy development, and management) in a student's chosen major

• Apply data analysis, critical thinking, and effective information reporting techniques in a variety of business and sports management contexts

• Evaluate marketing challenges and formulate practical solutions as demonstrated through strategic marketing plans

• Demonstrate effective communication skills (oral and written) and leadership skills by presenting case studies and projects individually and in teams

• Apply ethical and legal business and sports practices in making responsible business decisions

S p o r t s M a n a g e m e n t C u r r i c u l u m Fu ll- t i m e C o u rs e S e q u e n c e F I R S T S E M E S T E R ENG 101 Composition I 3 cr BUS 110 Introduction to Business 3 cr. BUS 122 Professional & Business Communication 3 cr HUM ELE Humanities Elective 3 cr IDS 103 College Orientation & Research Skills 3 cr or GEN ELE General Elective 3 cr 15 cr S E C O N D S E M E S T E R ENG 102 Composition II 3 cr MTH 111 Quantitative Reasoning 3 cr BUS 221 Principles of Marketing 3 cr SPM 101 Sports and Society 3 cr DIV ELE Diversity Elective 3 cr 15 cr. T H I R D S E M E S T E R BUS 213 Financial Accounting 3 cr BUS 222 Macroeconomics 3 cr. SSC ELE Social Science Elective 3 cr SCI ELE Science Elective 3/4 cr SPM102 Principles of Sports Management 3 cr 15/16 cr. F O U RT H S E M E S T E R BUS 223 Microeconomics 3 cr BUS 227 Principles of Business Law 3 cr. BUS 109 Principles of Management 3 cr BUS ELE Business Elective 3 cr GEN ELE General Elective 3 cr. 15 cr Total Credits: 60/61 8 2 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 8 3

Center for Social Sciences

8 4 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

Criminal Justice

Associate of Science

The Criminal Justice Program’s mission is to educate students desiring careers in law enforcement, security, prison corrections, parole, probation, forensic analysis, and related careers. Major courses combined with general education requirements allow students to develop the requisite critical thinking and professional skills in order to succeed in today’s challenging careers in criminal justice, or to transfer to a four-year institution

Program Outcomes

• Graduates will be able to differentiate between criminal law and civil law

• Graduates will be able to define and understand the relationship and differences between state and federal law

• Graduates will be able to apply their knowledge of specific Constitutional rights to critically analyze criminal justice scenarios.

• Graduates will gather facts, record information accurately, and prepare documents used in criminal justice fields

will be able to communicate professionally and demonstrate knowledge of ethical standards in the field of criminal justice

Total Credits: 60 - 61 Credits

Students must complete 30 credit hours at Harcum

ELE General Elective is an open elective

Any 3-credit college-level course may be taken to fulfill the open elective requirement

Prerequisites for Admission:

Graduated high school or have earned a GED

C r i m i n a l J u s t i c e E l e c t i ve s

CJ 185 Policing & Police Practices

CJ 205 Gangs Organized Crime

CJ 210

CJ 235 White Collar Crime

CJ 240 Critical Issues in Criminal Justice

CJ 286 Animal Law

CJ 299 3Independent Study

Graduates
Fu ll- t i m e C o u rs e S e q u e n c e F I R S T S E M E S T E R CJ 101 Intro to Criminal Justice 3 cr LS 202 Torts 3 cr ENG 101 English Composition I 3 cr. MTH 113 College Mathematics 3 cr SOC Social Science Elective 3 cr 15 cr S E C O N D S E M E S T E R CJ 276 Criminal Law 3 cr CJ Criminal Justice Elective 3 cr HUM Humanities Elective 3 cr. ENG 102 English Composition II 3 cr CJ 215 Juvenile Justice 3 cr 15 cr T H I R D S E M E S T E R CJ 277 Criminal Procedure 3 cr DIV Diversity Elective 3 cr CJ 230 Punishment & Corrections 3 cr SCI Science Elective 3 cr ELE General Elective 3 cr 15 or 16 cr F O U RT H S E M E S T E R CJ 256 Criminal Evidence and Investigations 3 cr. CJ 296 Senior Seminar 3 cr CJ Criminal Justice Elective 3 cr CJ Criminal Justice Elective 3 cr ELE General Elective 3 cr 15 cr.
Domestic
CJ 195
Violence & the Criminal Justice System
System
CJ 200 American Court
Police/Community Relations
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 8 5

Early Childhood Education

Associate of Arts

The Early Childhood Education Program is designed to prepare students for one of two optional career paths:

• Through courses in early childhood development, program planning, and a variety of supervised practicum experiences with young children, students will be prepared to enter the field of childcare as assistant teachers or assistant group supervisors After two years’ experience in the field, graduates with an associate degree may advance professionally to hold positions as lead teachers or group supervisors Graduates of the program work in infant/toddler programs, preschool settings, and other childcare venues

• Students who wish to become certified teachers in Early Childhood Education (Pre-K through 4th grade), Elementary/Middle Grades (Grades 4th –8th), and/or Special Education are provided with the opportunity to acquire foundation skills in education, as well as to fulfill their core course requirements before transferring to a four-year education program.

All professional coursework begins in the Fall semester Students may enroll in other semesters to complete core and preparatory coursework

Supervised field experiences are an integral part of the Early Childhood Education curriculum. In the final semester, students take on more direct responsibilities and, through extensive supervised practical work at the site, develop entry-level skills in early childhood education

C h i l d D e ve l o p m e n t A s s o c i a t e ( C DA ) Option: A CDA qualifies a student to work in H e a d S ta r t , Ke y s to n e S ta rs, a n d NA E Y C accredited child care centers Students who have a current (not expired) CDA certificate m a y t ra n s f e r i n n i n e c re d i t s t h a t w i l l b e reviewed with the student and approved by the Early Childhood Education program director For more information, contact the Early Childhood Education office at 610-526-6035

Program Outcomes

• Graduates will examine and analyze theories, trends, and issues affecting child development

• Graduates will identify the importance of family and community building

• Graduates will observe and assess young children and accommodate for the needs of diverse learners

• Graduates will demonstrate leadership and professionalism.

• Graduates will plan developmentally appropriate lessons that consider student differences

• Graduates will display effective skills in written and verbal communication

Prior to placement in College level math and English courses, students are required to complete a placement test to determine if the student is adequately prepared or if the student will be required to take college preparation courses College preparation courses qualify fo r f i n a n c i a l a i d b u t d o n o t c o u n t to wa rd s degree completion

F I R S T S E M E S T E R

Prior to enrolling in 200-level coursework in Early Childhood Education, all developmental course work in reading and English must be completed, and students must meet professional development requirements. A student placing at developmental level courses may need to consider a 2 and a half to 3-year track to allow completion of preparatory course work

S E C O N D S E M E S T E R

EDU 122 Introduction to Special Education 3 cr

EDU 220 Early Literacy 3 cr

EDU 202 Program Planning: Infant/Toddler 4 cr.

ENG 102 English Composition II 3 cr

EDU 120 Classroom Management 3 cr 16 cr

T H I R D S E M E S T E R

EDU 206 Science Methods PreK-4th 3 cr

EDU 209 Math Methods PreK-4th 3 cr

EDU 212 Social Studies Methods PreK-4th 3 cr.

ELE General Elective 3 cr

MTH 111 Quantitative Reasoning 3 cr 15 cr

F O U RT H S E M E S T E R

PSY 213 Educational Psychology 3 cr

EDU 228 PreK Methods & Field Experience 6 cr

HUM Humanities Elective 3 cr BIO or GSC Science Elective (based on lab) 3 or 4 cr 15 or 16 cr

Total Credits: 62 - 63 (based on science lab)

*All program specific courses required in the Early Childhood Education curriculum m u s t b e c o m p l e t e d w i t h a g r a d e o f C o r higher

E a r ly C h i l d h o o d E d u ca t i o n C u r r i c u l u m
EDU 112 Early Childhood Education 4 cr PSY 154 Child Development 3 cr ART 120 Integrated Arts in Education 3 cr ENG 101 English Composition I 3 cr EDU 110 Foundations for Success in ECE 3 cr. 16 cr
8 6 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

Prerequisites for Admission

Ac c e p ta n c e i n to t h e E a r l y C h i l d h o o d Education program is dependent upon the following entrance requirements:

• Graduated high school or have earned a GED

• Priority application deadline date is May 1

Before beginning professional coursework, accepted students must show proof of the following:

• Child abuse clearance

• Criminal record check

• Physical examination

• Immunization (Mantoux/PPD TB test, MMR booster)

• Hepatitis B series immunization

*Please note that observation sites require the legal and medical clearances listed above Results of the background checks may affect the ability to complete the degree in Early Childhood Education and obtain a position in the field

Essential Functions for Early Childhood Education Students

E s s e n t i a l Fu n c t i o n s a re d e f i n e d a s t h e skills a candidate must bring into the program in order to be successful as a student in the Early Childhood Education program and, after graduation, an Early Childhood Education professional

Physical

• Motor skills: standing (with good balance); walking; sitting; lifting/carrying 50 lbs ; pushing/pulling 100 lbs ; bending; crouching; kneeling; crawling; floor sitting; grasping: firm/strong; grasping: light; reaching forward; reaching overhead; eye-hand coordination; comfort with dance and movement

• Sensory/Perceptual: vision acuity: near; vision acuity: far; vision: depth perception, full field of vision; hearing: hearing normal conversation; comfort with background music; toleration of noise; tactile perception: comfort with tactile contact

• Environmental: Indoor work; outdoor work; exposure to slippery or uneven surfaces; wearing of protective clothing (mask, latex gloves); handling of bodily fluids and solids; exposure to smells of bodily fluids and solids; handling of cleaning fluids/wipes; handling of electrical appliances or tools

Cognitive

• Reasoning: recognize abstract and concrete variables; define problems, collect data, establish facts, and draw valid conclusions; interpret instructions furnished in oral, written, or schedule form

• Problem-solving: deal with unexpected situations; carry out written or oral multiple-step instructions; remember instructions and carry out tasks over time; generalize instructions from one situation to another

• Mathematics: add, subtract, multiply, and divide whole numbers and fractions; calculate time; make simple measurements.

• Reading: comprehend manuals, instructions for maintenance of equipment, safety rules and procedures, medical and educational charts; read aloud to groups in an engaging manner

• Clerical reading: perceive pertinent detail, proofread words and numbers, observe differences in copy.

• Writing: prepare reports using prescribed format; make entries into medical and educational charts; conform to all rules of punctuation, spelling, grammar, and style

• Work pace: maintain a work pace appropriate to a given workload, including regular attendance at the site

Social-Emotional

• Social skills: engage in a face-to-face verbal conversation, making eye contact and using appropriate body language; relate appropriately to a range of individuals of a variety of ages and backgrounds (children, colleagues, parents, agency representatives)

• Dependability (effective time management, follow through on commitments and responsibilities)

• Professional presentation: presenting oneself in a manner (dress, body language, verbal style) that is accepted by peers, clients, and employers; initiative –self-starting projects, tasks, and communications; searching out answers using appropriate resources

• Cooperation: working effectively with other individuals

• Organization: prioritizing needs, tasks, responsibilities; maintaining effective workspace

• Supervision: give and receive constructive feedback and modify behavior accordingly.

The ability to perform all of the above-listed Essential Functions – with or without accommodations – is essential for successful comp l e t i o n o f t h e E a r l y

Program

h i l d h o o

Under the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), students with disclosed and documented special needs are entitled to reasonable accommodations related to their disability to help them achieve Essential Functions

E d
a t i o n
C
d
u c
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 8 7

General Studies

Associate of Arts

T h e G e n e ra l S t u d i e s A s s o c i a t e o f A r t s

Degree program is designed for those students who expect to transfer to a four-year college or are undecided about a specific program of study and wish to explore a variety of academic fields The curriculum permits students specialized, individual planning through the selection of electives

F I R S T S E M E S T E R

ENG 101 Composition I 3 cr

PSY 111 Introduction to Psychology 3 cr

SOC 109 Introduction to Sociology 3 cr

ELE General Elective 3 cr

ELE General Elective 3 cr 15 cr

S E C O N D S E M E S T E R

ENG 102 Composition II 3 cr.

MTH 113* College Mathematics 3 cr

SCI Science Elective 3 or 4 cr

HUM Humanities Elective 3 cr

ELE General Elective 3 cr 15 or 16 cr.

T

H I

R D S E M E S T E R

ELE General Elective 3 cr.

ELE General Elective 3 cr

ELE General Elective 3 cr

ELE General Elective 3 cr.

ELE General Elective 3 cr 15 cr.

F O U RT H S E M E S T E R

ELE General Elective 3 cr

ELE General Elective 3 cr

ELE General Elective 3 cr

ELE General Elective 3 cr

ELE General Elective 3 cr 15 cr.

Total Credits: 60 - 61 Credits

Prerequisites for Admission

Acceptance into the General Studies program is dependent upon the following entrance requirements:

Graduated high school or have earned a GED

Human Services

Associate of Arts

The Human Services profession is dedicated to providing services to individuals and families in need of assistance The goal of human services work is to enhance the quality of life for those who are served Some of the roles performed include: counselor to those who need support, broker to help people access community services, teacher of daily living skills, advocate for those unable to do so for themselves, mediator between clients and agencies, and caregiver to children, elders, and disabled adults

The pioneers of human services education programs believed that the answer to workforce needs was not to train another group of specialized professionals, but to develop a new type of worker – the “generalist.” Harcum’s program includes generalist skills such as interviewing, observing, and recording pertinent information, implementing treatment plans, advocating for clients, conducting group sessions, and mobilizing community resources

As working conditions may vary considerably, students also learn a wide range of interventions and skills that can be adapted to specific populations in various settings, such as residential treatment facilities, correctional facilities, group homes, halfway houses, youth services agencies, mental health facilities, and substance abuse programs In addition, students receive core educational courses in the liberal arts, social sciences particularly sociology and psychology humanities

A major component of all human services education is gaining exposure to the variety of disciplines, professionals, and subject matter that students will encounter in the field Thus, the Human Services program at Harcum includes elective options in a classroom setting to enhance students’ generalist backgrounds For example, students have the opportunity to choose selective classes in other disciplines such as Early Childhood Education or Criminal Justice, where they will be able to explore their own interests with students from these programs This networking experience also simulates a human services setting in which professionals from numerous disciplines collaborate as a team advocating for clients However, not all electives are offered each semester and all electives must be approved by the Program Director

Program Outcomes

• Examine the required roles and responsibilities of the human service professional

• Analyze the specific needs of clients who deviate from optimal functioning in one or more areas

• Identify appropriate goals and objectives to meet the specific needs of clients

• Construct, implement, and evaluate the effectiveness of service plans for clients

• Examine basic concepts for understanding characteristics of and interactions among diverse groups of people

H U M A N S E RV I C E S

R E Q U I R E M E N T S

T h i rd S e m e s t e r

Fo

F i f t h S e m e s t e r

*IDS103 may be replaced with other course if student previously has been in college-level coursework

Students must complete at least 30 college-level credits at Harcum Please note that Partnership students may take a maximum of 12 credits per semester

Prerequisites for Admission:

Graduated high school or have earned a GED.

s
e r IDS103* College Orientation & Research Skills 3 cr or ELE HSC101 Intro to Human Services 3 cr IAD100 Academic Disc II or ENG 101 Eng Comp I 3 cr HSC102 Fundamentals of Case Management 3 cr. 12 cr
e c o n d S
m e s t e r ENG102 Composition II 3
HSC201 Intervention Skills and Strategies 3 cr SOC109 Principles of Sociology 3 cr HSC203 Crisis Intervention Skills and Strategies 3
12
F i rs t S e m e
t
S
e
cr
cr
cr.
MTH Math Elective 3 cr. PSY111 Introduction to Psychology 3 cr SCI Science Elective 3 cr SOC110 Social Problems 3 cr 12 cr
PSY156 Human Development 3
SOC211 Historically Marginalized Groups 3 cr PSY158 Psychology of Disabilities 3 cr ELE General Elective 3 cr. 12
u r t h S e m e s t e r
cr.
cr
PSY253 Abnormal Psychology 3
HUM Humanities Elective 3
SOC275 Marriage and Family 3
ELE General Elective 3
12
Total
cr.
cr
cr
cr
cr.
60 cr.
8 8 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4

Course Descriptions

Prefixes represent the following subject areas:

ACC Accounting

ACM Animal Center Management

AD Art and Design

AHS Allied Health Science

ART Art

BHS Behavioral Health Science

BIO Biology

BUS Business

CHE Chemistry

CIS Computer Information Science

CJ Criminal Justice

DA Dental Assisting

DDN Graphic Design

DE Dental Education

DES Interior Design

DH Dental Hygiene

EDU Education

ENG English

ESL English as a Second Language

FSH Fashion Design

GSC General Science

GST Gender Studies

HSC Human Services

HTN Histotechnician

HUM Humanities

IDS Interdisciplinary Studies

LS Law & Justice

MLS Medical Laboratory Science

MTH Mathematics

MUS Music

NUR Nursing

OTA Occupational Therapy Assistant

PED Physical Education

PSY Psychology

PTA Physical Therapist Assistant

RAD Radiologic Technology

RDG Reading

RET Retail Merchandising

SMM Marketing

SOC Sociology

SPM Sports Management

VET Veterinary Nursing

9 0 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

Accounting

ACC 210 Intermediate Accounting I

This course provides an intensive study of the application of generally accepted accounting principles and financial pronouncements for financial reporting and disclosure of current and noncurrent assets.

Prerequisite: ENG 101, MTH 113/115, BUS 110, BUS 222/223, BUS 213

Credits: 3

ACC 220 Intermediate Accounting II

This course provides an intensive study of the application of generally accepted accounting principles and financial pronouncements to the financial reporting and disclosure of current and noncurrent liabilities and stockholders' equity

Prerequisite: ACC 210

Credits: 3

ACC 230 Cost Accounting

This course provides an understanding of cost accounting systems and procedures and how they are used for business strategy and implementation This course presents an analysis of key data for planning and controlling to assist in management decisions.

Prerequisite: ENG 101, MTH 113/115, BUS 213

Credits: 3

Allied Health Science

AHS 100 Introduction to Allied Health Science

This course explores the role of the Allied Health professional in society today, focusing on changes in the health field, issues relating to health professionals, and factors affecting the economics of the healthcare industry An in-depth look at the various professions that compose the allied health field is explored along with information on employment opportunities and trends within each profession

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

AHS 101 Basic Medical Terminology

This course provides the student with the ability to recognize, analyze, define, spell, and use basic medical terminology

Emphasis is placed on terminology used in the rehabilitation professions Terms related to anatomy, physiology, pathology, and therapeutics are covered

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 1

AHS 102 Comprehensive Medical Terminology

In this course students will become familiar with and correctly utilize terminology that is used in all allied health professions Students will correctly analyze, define, and apply medical terminology Students will be able to label diagrams and to divide words into component parts, use the correct pronunciation of each word, and identify the terms that describe positions, directions, and planes of the body

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

AHS 103 Research Methods and Computer Applications

Research Methods and Computer

Applications is a three-credit course designed for students enrolled in all academic programs at Harcum College This course will serve as an introduction for students to develop effective research strategies in accessing information from various online resources and will impart basic computer literacy skills necessary to utilize Microsoft software applications efficiently (Word, Excel, PowerPoint, and Publisher)

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

AHS 106 Medical Coding Concepts

This course is designed to teach students the general principles of ICD-10-CM (International Classification of Disease), CPT-4 (Current Procedural Terminology), and HCPCS (Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System) coding Students will learn how to translate medical diagnoses, conditions, signs, and symptoms into code numbers Emphasis will be placed on coding guidelines, control of fraud and abuse, and coding accuracy.

Corequisite: AHS 102

Credits: 3

AHS 107 Medical Office Management

This course is designed to teach students the medical office administrative skills that are commonly performed in a health care setting Students will be given hands-on experience using electronic simulation Emphasis will be placed on good communication skills, electronic health records, managing accounts receivable and payable, and health insurance and reimbursement Learning these vital skills will help prepare the student for entry-level office management

Prerequisite: AHS 102 and AHS 106

Credits: 3

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 9 1

AHS 108 Medical Billing

This course is designed to teach students the principles of medical billing and reimbursement Students will be given hands-on instruction on how to complete claim forms (CMS-1500 and UB-04) as well as other important forms such as: patient registration forms, encounter forms, pre-authorization, and referrals CMS reimbursement methodologies and revenue cycle management will be discussed in great detail

Prerequisites: AHS 102 and AHS 106

Credits: 3

AHS 110 Introduction to ICD-10-CM Coding

This course is designed to teach students the principles and guidelines of ICD-10-CM diagnosis coding Students will learn how to accurately assign diagnosis codes to patient encounters Students must receive a grade of “C” or higher at the end of the semester in order to register for AHS 111 and AHS 112

Prerequisite: AH 108

Corequisite: BIO 108

Credits: 3

AHS 111

Introduction to CPT Coding

This course is designed to teach students the principles and guidelines of the Current Procedural Terminology (CPT) Coding System CPT codes are the United States standard for how medical professionals document and report medical, surgical, radiology, laboratory, anesthesiology, and Evaluation and Management (E/M) services All healthcare providers, facilities, and payers use CPT codes for reporting and reimbursement

Prerequisite: AHS 110

Credits: 3

AHS 112 CPC Review course

This course is designed to help students prepare for the CPC exam Students will demonstrate their knowledge of ICD-10CM, CPT, and HCPCS level II coding guidelines and regulatory rules. Mock examinations will help the student to identify the correct usage of CPT, HCPCS Level II, and ICD-10-CM codes

Prerequisite: AHS 110

Credits: 3

AHS 201 Patient Care Technician

This course will focus on the skills that are needed to work in a physician’s office or long-term nursing care facility Emphasis will be on communicating with the patient and properly documenting patient records including measuring and recording vital signs, blood collections, and urinalysis

Prerequisites: AHS 100

Credits: 4

Animal Center Management

ACM 101 Introduction to Animal Center Management

An animal center is a business that focuses on the care and well-being of animals This is a survey course that will discuss sectors in the animal industry that graduates can obtain employment in These industries are: veterinary hospital, non-profit animal center (shelter medicine), entrepreneurial (boarding, training, daycare, food industry, pet store, etc.), laboratory research, and zoos

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

ACM 102 Animal Behavior

For proper caring and to avoid injury to the animal and/or the handler, it is important to understand the behavior of animals Animal Behavior introduces students to what the animals are thinking and why they behave the way they do

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

ACM 103 Canine Basics: Breeds, Care, Training

Whether the graduate is working in a dog shelter, or at a veterinarian hospital, or hands on with service animals, or in a canine daycare center, or as a pet sitter, or in the canine unit for the police, a strong knowledge of canine behavior and training is essential This course provides students with the fundamental tools to succeed in any position that requires them to work with dogs

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

ACM 109 Animal First Aid & Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR)

This is a hybrid online and in-person class that will teach students how to perform Animal First Aid and CPR This class is designed to teach students life-saving skills associated with animals Students are expected to study on their own and complete online modules, then come into class and perform Animal First Aid and CPR Students will be eligible to take the national Animal First Aid and CPR certification exam after completion of this course

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 1

ACM 110 Merchandising for Pet Product Retail Industry

This class teaches how to promote the animal center and drive business to the animal center A key emphasis is directed to marketing to Millennials through social media.

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

9 2 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

ACM 210 Avian and Reptile Management

Reptiles and birds are significantly different than mammals and the requirements to properly care for them are unique Graduates must learn the different nuances between the two and learn the proper way to maintain and handle these two species of animals

Prerequisite: ACM 101, ENG 101

Credits: 3

ACM 240 Animal Management & Nutrition

This course is an introduction to the care and management of companion animals and small mammals (dog, cat, hamsters, gerbils, rats, mice, guinea pigs, chinchillas, rabbits, ferrets) Topics include species identification, science of nutrition, nutritional needs, pet food industry, husbandry, and environmental considerations

Handling and restraint of these species will be discussed and common health concerns will be identified

Prerequisite: ACM 101

Credits: 3

ACM 255 Zoonotic Disease Prevention and OSHA

This course will introduce students to the methods used to prevent injuries and sickness in the workplace Students will understand the potential animal hazards and safe handling techniques needed to work in a variety of anima centers With the increase in animal care jobs, zoonotic diseases are more prevalent and understanding disease transmission and prevention is a key skill. Execution of Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) regulations is vital to mitigating animal related injuries and illness This class will culminate in the OSHA 10 certification, an independent assessment of their skills and knowledge

Pre-requisites: ACM 101, ACM 102, ACM 110, ACM 103

Credits: 3

Art and Design

AD 101 2D Form

and Design: Value

This course emphasizes hands on learning within the studio setting Participation in the course enables students to acquire and develop skills in the creation of two dimensional design Using black and white media including ink, markers, graphite, and cut paper, students will explore creative methods to express ideas and solve problems

Throughout the course, focus is placed on the elements and principles of design that are essential to the creation of effective graphic compositions.

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

AD 102

2D Form and Design: Color

This course will introduce students to the properties of color such as hue, saturation, and temperature Students will complete color exercises using gouache, cut paper, and digital tools A continued focus is placed on the elements and principles of design that are essential to the creation of effective graphic compositions

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

AD 103 Sculptural Practices: Additive

This course is an introduction to sculpture and form focusing on additive methods and surface treatment Students will create three-dimensional sculptures using basic tools, techniques, and a variety of materials. The first half will focus on building form with plaster and cardboard The second half of the course will focus on hand-built clay forms including coil pots and tilework

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

AD 104 Sculptural Practices: Subtractive

This course is an introduction to sculpture using subtractive methods and surface treatment Subtractive sculpture is the oldest form of sculpture and involves removing material, as in plaster or clay carving to create a finished work Students will create three-dimensional forms using tools, techniques, and a variety of materials including soap, dried clay, plaster, paper, and more Students will brainstorm, plan, sketch, discuss, and create representational and nonrepresentational sculptures

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

AD 105 Drawing as Dialogue

This course introduces students to the language, materials, and contemporary practices used to create drawings Throughout the course, emphasis is placed on observational drawing activities for learning about value, form, and composition Students will explore abstract mark making and innovative approaches to convey representation Self-expression is encouraged In addition, discussion is an essential part of the class dynamic, as is developing the skills of observation and articulation

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

AD 106 Drawing: Abstraction, the Art of Observation

This course explores strategies for making abstract drawings using observation and imagery as a point of departure Subjects will include forms in nature, microscopic imagery, film, and found textures Students will be introduced to artists who use color and material in unique ways Materials will include gouache, pastels, and collage

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 9 3

AD 107 The Digital Image

This course is an introduction to Adobe Photoshop and the skills used in the creative process for editing artwork documentation and creating original imagery for both web and print. Students will learn how to make basic edits like corrections to exposure, color & lighting adjustments, cropping, and re-sizing images The course continues with more sophisticated edits like adding text, compositing layers, layer masking, and applying filters Students will learn how to use Adobe Bridge (a media browsing application) for organizing, navigating, and documenting their digital images.

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

AD 108 The Contemporary and The Modern

This course introduces modern and contemporary art and design through a thematic approach, connecting artists and movements through subject matter and form Attention is given to gender, race, and class to expand the canon of who and what is represented Using a variety of methods, students will begin to develop techniques used to analyze visual images of art and design Students are encouraged to find their own critical voice through lecture, discussion, research, and analysis

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

AD 210 Studio Lab

Studio Lab challenges students to develop their own artistic approach to the creative process and follow their own particular interests Under the instructor's guidance, students will develop individual projects in a chosen material and method On a regular basis, the instructor will assign “tasks,” which are short creative exercises, to be presented to the class These tasks are designed to challenge the students to be innovative with alternative materials, tools, and techniques In addition, students will be introduced to strategies for documenting and presenting their artwork in a professional manner

Prerequisites: AD 101, AD 102, AD 103, AD 104, AD 105, AD 106

AD 211 Practitioners, Galleries & Museums

This course provides an opportunity for students to engage in dialogue about contemporary art, artists, designers, and the process of making art. Through class field trips to museums, galleries, and creative spaces, students will get a glimpse of, and experience the arts in and around Philadelphia Students will work individually and collectively to document field trips through photographs and text on a blog, allowing them to turn experience into content Additionally, students will view a selection of *Art 21 videos for an inside perspective from the artist’s voice

*Art21 is a celebrated global leader in presenting thought-provoking and sophisticated content about contemporary art, and the go-to place to learn first-hand from the artists of our time A nonprofit organization, Art21’s mission is to inspire a more creative world through the works and words of contemporary artists (Art21 org)

Prerequisites: None

Credits: 3

AD 220 Art & Design Portfolio

In this course students choose a fine arts or design focus under the supervision of a faculty member Students go through a process of proposing and creating a plan with a faculty member for each project These plans include materials, skills, and subject matter that the student will explore The course focuses on presentation strategies for art & design work including photographic documentation of artwork and a website or blog

Prerequisites: AD 101, AD 102, AD 103, AD 104, AD 105, AD 107, AD 108, AD 210, AD 211

Credits: 4

Art

ART 110 Basic Drawing

This course introduces the basic principles and skills of drawing such as linear perspective, modeling (light and shade), contour (mass and shape), proportion, and composition. Self-expression and an individual approach are acknowledged and encouraged

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

Core Arts/Humanities Elective

ART 111 Introduction to Visual Storytelling

This course is an introduction to the methods and tools of visual storytelling Using the popular medium of graphic novels as a foundation, this course seeks to teach students about devices for linear narrative using a visual approach Students will learn to create images and sequences of images, from written/spoken ideas and to develop these images and sequences into a clear and logical narrative arc Emphasis will be placed on selection and sequencing of details, continuity and coherence, controlling the reader’s focus and pace, setting mood and tone, and other strategies for conveying information Students will be encouraged to consider the transferability of these narrative concepts to written work.

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

Core Arts/Humanities Elective

ART 112 Figure Drawing

This course introduces the basic principles of drawing such as linear perspective, modeling (light and shade), contour (mass and shape), and proportion Exploration, imagination, and individuality of expression are emphasized Students will work primarily from models and slides using a variety of materials and techniques (both traditional and innovative)

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

Core Arts/Humanities Elective

Credits: 4

9 4 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

ART 114 Painting

This course teaches the student to develop a visual language of line, form, color, texture, and space while working with watercolor, acrylic, or oil paints The content includes canvas preparation, various painting techniques, historical reference, and dialogue through critique Subject matter includes figures, still life, landscape, and sketches drawn from imagination

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

Core Arts/Humanities Elective

ART 116 Design I: Two Dimensional

This course is an introduction to the elements of design incorporating line, shape, texture, and special concepts on a twodimensional surface Projects include black and white and color media

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

Core Arts/Humanities Elective

ART 118 Design II: Three Dimensional

The principles of design are explored through construction in wet and dry media in three-dimensional form.

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

Core Arts/Humanities Elective

ART 120 Integrated Arts in Education

This course introduces the student to creative expression and the multidimensional media available when designing visual and three-dimensional art, music, movement, and creative drama curricula for young children Students will be introduced to theoretical perspectives of the creative process, its benefits for intellectual, social, and emotional development, and to strategies which encourage young children to expand their self-expression experiences and skills

Students will also design, implement, evaluate, and document creative experiences for young children

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

ART 213 Fashion Illustration

This course is a study of different styles of fashion drawing for practical application to the fashion industry and for illustration purposes Students are encouraged to develop an individual style and to produce a professional portfolio to represent their own collection

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

Core Humanities Elective

Behavioral Health Science

BHS 101 Introduction to Behavioral Health Science

Understanding the study of human behavior plays a vital role in improving the quality of life for people with mental health and substance abuse disorders. This course provides a comprehensive overview of behavioral health, its basic concepts, and the various careers available in the field Course topics include behavioral health history, psychological disorders, basic pharmacology, drugs and their impact on society, and substance abuse counseling Important practices such as prevention, intervention, treatment and recovery are introduced and discussed Through case study analyses, group discussions, and personal reflections, students are encouraged to view the “helping process” with an ethical and multicultural perspective

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

BHS 102 Substance Abuse Counseling

With drug use on the rise in the United States and over 23 5 million Americans suffering from substance addiction, the demand for addiction treatment is critical and ever-increasing This course examines the field of substance abuse counseling, focusing on principles of effective treatment, treatment settings, and types of counseling available to individuals, groups, and families Journaling, group discussions, and guest speakers are included in the course experience Students receive an extensive overview of the all-encompassing role that addiction professionals provide in prevention, intervention, relapse prevention, and aftercare

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

BHS 103 Professional Ethics & Advocacy

This course provides students with an understanding of ethics in healthcare Students will learn the historical, theoretical and moral foundations of the laws, regulations, and professional codes regarding ethics in the United States The ethical lessons learned will apply to addiction, cognitive disorders, behavioral disorders, psychiatric patients, multicultural clients, public health, supervision, and society in general

Credits: 3

BHS 104 Substance Abuse Counseling

This course provides an understanding of addiction with substance abuse issues and treatment modalities Goals, principles, and methods of available treatments will also be examined Treatment modalities explored will include: individual and group treatment, family treatment within traditional models of counseling and/or experiential approaches, within different levels of care Treatment guidelines regarding working with special populations, including (but, not limited to): adolescents, gender specific, and different race/ethnicities will also be addressed

Credits: 3

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 9 5

BHS 105 Methods of Relapse Prevention

This course is designed to help students understand and facilitate the process of recovery among addicted individuals and reduce their risk of relapse. The primary attention will be to ascertain various established and progressive methods and strategies to help clients and their families reduce relapse risk or intervene early in the relapse process, and describe clinical tools that can be incorporated into individual, group, or family sessions The emphasis will concentrate on a holistic approach for recovery Sources of material that will be explored will include: mindfulness, exercise, diet, Traditional Chinese medicine (TCM), 12 step program, traditional approaches (CBT, DBT, SFT), harm reduction, acupuncture, and medicated assisted treatment

Credits: 3

BHS 106 Individual, Family, and Group Counseling

This course provides an understanding of treatment modalities for addiction with substance abuse issues Goals, principals, and methods of available treatment will be examined Treatment modalities explored will include: individual and group treatment, family treatment within traditional models of counseling and/or experiential approaches, within different levels of care Treatment guidelines regarding working with special populations, including (but, not limited to): adolescents, gender-specific, and different race/ethnicities will also be addressed

Credits: 3

Biology

BIO 101 General Biology I

Biology 101 is an introductory biology course designed for non-science major biology students Topics include cell structure and physiology, patterns of reproduction, genetics, and an introduction to molecular biology Laboratory activities include basic laboratory skills, utilization of the scientific method, use of the microscope, and reinforcement of lecture topics

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 4

Core Science Elective

BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology I

This course offers a presentation of the structure and function of the human body It introduces the proper medical terminology used to describe the relative position of body parts, body sections and body regions, and describes the biological levels of organization found in the human body The maintaining of homeostasis through the interaction of the organ systems is discussed throughout the course Lectures and laboratory sessions cover the following units: the cell, tissues, the skin, the skeletal system, the muscular system, and the nervous system Laboratory instruction includes: observation of prepared microscope slides of tissues and detailed study of human bones and muscles, as well as the nervous system Note: Student must achieve a grade of C or better to take BIO 104

Prerequisite: IAD 100 with a grade of C or better or IAD 100 waived

Credits: 4

Core Science Elective

BIO 104 Human Anatomy and Physiology II

This course is a continuation of BIO 103 and offers a presentation of the structure and function of the human body The following topics will be covered in lecture: special senses, the circulatory system, the respiratory system, the digestive system, the excretory system, and the endocrine system Laboratory instruction will include studies of: reflex activities, structure and function of sense organs, the heart and circulatory systems, respiration, digestion, and urinary systems Lab activities will involve the dissection of a mammalian eye, heart, and kidney

Prerequisite: BIO 103 with a grade of C (73%) or better

Credits: 4

Core Science Elective

BIO 108 Introduction to Human Anatomy and Physiology

This course is a one-semester course that provides a presentation of the structure and function of the human body The following topics will be covered: terms used to describe the position of body parts, body sections and body regions, inorganic and organic chemistry, cells and tissues, integumentary system, skeletal system, muscular system, nervous system, the senses, endocrine system, blood and circulatory system, respiratory system, digestive system, and urinary system

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

Core Science Elective

BIO 204 Nutrition

This course is an introduction to the science of nutrition Sources and functions of nutrients, utilization of food in the body, nutritional requirements for various age groups, and rudiments of diet therapy are discussed As matters of general interest, topics such as packaging and labeling of food, food poisoning and storage, food fads and fallacies, and comparing nutritional value versus cost in food buying are discussed with the aid of a series of projects

Prerequisites: None

Credits: 3

Core Science Elective

BIO 205 Microbiology

This course covers the structure, physiology, diversity, and distribution of microorganisms. Bacteria will be studied extensively but basic principles of virology, fungi, and immunology will also be discussed The laboratory will include techniques for bacterial cultivation, purification, and identification, as well as methods for the control of infection transmission

Prerequisites: BIO 101 or BIO 103.

Credits: 4

Core Science Elective

9 6 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

BIO 210 Nutritional Biochemistry

This course is an introduction to the biochemistry of nutrition Sources and functions of nutrients, utilization of food in the body, nutritional requirements for various age groups, and metabolic pathways are discussed An emphasis is placed on the biochemical aspects of nutrition

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

Core Science Elective

Business

BUS 109 Principles of Management

Principles of Management teaches and demonstrates the techniques of leadership, management, and organizational structure

The fundamentals of various approaches to managing; planning; decision-making; strategic management; organizing and coordinating work; authority, delegation, and decentralization; organizational design; interpersonal skills; leadership; organizational effectiveness; control methods; and organizational change and development are explored

Prerequisite: IAD 050

Credits: 3

BUS 110 Introduction to Business

This course provides an introduction to the exciting and dynamic world of domestic and global business It focuses on understanding the dynamic interrelationships between business functions delivering quality products and services Special attention is placed on social responsibility, “green” businesses, global enterprises, and social media This course presumes no previous business knowledge

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

BUS 122 Professional and Business Communication

This course teaches students the importance of professional writing and oral presentation in a business environment Heavy emphasis is placed on the writing and oral presentation of business letters, memoranda, reports, and executive summaries

Students receive instruction and feedback on preparing for a presentation, content and use of visual aids, technology use, effective delivery of presentations, and handling of questions and criticisms Students will be given group projects to help improve their ability to interact within small groups.

Prerequisite: ENG 101

Credits: 3

BUS 213 Financial Accounting

This course provides an introduction to the objectives, principles, assumptions, and concepts of financial accounting. It focuses on procedures and practices from the accounting cycle through financial statement presentation with an emphasis on recognizing, valuing, reporting, and disclosing assets, liabilities, and equity This course presumes no previous accounting knowledge

Prerequisite: ENG 101, MTH 111/113/115, BUS 110

Credits: 3

BUS 214 Managerial Accounting

This course introduces students to the concepts and applications of managerial accounting Students focus on analysis and recording of various manufacturing costs, cost-volume-profit analysis, preparation of financial statements for a manufacturer, creation of static and flexible budgets and reports, evaluation of capital investments, and various costing systems

Prerequisite: BUS 213

Credits: 3

BUS 221 Principles of Marketing

This course will prepare students to think strategically about marketing in today’s global environment After successful completion of this course, students will have a basic understanding of the marketing concept, the marketing mix (product, place, promotion, and price), segmentation, targeting, positioning, customer value, branding, services marketing, global marketing, marketing metrics, consumer and business behavior, ethics and social responsibility in marketing, market research, and analysis In addition, students will understand the role of social media and digital marketing to compete in the global environment

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

BUS 222 Macroeconomics

This course deals with consumers as a whole, producers as a whole, the effects of government spending and taxation policies, and the effects of the monetary policy carried out by the Federal Reserve Bank The course explores domestic and international economies Fundamental macroeconomics topics explored include Keynesian model, unemployment, inflation, and the business cycle, measuring domestic output and national income, economic growth, interest rates and aggregate demand and supply, elasticity, the balance of payments, exchange rates, and trade deficits

Prerequisite: ENG 101, MTH 111/113/115, BUS 110

Credits: 3

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 9 7

BUS 223 Microeconomics

Microeconomics deals with the behavior of individual households and firms and how government influences that behavior The principal objective of the course is to introduce methods and tools of economic analysis, and these analytical tools will be applied to questions of current policy interest such as, making, resource allocation, and the production and distribution of goods and services Key topics include demand, supply and market equilibrium, elasticity of demand and supply, market failures, pure competition, monopoly, and monopolistic competition and oligopoly.

Prerequisite: ENG 101, MTH 111/113/115, BUS 110

Credits: 3

BUS 227 Principles of Business Law

This course provides students an overview and concise treatment of the legal issues of fundamental importance to the business profession Key topics explored include the legal system, contracts, sales, property, and government regulation

Prerequisite: ENG 101, BUS 110

BUS 230 Human Resource Management

This course provides an introduction and overview of human resource management as a key function in an organization and career possibility The main course objective is to acquaint students with the knowledge, skills, and abilities associated with human resource management as a strategic tool to improve effectiveness and efficiency of human capital in achieving an organization’s goals and objectives Topics which are covered in the course include: human resource policies as recruitment, selection, performance management, rewards, staffing and development, culture and capabilities of an organization and the balance between organizational and individual goals, employee motivation, benefits and labor, and employee relations

Prerequisite: ENG 101, BUS 110, BUS 109

Credits: 3

BUS 242 Advertising

This course examines practical advertising experiences in the context of overall marketing and communications process The course explores advertising perspectives, developing marketing and advertising strategies, evaluating advertisements, and commercials with an emphasis on social media Topics covered include crafting and marketing advertising strategies, analyzing advertisements, and selecting appropriate media channels to offer advertising

Prerequisite: ENG 101, BUS 110

Credits: 3

BUS 251 Statistics I

This course is designed as a fundamental course in descriptive and inferential statistics It will cover the essential ideas of statistical theory that are appropriate for solving many real world problems The course presents the basic concepts of sampling, sampling techniques, and data presentation Elementary algebra is employed in deriving measures of central tendency and variability for various discrete probability distributions and the normal distribution Topics include probability theory, measures of central tendency, and estimation techniques using confidence intervals

Prerequisite: MTH 113 or MTH 115, ENG

101

Credits: 3

BUS 252 Statistics II

This course is designed as the second semester of a two-semester course in Statistics. It covers additional ideas of statistical theory that are appropriate for solving many real- world problems Statistics II teaches students how to develop testable hypotheses and how to use them to analyze data and answer questions The course covers hypothesis testing for inferences based on a single sample, statistical inference about means and proportions based on two samples, linear regression, and tests of goodness of fit and independence

Prerequisite: BUS 251

Credits: 3

BUS 260 Introduction to Business Finance

The knowledge of financial principles is advantageous to managers in virtually every discipline in business This course is designed as an introduction to finance. The content of this course integrates both conceptual and mathematical information Cases, comprehensive problems, and current events are analyzed and discussed throughout the course to provide students with hands-on experience in the use and application of financial tools The basic concepts of the time value of money, valuation, and capital budgeting are covered. Risk, working capital management, leverage, forecasting, and the analysis of financial statements and ratios are given particular attention

Prerequisite: ENG 102, BUS 213

Credits: 3

BUS 262 International Marketing

This course introduces the student to the nature of international marketing and the environments in which it is conducted Students will explore corporate strategies in marketing on an international scale and the importance of knowing the opportunities and challenges The issues affecting marketing in a global environment and how managers must deal with these forces will also be addressed

Prerequisite: BUS 221

Credits: 3

BUS 265 International Economics

This course presents a principles-level introduction to the core theories of International Economics along with policy analyses of our world’s increasing trade relations and economic integration The goal is to make economic reasoning about the international economy accessible to a diverse group of students, including both business majors and non-majors

Prerequisites: BUS 222 or BUS 223

Credits: 3

9 8 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

BUS 269 International Finance

This course is a comprehensive first level course in international finance, exploring fundamental techniques and principles

Students will learn about financial decision making in an international corporate setting There will be emphasis on the three major areas of concern for managers: management control, financial reporting, and taxation

Prerequisite: BUS 260

Credits: 3

BUS 270 Operations Management

This course is designed to acquaint students with the discipline of operations management This is an overview course in operations management where students will be exposed to the different tools used by management, in both the service sector as well as the manufacturing sector, to improve the decision-making process and ultimately “operations ” Topics include: productivity, strategy, decision making, quality improvement, work measurement, project management; and product, process, capacity, and layout decisions

Prerequisite: ENG 101, MTH 111/113/115, BUS 110

Credits: 3

LDR 102 Negotiations, Building Relationships, Resolving Conflicts

This course introduces students to the skills required for successful negotiations, relationships, conflict resolution, and team building. Through interactive exercises, role-playing, and facilitated discussions throughout the semester, students will explore: 1) negotiation paradigms and contracts, concepts, and algorithms, 2) techniques to build relationships, and 3) conflict resolution strategies Readings concerning negotiation, relationship building, and conflict resolution skills are required Each student’s understanding of the core concepts and objectives will be assessed by class participation, weekly reflections on learnings, negotiation role-play case studies, and conflict resolution role-play case studies, quizzes, and a group project

Prerequisites: None

Credits: 3

Chemistry

CHE 102 Principles of Chemistry

This course is a beginning course designed to acquaint the student with the language and tools of chemistry It includes elementary principles of general inorganic, organic, and biochemistry. The course is suitable for Allied Health students The general inorganic topics include measurement, energy, atoms, nomenclature, elements of the Periodic Table, ionic, covalent, hydrogen, hybrid, acids, bases, and typical reactions The organic topics include IUPAC nomenclature, isomers and stereoisomers, polarized light and optical activity, unsaturated and aromatic hydrocarbons, functional groups of biological interest, and basic organic reactions The biochemistry topics include nomenclature, bonding, carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, the metabolic pathways (electron transport system, cellular respiration, fatty acids, ketones, and amino acids), and energy production

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

Core Science Elective

CHE 103 Introduction to Chemistry

This laboratory course is intended for the non-science major or for those who wish to prepare to study General Chemistry (CHE 111). The course covers basic skills needed for General Chemistry (CHE 111) such as atomic structure, writing chemical formulas, balancing equations, and basic stoichiometry Laboratory experiments are designed to offer a hands-on familiarity with the principles discussed in the lectures

Prerequisite: MTH 073 with a grade of C or higher or satisfactory score on placement test

Credits: 4

Core Science Elective

Computer Information Science

CIS 101 Introduction to Microcomputers

This course is designed to provide the student with an understanding of computer data processing and information systems

The course provides explanations of computing concepts and practical application of technology theory It features integrated coverage of management information systems, Google Suite, networking, e-mail, and the Internet

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

CIS 102 Application of Microcomputers

This course provides an in-depth exploration of computer data processing and information systems. Students will work with the major productivity applications, such as word processing, presentation software, electronic spreadsheet and data management in Windows operating systems, utilizing Microsoft, and open source products This course provides lucid explanations of practical applications of technology theory and contemporary issues, with emphasis on the historical and social impacts of technological innovations Students will have hands-on learning in various forms of online collaboration, such as applications, forums, discussion groups, and newsgroups; and become familiar with a variety of web publishing, such as message boards, web page design, blogs, and podcasts Readings in technology issues are required. Each student’s mastery of the core concepts and objectives will be assessed by class participation, demonstrated computer use during class time, homework assignments submitted online, creation of a website, and the quality of the final presentation of the website to the class

Prerequisite: CIS101.

Credits: 3

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 9 9

CIS 106 The Worldwide Web and Beyond

This course provides hands-on training to develop effective strategies for searching the Internet using search engines, metasearch engines, and virtual libraries

Students learn how to evaluate Internet resources and become familiar with e-mail, discussion groups (list-servers), Usenet newsgroups, webliographies, telnet, fulltext resources, and web page design

Prerequisite: None

Credit: 1

CIS 123 Introduction to Database Management

Using Microsoft Access, students are introduced to the Microsoft Access environment in detail Students learn how to create, maintain, and update a database, query a database, and create forms and reports The second part of the course is used to refine what students have already learned and to add to their knowledge and understanding of the usefulness of Macros and Visual Basic for applications code

Prerequisite: CIS 101

Credits: 3

CIS 140 Web Design

This hands-on course is designed to familiarize students with Microsoft’s web editor, Front Page Students learn how to create and edit web pages, to insert links from images, add graphics, and insert and format tables Advanced features such as creating forms for user interaction and adding dynamic multimedia components are covered

Prerequisite: CIS 101

Credits: 3

CIS 203 Computerized Accounting Systems

This course emphasizes the creation, implementation, and control of computerized accounting systems Students use the computer to implement the accounting system modules Emphasis is on financial reporting, receivables, payroll, and payables as they relate to the standard needs of business Peachtree Accounting System is used

Prerequisite: BUS 110, BUS 213, ENG 101, MTH 111/113/115

Credits: 3

Criminal Justice

CJ 101 Introduction to Criminal Justice

This course provides an introduction to the American system of criminal justice The crime problem, the police, the judicial system, and correctional facilities and theories are examined Both the legal and behavioral aspects of each stage of the criminal justice process are discussed and analyzed

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

CJ 185 Policing & Police Practices

An introduction to a range of historical, political, and sociological problems in institutions vested with the responsibility to enforce laws and/or preserve order Emphasis is also placed on the study of the relationship between police and the communities in which they serve

Prerequisite: CJ 101

Credits: 3

CJ 195 Domestic Violence & the Justice System

The main objective of the course is to introduce students to the subject of family violence, especially as it relates to the legal system in the United States Topics include the historical roots of domestic violence, social scientific theoretical perspectives, the roles and the players, the typical prohibitions, the experience of victims who seek help from authorities, and efforts at developing prevention and intervention strategies

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

CJ 200 The American Court System

An analysis of judicial decision-making, with an emphasis on the structure and performance of American trial and appellate courts In addition to reviewing the basic legal concepts that underlie the criminal courts, students examine research findings on the behavior of judges, juries, prosecutors, defense attorneys, defendants, and other key actors in the judicial process

Prerequisite: CJ 101

Credits: 3

CJ 205 Organized Crime

This course addresses that branch of criminality commonly known as “organized crime ” Discussion focuses on a more precise understanding of the term itself, as well as the various forms this type of criminal deviance has taken. There is also an analysis of the impact of notorious criminals whose exploits have shaped organized crime throughout the 20th century to the present

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

CJ 210 Police/Community Relations

This course focuses on the challenges presented by policing in modern communities Focusing on the practical side of policing, topics include the impact of selection, training, and professional socialization on community law enforcement, as well as the effects of discretion, racial diversity, and urban crime

Prerequisites: CJ 101, CJ 185

Credits: 3

CJ 215 Juvenile Delinquency & Justice

This course provides an overview of the phenomenon of juvenile delinquency and the system designed to handle this form of social deviance Topics to be covered include discussions of theoretical explanations of delinquency, the evolution of the concept of juvenile justice, and the system’s response to the problems of child abuse, status offenders, delinquent youth gangs, and trends in juvenile crime.

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

CJ 230 Punishment & Corrections

This course provides a general overview of the American corrections system and a survey of today’s most important correctional problems Emphasis is placed upon the nature of the prison experience, alternatives to incarceration, judicial intervention in correctional affairs, and the controversy concerning the effectiveness of rehabilitation programs

Prerequisite: CJ 101

Credits: 3

1 0 0 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

CJ 235 White-Collar Crime

This course examines various forms of white-collar crime, including corporate crime, occupational crime, and governmental crimes Case studies illustrate the features of many of the different offenses that are included under the term, white-collar crime, including consumer frauds, embezzlement, bribery, and insider trading An introduction to some of the legal issues involved in the investigation and prosecution of white-collar crime are provided

Prerequisite: CJ 101

Credits: 3

CJ 240 Critical Issues in Criminal Justice

Various issues in criminal justice are investigated from an analytical perspective, using assigned readings, class discussion, and guest speakers Issues may include: the drug war, the death penalty, race relations and jury nullification, gender, and criminal law

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

CJ 250 Criminal Evidence

Exploring authentication, reliability, and credibility of evidence through lecture and discussion, the course includes the Federal Rules of Evidence Students learn why certain types of evidence are not permitted in courtrooms and gain insight into investigation and research techniques that are likely to establish a credible basis for prosecution, defense, or presentation of academic or scientific argument

Prerequisite: CJ 101

Credits: 3

CJ 255 Principles of Investigation

This course is designed to provide in-depth instruction of the processes and techniques that apply to all aspects of criminal investigations, from the initial call for service to the court presentation Students are exposed to the methods used in evaluation of the crime scene to determine the type of crime that has been committed and the physical parameters of the area of involvement In addition, students learn how to process the scene by locating, collecting, and preserving physical evidence; interviewing witnesses, victims, and suspects; and preparing crime scene sketches

Prerequisite: CJ 101

Credits: 3

CJ 256 Criminal Investigation and Evidence

The importance and legal significance of evidence are explained in this course The investigative process, from crime scene preservation to case preparation and courtroom presentation, is presented and discussed The various techniques used during criminal investigations, such as photography, interviewing, evidence collection and processing, and crime scene reconstruction are covered, including how each applies to specific types of crimes

Prerequisites: CJ 101

Credits: 3

CJ 260 Youth Courts

Students will be introduced to the basic courtroom procedure and practices and concept of youth courts as a restorative justice tool. Students will then demonstrate their understanding of youth courts by explaining the concepts to high school or middle school students and demonstrating and modeling youth court procedures The course meets twice a week and after the first two-three weeks one meeting will occur in the classroom and one meeting at a site hosted at a middle or high school

Prerequisite: ENG 101 and permission of the Criminal Justice Program Director

Credits: 3

CJ 276 Criminal Law

This course introduces students to the study of substantive criminal law Major topics include the purposes of criminal law, the elements of major crimes, defenses to criminal law, and the societal values embodied in criminal law.

Prerequisites: CJ 101

Credits: 3

CJ 277 Criminal Procedure

This course introduces students to the study of criminal procedure Major topics include the Constitutional sources of criminal procedure law, federal and state criminal procedure, and a consideration of major Constitutional protections afforded by the 4th, 5th, 6th, 8th, and 14th Amendments

Prerequisites: CJ 101

Credits: 3

CJ 286 Animal Law

This course is a survey of the rapidly developing field of animal law at the local, state, and national level It examines issues such as animal welfare, anti-cruelty laws, and related criminal penalties It also explores issues involving the ownership of animals, torts, wills and trusts, and the impacts of free speech and other Constitutional provisions on animal protection statutes

Prerequisites: None

Credits: 3

CJ 296 Senior Seminar

The Senior Seminar is the capstone of the Criminal Justice program. This course is intended for students to demonstrate the synthesis and integration of competencies gained throughout the Criminal Justice curriculum Students will analyze and suggest solutions to real-world case studies, including current events and issues pertaining to policing, courts, and corrections Students will also be prepared to become successful job seekers by practicing interview skills, resume writing, and discussing professionalism and ethics in the field of Criminal Justice

Prerequisites: CJ 101 or equivalent

Credits: 3

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 1 0 1

CJ

299 Independent Study

This is an opportunity for an individual student to pursue a program of self-initiated study with a faculty member This course may be used to fulfill one Criminal Justice elective requirement.

Prerequisite: Approval of Program Director and faculty member supervising the study

Credits: 3

Dental Assisting

DA

100 Dental Assisting Experience

This course will allow students to observe various dental procedures in a clinical setting at Kornberg School of Dentistry and participate with basic hands on, chairside assisting Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher

Prerequisites: DA 121 and current CPR certification

Corequisite: DA 122

Credit: 2

DA 110 Professional Communication Skills in the Healthcare Setting

This course is designed to guide students to learn and utilize professional communication skills verbally, non-verbally, in writing, and via electronic methods They will learn to improve and master communication skills with patients, professional colleagues, patient caregivers, and the community to foster improved patient satisfaction, patient compliance, and health outcomes as well as job satisfaction Professional communication skills gained through this course are designed to help the student be a more successful student clinician as well as have a positive outcome in their future careers in healthcare

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 2

DA

121 Dental Assisting I

This course is an introduction to the dental assisting profession and prepares students to function effectively as an integral member of the dental health team Emphasis will be placed on proper asepsis and sterilization techniques according to blood borne pathogen and OSHA standards maintaining HIPAA guidelines, preparing the operatory and patient for treatment, and to perform basic chair-side assisting Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher

Prerequisite: Current CPR certification, completion of Castle Branch requirements.

Credits: 4

DA 122 Dental Assisting II

This course is a continuation of Dental Assisting I and prepares students to function effectively as an integral member of the dental health team and to perform 4handed dentistry in restorative and in the various specialties Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher

Prerequisites: DA 121 and current CPR certification

Credits: 4

DA 141 Basic Dental Science

This course is an introduction to anatomical systems with emphasis placed on head and neck anatomy, oral pathology, pharmacology, and medical emergencies Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

DA 142 Dental Materials

This lecture and lab course is designed to give the student fundamental knowledge of the dental materials commonly employed in the practice of dentistry Special emphasis is placed on their properties, the proper technique of manipulation, and the influence of manipulation upon these properties Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher

Prerequisites: DA 121; DE 192

Credits: 3

DA 200 Dental Assisting Practicum

This clinical course is designed to give the student clinical experience in all phases of dental assisting in the practice of dentistry

The practicum spans a ten-week period during the summer: five weeks at the Kornberg School of Dentistry at Temple University and five weeks in private practice Students participate in a weekly seminar during their clinical experience Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher

Prerequisites: DA 121, DA 122, DA 142; DE 150, DE192, a grade point average of 2.0 or higher, recommendation of the program director and current CPR certification

Credits: 81

DA 243 Dental Assisting III

This course expands on the clinical skills and knowledge of the dental assisting student to include restorative functions at an introduction level and prepare them to perform restorative and preventative procedures on patients while working within the State Practice Act Student must earn a grade of B- (80 percent) or higher

Prerequisites: DA 121, DA 122, DA 142, DA 200; DE 192, DE 150 and successful completion of the DANB Radiation Health and Safety examination

Credits: 5

DA 245 Dental Office Procedures

This course is an introduction to basic dental office procedures with emphasis placed on the duties of the dental receptionist and utilization of computers to perform business office procedures Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 2

1 0 2 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

DA 247 Preventive Health and Nutrition

This course offers in-depth study of the role nutrition plays in oral health promotion and disease prevention Students are introduced to oral health theories, oral disease prevention, patient education skills, and the physical health correlations to dentistry Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 2

DA 249 Dental Assisting IV Seminar

This seminar course addresses problemsolving case studies, legal and ethical aspects of practice, and responsibility of care during the clinical phase of practicum Student must earn a grade of B- (80 percent) or higher

Prerequisites: DA 121, DA 122, DA 142, DA 200, DA 243, DA 245, DE 192, DE 150

Credit: 1

DA 250 Dental Assisting IV Internship

This internship is a two-day per week clinical rotation. Students intern at area hospitals or dental practices which cover experience in all phases of clinical dental assisting and expanded functions Total of 240 hours Student must earn a grade of B(80%) or higher DA 243 and DA 250 must be taken in consecutive semesters

Prerequisites: DA 121, DA 122, DA 142, DA 200, DA 243, DA 245; DE 192, DE 150; Pennsylvania Radiology Certification and current CPR certification

Credits: 7

Dental Education

DE 150 Dental Radiology

This is an introductory course designed to provide the student with knowledge of the nature and behavior of x-rays, the principles of radiological health along with the principles and methods employed in the paralleling technique, the bisecting angle technique, extra-oral techniques, and radiographic interpretation of normal and abnormal structures Students receive hands-on experience in exposing radiographs Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher

Prerequisite or Corequisite: DE 192

Credits: 3

DE 191 Head and Neck Anatomy

This course involves the study of the anatomical structures of the head and neck

The osteology of the skull, the structure of the nasal cavity and sinuses, and the muscles, nerves, and vascular system of the head and neck are studied Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher

Prerequisite: DE 192

Credit: 1

DE 192 Dental Anatomy

This course is designed to introduce the student to the structural and functional interrelationship of the human dentition and the oral cavity The student becomes familiar with anatomical structures of the oral cavity, morphological characteristics, and the dynamics of the primary and permanent dentition through the use of reading assignments, class activities, computer activities, and laboratory exercises. The functional interrelationships of the dentition through occlusion are incorporated throughout Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 2

Graphic Design

DDN 151 Digital Imaging Production

Students will examine traditional pre-press and computer-based image production The course will cover basic design concepts and the use of industry-standard software to produce images that are suitable for print and digital applications

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

DDN153 Design Foundations I

In this course, students will learn basic structural layout skills with strong emphasis on proper page partitioning and typography Conceptual design will also be stressed with the use of several projects designed to motivate the student Students will create a variety of projects focused on grid-based design Beginning with the formulation of type’s history and basic terminology, students will learn to see typography as a visual design element. Students will also learn and master typesetting software through a series of lectures and projects

Prerequisites: None

Credits: 3

DDN 161 Color Theory

Through a series of design projects, students will learn how color impacts design and why understanding how color behaves is critical to the success of the graphic designer/illustrator Additionally, through the use of various media, students will develop skills in design and painting, appreciate the diverse meaning of color globally, and gain authority over the illusive and expressive aspects of color.

Prerequisites: None

Credits: 3

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 1 0 3

DDN 163 Computer Illustration

This course explores the basic concepts of illustration and using the computer as a drawing tool Students will develop their skills and ability to organize and create custom illustration. Furthermore, students are introduced to both the creative and professional applications of technology to drawing in both vector-based illustration and pixel-based illustration The course examines the role of digital illustration in the graphic arts and addresses the application of classroom knowledge to solving problems in desktop publishing

Prerequisite: DDN 151

Credits: 3

DDN166 Design Foundations II

In this course students will be encouraged to think creatively to transform a complex concept into a simple but understandable form. All classic forms of logo development and symbols will be explored through rough pencil “thumbs” to finished comprehensive designs The students will apply graphic design to literature, advertisements, letterheads, and packaging

Prerequisite: DDN 152

Credits: 3

DDN 171 History of Art and Graphic Design

This course provides a comprehensive study of the historically important periods, styles, and artists encompassing both fine arts and graphic design This course will focus on the development of image creation, typography, and visual communications, from the earliest images in caves, to the modern design movement, to contemporary graphic design Students will learn how artists from each generation influence the images we see and create every day

Prerequisites: None

Credits: 3

DDN 176 Interactive Graphics

This course focuses on developing the processes encountered in web development Students will develop the expertise, coding, and software knowledge required for professional graphic designers working today

Prerequisites: None

Credits: 3

DDN 252 Web Design Studio

In this course students will build and publish websites using applications for web development Additionally, they will create numerous projects that explore concepts in US/UI design including the framework for their portfolio websites

Prerequisites: None

Credits: 3

DDN 262 Design Studio I

In this course, students will execute designs and illustrations within strict guidelines, such as subject matter, size constraints, and application of typography Emphasis will be placed on experimentation to develop one’s own style Projects will focus on the limitations and freedoms met by professional designers and illustrators.

Prerequisites: DDN 165

Credits: 3

DDN 268 Creative Advertising

The focus of this course will be to encourage creative advertising strategy and creative concept development Students will define the benefit of a product or service and create advertising that speaks to a particular audience This course will encompass using the creative process from rough pencil “thumbnails,” to final color comprehensives Using type, illustration, and photography, students will create ads for print, web, TV, and other media

Prerequisites: DDN 163

Credits: 3

DDN 281 Computer Graphics

Students will learn the basic workflow of digital art creation using Adobe software Students will create numerous design projects using digital and hands-on techniques with a focus on using the professionally accepted application to complete the assignment Students will continue developing software now utilizing each application for its intended purpose Each project is designed to focus on one area of the applications or combinations of each (Illustrator, Photoshop, InDesign)

Prerequisites: DDN 163

Credits: 3

DDN 282 Brand Identity

In this course the student will learn to design and produce brand identity programs From the first meeting with a client, to preliminary designs, to final presentations, the student will learn the skills necessary for success. This course will teach students to incorporate high levels of creativity into their projects while maintaining important practical and technical standards

Prerequisites: DDN 163

Credits: 3

DDN 286 Portfolio Studio

This course will involve a complete evaluation, update, and refinement of portfolio work for visual preparation to meet current or expected needs in the job search process A complete portfolio both online and print will be created by semester’s end

Prerequisites: DDN 252

Credits: 3

1 0 4 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

Interior Design

DES 101 Interior Design I

In this course students will develop design skills for residential spaces Initial studio exploration focuses on the principles of design which include, but are not limited to scale, proportion, balance, rhythm, emphasis, and harmony Focus will be placed on the arrangement of space, furniture planning, color psychology, and the selection of appropriate finishes and materials within an interior environment

Corequisite: DES 107

Credits: 4

DES 102 Interior Design II

This course allows the student to work with contract projects and expands the student’s knowledge of space planning, traffic, and workflow Emphasis is placed on the development of a concept for an interior environment Introduced are ADA (handicap accessible) codes and the use of Sustainable (Green) materials Learning takes place in the Design Studio

Prerequisites: DES 101, DES 107

Credits: 4

DES 103 History of Furniture

This course provides an overview of the development of furniture styles within a historical and social context

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

Core Arts/Humanities Elective

DES 104 Interior Perspective

This course is an introduction to the methods and media of perspective drawing Both mechanical drawing and sketch techniques are taught Drawing development takes place in the Design Studio and continues at home

Prerequisite: DES 107

Credits: 4

DES 107 Technical Drawing

This course is an introduction to the drawing methods required for an interior designer to communicate design ideas The student will purchase and learn how to use requisite mechanical drawing tools and equipment The student will learn how to read plans, survey an existing structure to record accurate measurements, develop floor plans and elevations, draw electrical plans, and layout finish plans, door and window schedules for any typical residential or contract design project

Corequisite: DES 101

Credits: 4

DES 108 Materials

This course provides an understanding of the selection of materials available for floor, wall, and ceiling finishes for both residential and contract design projects Emphasis is placed on Sustainable Materials and Sustainable Design The student analyzes the component materials of products with an effort to understand the applications of these materials on the job site

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

DES 111 Feng Shui

This course gives an overview of the history and theory on the practice of Feng Shui Concepts such as the theory of Yin and Yang, the eight trigrams and the Bagua, the sectors of life experiences, and the methods used to activate each of these sectors are reviewed Classes take the form of lectures accompanied by slides and class discussions that enable the student to participate in sample case histories The student is required to take a space and present a written review of some issues and the corrective enhancements recommended for the space

Prerequisite: DES 107

Credits: 3

DES 150 Drawing for Interiors

This course allows students to develop their drawing skills by using lines and tone on paper to represent a three-dimensional space Happily for the designer, many kinds of drawings are immediately intelligible to most people because they are seen as “realistic” images of the subjects they represent Making such images by hand on paper is the art of drawing, which serves the designer well The student will draw interiors of rooms and buildings without the use of drafting tools to enable them to become more comfortable with freehand drawing and sketching.

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

DES 151 Introduction to 3D Modeling

This course introduces and provides the fundamental knowledge and practical application of the three dimensional computer modeling program, SketchUp

Prerequisite: DES101, DES107 or approval from Instructor

Credits: 3

DES 201 Interior Design III

This course is a continuation of DES 102

Interior Design II and focuses on contract design projects that may include a corporate headquarters, a cyber café, a bank, an art gallery, etc Learning takes place in the Design Studio

Prerequisites: DES 101, DES 102, DES 104, DES 107, DES 108

Credits: 4

DES 202 Interior Design IV

This course is a continuation of DES 101

Interior Design I and DES 201 Interior Design II and focuses on residential design projects Projects may include a loft residence, beach condominium, artist in residence coop gallery, fitness center, etc Learning takes place in the Design Studio

Prerequisites: DES 101, DES 102, DES 104, DES 107, DES 108, DES 201

Credits: 4

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 1 0 5

DES 206 Building Systems

This course is an introduction to building systems – heating, ventilation, plumbing, electrical, and lighting Emphasis is placed on integrating them as design elements

Class lectures and assignments relate to students’ studio design projects

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

DES 208 Portfolio Preparation

The student has the opportunity for an individual review of his/her portfolio and, after an evaluation of career objectives, is advised on where to make revisions and additions to the portfolio Students also plan and implement, as a team, a portfolio show that is given the last week of class Students’ work is refined, developed, and assembled for prospective employment opportunities

Prerequisites: DES 101, DES 107, DES 103, DES 102, DES 104, DES 108, DES 250, DES 201, DES 270, DES 150, DES 260, DES 151, Design Elective unless approved by Program Director

Corequisites: DES 202, DES 206

Credits: 4

DES 212 Lighting for Commercial and Residential Spaces

Lighting is presented as a decorative and functional element in residential and commercial interiors Topics explored include light and texture, color, lamp types, lighting techniques, fixtures, schedules, and switching patterns Student assignments include graphic exercises in lighting design and lighting calculations based on student design projects

Prerequisites: DES 101, DES 102, DES 107

Credits: 3

DES 230 Practicum I

With the assistance of a faculty advisor, the student will identify an appropriate internship site with a local interior design firm

All interns are required to complete 90 hours of work/study within the semester, working a minimum of 6 hours per week under the direction of a qualified Interior Designer Interns are expected to contribute to the host firm at a high level of design interaction All interns will meet weekly with the faculty advisor and document their experience through journaling

Prerequisites: None

Credits: 3

DES 231 Practicum II

Further Development of Practicum I

Prerequisites: DES230

Credits: 3

DES 250 CAD I

This course teaches the basic operation of the CAD LT drafting software program Classes allow hands-on training during the class and lab sessions All classes are held in the Computer Lab

Prerequisites: DES 101, DES 107

Credits: 4

DES 251 CAD II (self-directed study)

Further study of the capabilities of computer-aided design with emphasis on three dimensional design

Prerequisite: DES 250 with a grade of C or higher

Credits: 4

DES 260 Business Practices

This course covers the various aspects of business practices for the interior design professional It includes the development of a business plan, business structure, legal terms, business forms, billing, ordering procedures, contracts, and liabilities Topics include ethics, trade relations, and clientcontractor design relations

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

DES 270 Advanced Technical Drawing

This course focuses on developing an understanding of the built environment and requires the student to design and draw custom details used in interiors. The student will construct a working set of drawings from a selected Design II project Learning takes place in the Design Studio

Prerequisites: DES 101, DES 102, DES 107

Credits: 4

DES 306 Kitchen and Bath Design Fundamentals

This course presents the fundamentals of kitchen and bath design Through lectures, projects, and guest speakers, the student applies space planning and storage solutions Technical issues such as plumbing, appliances, cabinet options, and specifications are reviewed

Prerequisites: DES 101, DES107

Credits: 3

DES 308 Sustainable Design

Interior environmental conditions are explored with specific attention to their impact on human sensory reactions, impact on sustainability, health, and safety.

Prerequisites: DES 101, DES 107

Credits: 3

DES 310 Selected Studies in Interior Design I

Special areas of study in Interior Design adjusted to the needs of the student. Approval from the program director is required

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

DES 311 Selected Studies in Interior Design II

Special areas of study in Interior Design adjusted to the needs of the student

Approval from the program director is required

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

1 0 6 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

DES 312 Decorative Arts

This course surveys the decorative arts from all cultures from the ancient period to the modern period Through lectures, speakers, and field trips, the student explores textiles, carpets, and porcelains of western civilization The student, through personal exploration and research, creates a decorative art piece throughout the semester

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

Dental Hygiene

DH 101 Preventative Oral Health Services I – Pre-Clinic

This course is an introduction to clinical dental hygiene practice, which integrates clinical skills, theory, and interpersonal skills through a variety of learning experiences. The student is prepared both didactically and clinically for a direct role in the provision of oral health services The student must have: proof of a current CPR certification from an approved CPR course, including adult, child, infant, and AED; health clearance including Blood Quantiferon, and proof of medical insurance Purchase of instrument kits and uniforms are necessary for participation in this class Student must achieve a C (75%) in the course

Prerequisite: CHE 102

Corequisites: DH 170, DE 192, DE 150, BIO 103

Credits: 4

DH 110 Preventative Oral Health Services II – Seminar

This course is a continuation of dental hygiene theory with emphasis on principles in pedodontic, dental health education, product selection, polishing and scaling technique, and patient motivation as it relates to the clinical setting Student must achieve a C (75%) in the course.

Prerequisites: BIO 103, DE 192, DE 150, DH 101, DH 170

Corequisites: DH 121, BIO 104, DE 191, DH 111, DH 180

Credits: 2

DH 111 Preventative Oral Health Services II – Clinic | (Part

I and II)

This course is the second in a series of four semesters of clinical dental hygiene practice. Emphasis is placed on the application of didactic material and the basic sciences to the clinical environment in order to develop proficiency in the development of motor skills, dental hygiene care planning, and patient management skills

Participation in specialty clinic rotations orients the student to additional clinical settings Student must achieve a C (75%) in the course.

Prerequisites: DH 170 and DH 101

Corequisites: DH 110, DH 121, DH 180, DH 190

Sequential course: DH 111 must be taken the semester immediately following successful completion of DH 101 or the student will need to repeat DH 101

Credits: 4

DH 121 Medical Emergencies

This course prepares allied health professionals to manage medical emergencies in the health care setting Topics included will be prevention, recognition of indicative signs and symptoms, and classification and management of medical emergencies. Emphasis is placed on the pathophysiology of the condition leading to the emergency situation Student must achieve a C (75%) in the course

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 1

DH 142 Dental Materials

This lecture course is designed to give the student fundamental knowledge of the dental materials commonly employed in the practice of dentistry Special emphasis is placed on their properties, the proper technique of manipulation, and the influence of manipulation upon these properties Student must achieve a C (75%) in the course

Prerequisite: DE 192

Credits: 2

DH 170 Dental Histology/ Embryology

This course is designed to educate the student on the histology and embryology of the structures of the oral cavity An understanding of these structures from a histological perspective is vital in preparing the student for the clinical experience and is foundation knowledge for upper level dental hygiene courses Student must achieve a C (75%) in the course

Prerequisite: CHE 102

Corequisites: BIO 103, DE 192

Credits: 2

DH 180 Periodontics I

This course is designed to survey the basic information regarding the dental specialty of periodontics Through reading assignments, seminar discussion, and class activities on case-based application, the student will become familiar with the differences between normal and diseased periodontium and the dynamics of the unique disease process that concerns the periodontium Student must achieve a C (75%) in the course

Prerequisites: BIO 103 DE 150; DH 101, DH 170 DE 192

Corequisites: DH 110, DH 111, BIO 104, BIO 205

Credits: 2

DH 190 Oral Pathology

This course will describe the etiology, pathophysiology, structural, and functional alterations that result from the disease processes. The course includes basics of both general and oral pathology General pathology includes an overview of basic disease processes, such as cellular adaptations, inflammation, immunology, and wound healing The oral portion of the course emphasizes the process of determining a differential diagnosis based on clinical signs and symptoms Student must achieve a C (75%) in the course.

Prerequisites: BIO 103, BIO 104, DH 170, DH 110, DH 111

Corequisites: DH 201, DH 202

Credits: 2

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 1 0 7

DH 200 Dental Anesthesia – Part I

The Anesthesia Course is a two-part course Part I provides the didactic knowledge and Part II the clinical technique and hands-on experience Together, both courses are designed to provide the student with the knowledge and hands-on laboratory experience to perform local anesthesia injections in the dental hygiene clinical setting The successful completion of both courses and the completion of the clinical requirements will provide the student with the required didactic and laboratory/clinical knowledge to apply for the permit to administer anesthesia as part of the dental hygiene licensure in the state of Pennsylvania Student must achieve a C (75%) in the course

Prerequisites: DH 110, DE 191, DH 121, BIO 103, BIO 104

Corequisites: DH 111

Credit: 1

DH 201 Preventative Oral Health Services III – Seminar

This course is designed to provide the student with the opportunity to integrate didactic material and concepts to apply to clinical dental hygiene practice A variety of patient care case studies are examined to further develop the student’s problem solving and critical thinking skills within the provision of care Course content includes nutritional counseling, tobacco cessation, and family abuse and neglect An evidencebased research project is a required component of this course Student must achieve a C (75%) in the course

Prerequisites: DH 110, DH 111, DH 180, DH 200

Corequisites: BIO 210; DH 190, DH 202, DH 270, DH 280

Credits: 2

DH 202 Preventative Oral Health Services III – Clinic

This is the third in a series of four semesters of clinical dental hygiene practice Emphasis is placed on dental hygiene care planning and treatment of a variety of patient case types The administration of local anesthesia begins this semester Participation in specialty clinic rotations orients the student to additional clinical settings Student must achieve a C (75%) in the course

Prerequisites: DH 110, DH 111, DH 180; Corequisites: BIO 210; DH 201, DH 270, DH 280

Credits: 4

DH 203 Dental Anesthesia – Part II

The Anesthesia Course is a two-part course Part I provides the didactic knowledge and Part II the clinical technique and hands-on experience. Together, both courses are designed to provide the student with the knowledge and hands-on laboratory experience to perform local anesthesia injections in the dental hygiene clinical setting The successful completion of both courses and the completion of the clinical requirements will provide the student with the required didactic and laboratory/clinical knowledge to apply for the permit to administer anesthesia as part of the dental hygiene licensure in the state of Pennsylvania Student must achieve a C (75%) in the course

Prerequisites: DH 200, DH 110, DH 111; Corequisites: DH 201, DH 202

Credit: 1

DH 210 Preventive Oral Health Services IV – Seminar

This course is designed to provide the student with the opportunity to integrate didactic materials related to the special needs of patients who are medically compromised so that concepts learned can be applied to clinical dental hygiene practice The needs of the sensory-impaired, pregnant, and disabled dental patients are examined This seminar further develops skills in patient management and dental hygiene care planning for the patient with special needs Student must achieve a C (75%) in the course

Prerequisites: BIO 210; DH 201, DH 202, DH 142, DH 270, DH 280

Corequisite: DH 211

Credits: 2

DH 211 Preventative Oral Health Services IV – Clinic

This course is the fourth and final in a series of four semesters of clinical dental hygiene practice Emphasis is placed on developing competency in all dental hygiene procedures, including local anesthesia Participation in specialty clinic rotations orients the student to additional clinical settings Student must achieve a C (75%) in the course

Prerequisites: BIO 210; DH 201, DH 202, DH 270, DH 280

Corequisite: DH 210

Credits: 5

DH 270 Pharmacology

Pharmacology introduces the dental hygienist to the study of drugs and how they affect biological systems This course provides the student with a base of knowledge in the principles of pharmacology and the drugs used in the current therapy of disease states, as well as a solid foundation in the terminology and vocabulary that is associated with pharmacology Special emphasis is given to those drugs administered or prescribed in the dental practice, as well as those drugs whose actions, side effects, or interactions with other drugs may impact dental health care Student must achieve a C (75%) in the course

Prerequisites: BIO 103, BIO 104, DE 191, DH 110, DH 111, CHE 102

Credits: 2

1 0 8 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

DH 271 Community Dental Health

This course is designed to introduce the student to the concepts of public health and community dentistry Students will participate in community fieldwork during the course. The fieldwork incorporates a dental health education program which will require the student to apply principles of education, epidemiology, research, and biostatistics to assess, plan, implement, and evaluate a program designed for a target community group Student must achieve a C (75%) in the course

Prerequisites: DH 201, DH 202

Credits: 2

DH 280 Periodontics II

This course is designed as a sequel to DH 180 Emphasis is placed on various aspects of periodontal therapy, both surgical and non-surgical, chemical agents, periodontal maintenance, and implant maintenance. The course focuses on the dental hygienists role in periodontics as it relates to dental hygiene practice There is a laboratory component to the course Students must achieve a grade of C (75%) in this course

Prerequisite: DH 180

Corequisites: DH 142, DH 201, DH 202

Credits: 3

DH 282 Current Concepts in Dental Hygiene

Issues related to the current practice of dental hygiene, legal and ethical aspects of practice, and responsibility for the provision of care are discussed in a seminar format. Issues concerning licensure are also discussed Student must achieve a C (75%) in the course

Prerequisites: DH 201, DH 202

Credits: 2

Education

EDU 110 Foundations for Success in Early Childhood Education

This course is designed for students to build the foundations for success in the Early Childhood Education program. Topics include a variety of course tools, successful lesson planning, observation and recording, appropriate assessments, and research in the ECE field

Prerequisites: None

Credits: 3

EDU 112 Introductions to Early Childhood Education

This course is a study of the theoretical foundations of early childhood education and their practical implementations, including a historical perspective and an overview of current philosophies The course will review children’s social, emotional, cognitive, and physical development and explore appropriate expectations for children at various ages Emphasis is placed on developmentally appropriate practice and its implications for curriculum, environment, and interactions in early childhood settings

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 4

EDU 120 Classroom Management

This course is designed to emphasize strategies to manage an effective program operation in an early childhood setting, such as: organizing, planning, record keeping, and communicating This course is designed to (1) define, specify, and measure the behaviors teachers recognize as necessary in managing the needs of children; (2) equip teachers with an understanding of the basic principles of behavior change; (3) provide the teacher with a humanistic philosophical approach to behavior modification; (4) give practice of learning principles in effecting change of the academic study and social behaviors of students.

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

EDU 122 Introduction to Special Education

This course bases its objectives on the knowledge that all teacher candidates will need to know how to work with a diverse group and level of children with disabilities. It will acquaint the teacher candidate with the legal mandates of the teacher serving children with disabilities in the least restrictive setting, as well as the characteristics of those children with disabilities, including the effects of family demographics

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

EDU 202 Program Planning: Infant/Toddler

This advanced course is a study of infant and toddler development and the implications for designing quality early childhood experiences for children and their families Emphasis is placed on developmentally appropriate practice and its implications for curriculum, environment, and interactions in infant/toddler settings

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 4

EDU 206 Science Methods PreK-4th

This course is designed to help those working in the field of early childhood education and pre-service teachers to become familiar with beginning science concepts, including the study of nature, concepts of time and space, and knowledge about interacting with the physical world Emphasized are the issues and strategies surrounding teaching in a developmental framework using hands-on experiences

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 1 0 9

EDU 209 Math Methods PreK-4th

This course focuses on learning theories and teaching strategies for early childhood mathematics Class sessions will be interactive and will include a variety of hands-on experiences with concrete and virtual manipulatives appropriate for elementary school mathematics We will explore the teaching of mathematics, investigating both what to teach and how to teach it It is based on the ideas, goals, and recommendations of the National Council of Teachers of Mathematics (NCTM), namely that all children can and do enjoy mathematics, that children learn best by actively exploring and investigating math, and that problem solving, reasoning, and communication are important goals of mathematics teaching and learning We will be studying the process and content strands and the interrelationships between the strands Students will work with manipulatives and technologies to explore mathematics, solve problems, and learn ways to teach mathematics content to children

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

EDU 212 Social Studies Methods PreK-4th

This course is a study of social studies and health education curricula, instruction, and assessment in early childhood National, state, and local standards are utilized as frameworks to explore the context, purpose, content, and interdisciplinary nature of the disciplines By the end of the course, students should appreciate and demonstrate the importance of valuing diversity, reflective thinking, problem-solving, and modeling pro-social behavior to young children The course includes hands-on opportunities to develop and present developmentally appropriate social studies/health curriculum and lesson plans

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

EDU 220 Early Literacy

This course is designed to help students become familiar with language acquisition, emerging communication, growth milestones, and ages and stages of language development of early childhood. The course will focus on creating developmentally appropriate learning environments that foster and develop literacy in young children Special emphasis will be placed on developing listening and understanding, speaking and communicating, book knowledge and appreciation/print awareness, and early writing Some of the strategies used to accomplish these goals during the course include storytelling, read aloud strategies and the use of felt boards, and other developmentally appropriate materials to enhance and develop early literacy

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

EDU 227 Educational Focus Project

The purpose of the Educational Focus Project is to give students the opportunity to apply educational theory to the classroom setting Assignments focus on observations, documentation, and independent, classroom-based research The focus of the project will enable students to develop indepth knowledge in areas such as careers in Early Childhood Education, scholarships available to the ECE professional, and the current trends in the ECE field The course consists of a combination of meetings with the instructor, internet-based communication, and independent research

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

EDU 228 PreK Methods and Field Experience

This advanced course is a study of the preschool child’s development and the implications for designing quality early childhood experiences for them and their families. Emphasis is placed on developmentally appropriate practice and its implications for curriculum, environment, and interactions in preschool settings The course includes observing, recording, and designing childinterest based experiences in a preschool setting

Prerequisites: ART 120, EDU 112, EDU 122, EDU202, EDU 206, EDU 209, EDU 212 EDU 220, PSY 154

Credits: 6

English

ENG 097 English for International Students

This course focuses on the grammar skills required of a non-native speaker and on the writing process in English The class is student-responsive and accordingly uses error analysis to determine the linguistic needs of each student Writing is taught as a process, including pre-writing, planning, proofreading, and writing various drafts The course covers the use of topic sentences, thesis statements, unity, coherence, and various types of development, usually narrative, process, compare/contrast, cause effect, and argumentative writing

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

(Graduation credit is not awarded for this course, and this course does not fulfill core curriculum requirements )

ENG 101 English Composition I

This course involves instruction in the principles of written and oral expression, centering on the writing of essays Various texts are studied for understanding of content, structure, and form A short research project is required to demonstrate successful application of preliminary research skills

Prerequisite: IAD 100 with a grade of C or higher or satisfactory score on placement test

Credits: 3

1 1 0 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

ENG 102 English Composition II

This course continues the development and strengthening of the language and communication skills of reading, writing, and speaking Readings from a variety of genres are used to generate discussion, essays, and oral presentations A research paper is required to demonstrate skills in effective research, information literacy, and technology

Prerequisite: ENG 101 with a grade of C or higher

Credits: 3

ENG 103 Public Speaking

This course seeks to develop student confidence before an audience and includes such areas as platform delivery, oral delivery, organization, and speech content Class assignments emphasize elementary speeches of special occasion, instruction, and persuasion (debate/rebuttal).

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

Core Arts/Humanities Elective

ENG 201 Introduction to Short Fiction

This course explores short fiction of the world with an emphasis on interpreting its meaning and relevancy and revealing its diversity as it relates to the 21st century Through group presentations and discussions, students have an opportunity to widen their intellectual horizons as they read and research masterpieces of great writers

Prerequisite: ENG 101, ENG 102

Credits: 3

Core Arts/Humanities Elective

ENG 202 Introduction to Poetry

This course is an organized study of poetic expression, structure, and language as a recreation of the writer’s experience. Basic tools, particularly meter and rhyme, employed in most types of English language verse are examined

Prerequisite: None

Core Arts/Humanities Elective

English as a Second Language

ESL 053 Beginner Grammar

At the beginning level, grammar and American cultural context are connected Students learn the grammar necessary to communicate verbally and in writing, and learn how American culture plays a role in language, beliefs, and everyday situations

In addition to controlled grammar exercises, communicative exercises are crucial so that students can bridge the gap between knowing grammatical structures and using them Students learn the basic parts of speech focusing on the importance of subjects and verbs.

Credits: 6

Graduation credit is not awarded for this course

ESL 054 Beginner Oral Communication

In this course, the students will practice listening for a variety of purposes and hear examples of different types of spoken English including casual conversations, instructions, directions, requests, descriptions, apologies, and suggestions The essential listening skills that will be practiced include listening for key words, details and gist; listening and making inferences; listening for attitudes; listening to questions and responding; and recognizing and identifying information

Credits: 3

Graduation credit is not awarded for this course

ESL 055 Beginner Reading

The following reading strategies will be emphasized: memorizing new vocabulary, using context clues, identifying main ideas, finding key details, understanding transition words, primarily at the sentence level, differentiating between fact and opinion, making inferences, understanding hints, skimming, scanning, using prefixes, roots, and suffixes to understand word meaning, and becoming familiar with the basic allEnglish dictionary

Credits: 5

Graduation credit is not awarded for this course

ESL 056 Beginner Writing

Although students will be introduced to the concept of the paragraph, they will primarily be writing at the sentence level Students will write 3-4 sentence descriptive, narrative, and chronological paragraphs. Students will work with simple and compound sentences although one or two more complex structures may be introduced The students will focus on adhering to the various steps in the writing process, paragraph format, and sentence combining

Credits: 6

Graduation credit is not awarded for this course

ESL 073 Intermediate Grammar

The course will focus on specific grammar usage problems that intermediate students typically experience Students will use textbooks, computer resources, and communicative activities to learn and utilize correct grammatical structures such as verb tenses, adjectives, articles, other parts of speech, clauses versus phrases, and basic word order The course will help students identify and correct errors in the above and other problematic grammatical areas and improve students’ grammatical structure in writing activities

Credits: 5

Graduation credit is not awarded for this course

ESL 074 Intermediate Oral Communication

In this course, students will develop speaking skills necessary for participation in class and for giving simple presentations Successful oral communication in social as well as academic situations will be stressed Students will also develop listening skills necessary for comprehending a short lecture

Credits: 3

Graduation credit is not awarded for this course

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 1 1 1

ESL 075 Intermediate Reading

In this intermediate level reading course, selections from literature, popular media, and academic texts are read and discussed Students will analyze paragraphs to find the main idea, learn about prefixes and roots to expand their vocabulary, and complete long-term reading assignments out-of-class to supplement the reading strategies in the textbooks

Credits: 6

Graduation credit is not awarded for this course

ESL 076 Intermediate Writing

In this course, students are introduced to the concept of the paragraph and write simple descriptive, narrative, and chronological paragraphs Some students may advance to the 3-paragraph essay Students will work primarily with simple and compound sentences although one or two more complex structures will be introduced The students will focus on adhering to the various steps in writing and sentence combining

Credits: 6

Graduation credit is not awarded for this course

ESL

093 Advanced Grammar

Students at this level are expected to have sufficient linguistic skills to function effectively in English comfortably; thus, error analysis is stressed in several areas The textbook offers many passages where students are to correct grammar errors in a given passage In addition, as the teacher pinpoints errors in spoken and written form, specific grammar practice occurs Much of the specific grammar practice is individualized Areas in which students often need further study are sentence word order, use of verb forms, the article system, use of prepositions, the verbal system, phrasal verbs , complicated clause structures, the passive voice and the subjunctive mood. Technology and the internet are used to provide the students with websites that will enhance their learning of the above grammar points

Credits: 5

Graduation credit is not awarded for this course

ESL 094 Advanced Oral Communication

In this course, students will prepare for college level communication focusing on the development of academic listening skills as well as skills to enhance their delivery of oral presentations This includes improving their pronunciation through group discussions, pair exercises, and other pronunciation practice activities

Credits: 3

Graduation credit is not awarded for this course

ESL 095

Advanced Reading

In this course, students will prepare for college level reading assignments through comprehension building exercises and application of reading strategies, important for increasing reading speed and fluency Students will also work on increasing their vocabulary through practice exercises and the study of roots, affixes, idioms, collocations, and dictionary skills In addition, students will learn research skills and become more familiar with the library and online research tools

Credits: 6

Graduation credit is not awarded for this course.

ESL 096 Advanced Writing

Students work on perfecting the essay format examining the persuasive and expository essay in detail, as they continue to work on applying their knowledge of grammar in their writing Students will be introduced to research tools and the importance of citing sources when writing an essay will be emphasized Technology and the internet are an integral part of this class An exit writing test is given to support college admission

Credits: 6

Graduation credit is not awarded for this course

Fashion Design

FSH 102 Flat Pattern Design

This course introduces the student to the flat pattern method of pattern design Draping and drafting patterns of designs from the student’s original sketches will be introduced. Students will learn a number of different techniques in order to produce a finished pattern

Prerequisite: FSH 106, FSH 204

Credits: 3

FSH 104 Introduction to Fashion Design and Merchandising

This intensive course provides students with a foundation in the design and graphic skills that are necessary for a career in Fashion Design General themes and topics include form, color, and pattern; fabric selection and textile technology; model drawing and the purpose of the design sketch; history; and contemporary fashion The course addresses issues of designing a collection as well as audience and marketing considerations for the designer Students are expected to complete regular assignments for in-class critique and keep a fashion sketch book throughout the course

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

FSH 105 Photoshop for Fashion

This is a project based class where students will develop skills in computer aided design and print production using Adobe Photoshop The course will introduce the role that computer aided design plays in the fashion industry, for both designers and merchandisers. Beginning with foundation abilities, each project will build skills The class structure is primarily hands-on – laboriented and project based, although there may be assigned reading and some required writing The projects will be supplemented with lectures, demonstration, videos, online research, fashion journaling, and critiques

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

1 1 2 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

FSH 106 Apparel Construction Skills

Design and merchandising require basic knowledge that leads to good design and/or quality assessment In combination with the basic apparel construction process, students acquire valuable apparel skills through supervised laboratory sewing experiences to work through manipulative techniques Students gain artistic expression through investigation, precision, common sense and good taste, and selection and application of fabric and pattern

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

FSH 107 Draping

A study of three-dimensional fashion design conceptualization by draping in muslin or fashion fabric directly on the dress form Skill development in observing grain of fabric, identifying drapable fabrics, and creating designs suitable for draping. Presentation of a research paper on a major fashion designer’s draping techniques

Prerequisite: FSH 106 and FSH 204 with a C 75% or higher

FSH 108 Apparel Design 1 –Designing with Wovens

This course is a continuation of FSH 106, Apparel Construction Skills, and focuses on advanced skills of construction Students will use a combination of draping and pattern drafting skills to make patterns Projects may include a dress, skirt, pant, jacket or coat, shirt or blouse Special attention will focus on proper fit of a garment

Prerequisites: FSH 106 or approval from Program Director

Credits: 3

FSH 201 Illustrator, Flats, and Technical Drawing

This is a project based class where students will develop skills in drawing technical flats and computer aided design using Adobe Illustrator. This course will introduce sketching Fashion Flats according to Fashion Industry standards Beginning with foundation abilities, each project will build skills The class structure is primarily hands-on – lab-oriented and project based, although there may be assigned reading and some required writing The projects will be supplemented with lectures, demonstration, videos, online research, fashion journaling, and critiques

Prerequisite: FSH 104

Credits: 3

FSH 202 Portfolio and Presentation

In this course, Fashion Design and Merchandising students will practice the skills they have learned in previous classes to create a professional portfolio They will apply knowledge of design principles and elements to create works in both digital and traditional media Students will evaluate past work, edit, and update contents to display their skills They will practice career preparation, job seeking, and presentation techniques to prepare for future employment or further education

Prerequisite: FSH 104 and FSH 105

Credits: 3

FSH 204 Advanced Construction

This course is a continuation of FSH 106 Apparel Construction Skills and focuses on the use of commercial patterns Projects may include a dress, skirt, pant, jacket or coat, shirt or blouse Special attention will focus on proper fit of a garment

Prerequisite: FSH 106 with a C 75% or higher

FSH 203 Technical Design –CAD and Production

In today’s global economy products are often conceived in one country and produced in another Technical designers make that happen, ensuring that a garment has the right size and fit and conforms to industry specs and standards They are involved in almost every phase of product development: patternmaking, specs, grading, fit, and production Students in this class will learn how to create Technical Packages that quickly convey necessary information about apparel design

Prerequisites: FSH 104, FSH 201

Credits: 3

FSH 205 Fashion Workshop

This course uses the workshop format to interface the skills developed in design, construction, advanced construction, and flat pattern culminating in a presentation of a collection of each student’s original designs An approved work experience may be substituted for this course

Prerequisite: FSH 106, FSH 204, FSH 102 (with a C 75% or higher)

FSH 206 Apparel Design 2 –Designing with Knits

Students will continue the study of both draping and patternmaking with the use of knitted fabrics Students will develop construction skills through supervised laboratory studies of different types and weights of knits, fabrics and techniques, needles and machines to sew them properly Students will create original designs for 3 projects; a dress or tunic, an unconstructed jacket, and an evening wear look

Prerequisites: FSH 106, FSH 108

Credits: 3

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 1 1 3

FSH 207 Apparel Design 3 –Tailoring

Students will learn contemporary and traditional tailoring methods including: fitting, pressing, shaping, color, closures, pockets, lining, and finishing. The course will cover traditional and contemporary design and construction methods for tailored garments from ready-to-wear to couture details

Prerequisites: FSH 106, FSH 108

Credits: 3

FSH 208 Fashion Practicum

This course is offered as an elective to Fashion Design students who have a cumulative grade point average of 2 0 or higher and wish to gain experience in the fashion design field The student must submit a written proposal for the position to the program director for approval A minimum of 135 hours of work and a detailed daily log of the experience are required.

Prerequisites: FSH 102, FSH 106

Credits: 3

FSH 210 Senior Collection Workshop

With the fast-paced nature of modern fashion production, trend forecasting has become a necessary tool to accurately predict the future needs and desires of consumers Merchandisers in all roles need to understand and utilize this process Students will explore the impact of lifestyle influences on fashion trends, from music to the arts, youth culture, and social media

Styling is another important skill for fashion merchandisers. From the runway to print ads, from image consulting to film productions, stylists play a key role This course will provide the tools to research and spot trends, using a range of resources and visual imagery, and use those tools to style in a range of media

Prerequisites: None

Credits: 3

Fashion Merchandising

RET 105 Retail Consumers

This course will introduce the student to the world of fashion retailing - retailing, marketing, and financial strategies will be addressed Fashion and business concepts will be covered, such as customer profiling, buying, branding and promotions, and retail management

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

RET 106 Visual Merchandising

This course will focus on the merchandising, marketing, and selling of fashion We will explore visual merchandising and display, promotion, and customer service as key elements in the fashion retail strategy

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

RET 115 Fashion History

This course is a survey of the history of costume and fashion from Ancient Egypt to the Modern Era Students will focus on the reasons - practical, sociological, cultural, and political - that people have worn the garments that they have. Emphasis will be placed on making connections that are relevant to understanding the current field of Fashion Design and Merchandising

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

Core Arts/Humanities Elective

RET 205 Cooperative Store Service

Students serve an internship in the fashion industry or a fashion industry-related business under the supervision of a faculty member and on-site personnel Active participation and a significant level of responsibilities are expected in the internship setting Reports and projects are required

Prerequisite: Ret 106, RET 116, RET 211, BUS 110, BUS 109, BUS 221, BUS 213 Must have approval from the Program Director

Credits: 4

RET 211 Textiles

This course is a study of textile materials including properties of natural and manmade fibers, yarn formulation, fabric design and production, dyeing, finishing, and textile legislation.

Prerequisite/Corequisite: ENG 101

RET210 Styling, Forecasting, and Trend Analysis

With the fast-paced nature of modern fashion production, trend analysis and fashion forecasting have become necessary processes to accurately predict the future needs and desires of consumers Students will explore the impact of lifestyle influences on fashion trends, from music to the arts, youth culture and social media Styling is another important skill for fashion merchandisers From the runway to print ads, from image consulting to film productions, stylists play a key role. This course will provide the tools to research and spot trends, using a range of resources and visual imagery, and to use those tools to style in a range of media

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

General Science

GSC 105 Science and Our World

This course covers the study of scientific principles with emphasis placed on providing an understanding of how these principles relate to the non-scientist, especially in the areas of industry, ecology, health, the arts (including music), and criminology. This course may be offered online

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

Core Science Elective

1 1 4 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

Gender Studies

GST 101 Introduction to Gender Studies

This course introduces the student to a wide spectrum of issues that concern gender today and examines the historical roots of those issues. The course focuses on areas such as body image, health issues, motherhood, women’s role in the workplace, the Women’s Movement, women’s political and legal status, gender role socialization, women’s portrayal in the media, and others

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

Core Social Science or Diversity Elective

Human Services

HSC 101 Introduction to Human Services

This course provides an overview of the human services profession. Students will describe the historical and continuing development of the Human Service system and its three models of delivery Students will also describe the diverse spectrum and challenges of clients as well as the varying roles and relationships assumed by human service professionals Ethical standards and dilemmas facing the professional as well as the agency will be discussed.

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

HSC 102 Fundamentals of Case Management

This course examines the human needs and resources made available to assist families and individuals in need The course describes the function of social work services in residential treatments, psychiatric services, correctional services, medical services, services for the aged, and community services

Prerequisite: HSC 101 or permission of Program Director.

Credits: 3

Histotechnician

HSC 201 Intervention Skills and Strategies

This course is an introduction to the theories, principles, and skills of the helping process in social work practice Students learn how to engage a client, how to do assessments, develop a treatment plan, choose appropriate interventions, and follow up with both individuals and families Students also develop skills in listening, doing intake interviews and evaluations, making referrals, and writing reports Case studies and field observations will be used to explore typical presenting problems and appropriate responses.

Prerequisites: HSC 101, HSC 102, or permission of Program Director

Credits: 3

HSC 203: Crisis Intervention Skills & Strategies

This course is designed to prepare students to respond effectively in critical situations and to help counsel clients who are experiencing crisis events in their lives Students will learn that crisis interventions are founded on theory and will be able to apply theory and crisis intervention techniques Special attention will be paid to counseling approaches for use with circumstantial and developmental life crises in both school and community settings

Prerequisites: HSC 101, HSC 102, HSC 201, or permission of Program Director

Credits: 3

HTN 100 Histology Theory and Applied Techniques

The course introduces the student to all phases of the histology laboratory through lecture and job shadowing in a full service histology laboratory. Students will focus on safety protocol and basic principles and procedures of histology lab operation Areas to be explored include grossing, tissue processing, embedding, microtomy, and basic H&E staining techniques

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

HTN 101 Histology Lecture 1

This course introduces the student to safety procedures in the histology laboratory, as well as basic principles and procedures of operation Areas to be explored include the gross room and surgical cutting, fixation procedures, tissue processing, infiltration media, and embedding.

Prerequisite: None

Corequisites: HTN 111

Credits: 1

HTN 102 Histology Lecture 2

This course introduces the student to instrumentation used in the histology laboratory and mathematical concepts needed to prepare solutions, buffers, and other lab reagents Staining techniques for identifying nuclear and cytoplasmic structures, carbohydrates, and amyloid will also be presented

Prerequisites: HTN 101, HTN 111

Corequisite: HTN 112

Credits: 3

HTN 103 Histology Lecture 3

This course introduces the student to staining techniques used to identify connective tissue and muscle tissue in the histology lab A study of microorganisms encountered in specimens for histologic examination will be presented, along with staining techniques to identify these organisms Pigments, minerals, and cytoplasmic granules will be differentiated and identified

Prerequisites: HTN 101/111, HTN 102/112

Corequisite: HTN 113

Credits: 3

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 1 1 5

HTN 104 Histology Lecture 4

This course will introduce the student to the stains used in the identification of nerve tissue in the histology lab as well as explore specialized histology techniques such as: immunohistochemistry, enzyme histology, and electron microscopy. Students will explore immunohistochemical (IHC) staining methods, identify pathological changes in histology specimens using muscle enzyme histology, cytology, and specimen preparation for examination by electron microscopy (EM)

Prerequisites: HTN 101, HTN 102, HTN 103, HTN 111, HTN 112, HTN 113

Corequisites: HTN 105, HTN 114

Credits: 3

HTN 105 HT Certification Exam Prep Seminar

This course provides a review of histology theory and practice through use of the NSH Self-Assessment 14-module series focusing on: fixation, processing, embedding, staining, IHC, flow cytometry, ISH, EM, lab operations, gross dissection and description, cytology, and lab safety

Prerequisites: HTN 101, HTN 102, HTN 103, HTN 111, HTN 112, HTN 113

Corequisite: HTN 104, HTN 114

Credits: 3

*Note: Students must register for and pay the NSH Self-Assessment Series fee for this course

HTN 111 Histology Practicum 1

The HTN 111 Histology Practicum 1 introduces students to the daily operation of a routine histology lab The student will gain fundamental practical knowledge and experience of the theory presented in HTN 101: Histology Lecture 1 Students spend 3hours /week at a clinical site for the duration of the semester

Corequisite: HTN 101

Credits: 3

Humanities

HTN 112 Histology Practicum 2

Histology Practicum 2 provides students with practical experience in the histology lab correlating to the theory presented in HTN 102 Histology Lecture 2 with emphasis on instrumentation use and troubleshooting, lab math, H&E Stains, and the beginning of special stains for carbohydrates and amyloid Students spend 6 hours/week at a clinical site for the duration of the semester

Prerequisites: HTN 101, HTN 111

Corequisite: HTN 102

Credits: 6

HTN 113 Histology Practicum

The HTN 113 Histology practicum will provide practical experience in the application of staining techniques for identification of connective tissue, collagen and elastin, reticulum fibers, muscle and basement membranes, lipids, microorganisms, fungus, pigments, and minerals. Students will be provided with training by clinical instructors in the application of stain, troubleshooting techniques, and the importance of quality control in evaluating stain effectiveness Students spend 6 hours/week at the practicum site

Prerequisites: HTN 101, HTN 102, HTN 111, HTN 112

Corequisite: HTN 103

Credits: 6

HTN 114 Histology Practicum 4

The HTN 114 Histology practicum rotation introduces the student to staining techniques used in identifying nerve tissue As the last clinical rotation in the histotechnician program, students become proficient in all areas of the histology laboratory and meet the requirements for employment as an entry-level histotechnician In addition to routine practices, students will receive orientation in immunohistochemistry and enzyme histochemistry Students spend 6 hours/week at the clinical site

Prerequisites: HTN 101, HTN 102, HTN 103, HTN 11, HTN 112, HTN 113

Corequisites: HTN 104, HTN 105

Credits: 6

HUM 101 Introduction to Humanities: Human Liberty

This course is an introductory course in the general field of the Humanities, using human liberty as a focus of study. Readings and selections from history, literature, philosophy and ethics, science, art, and music form the basic material of the course Students are expected to discuss, to evaluate, and to write about works which are fundamental to an understanding of the meaning of human liberty within western culture

Prerequisite: ENG 101

Credits: 3

Core Arts/Humanities Elective or Diversity

Elective

HUM 121 The Humanistic Tradition

This course is designed to educate the student and promote awareness about the major art works and cultural aspects inherent in the humanities from prehistory to the Renaissance Aesthetic and formal elements, styles, and ideas as experienced in these art forms are studied

Prerequisite: ENG 101

Credits: 3

Core Arts/Humanities Elective

HUM 122 Music Appreciation (Online)

Music Appreciation is designed to give the student a background in the history and appreciation of music from antiquity to the present Major composers and their representative works, musical forms, and instruments are reviewed and discussed in class Records and professional concerts are used extensively for illustration

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

Core Arts/Humanities Elective

1 1 6 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

HUM 201 Ethical Issues in Professional Life

This course examines the moral issues that exist universally in professional life: the moral foundations of professional ethics, the appropriate model for the professional/client relationship, informed consent, privacy and confidentiality, and the obligations of professionals to third parties and to society at large A variety of professions are discussed to encompass the diverse career interests of students and because the practices and problems of any profession impact upon all of us at one time or another, either professionally or personally

Prerequisite: ENG 101

Credits: 3

Core Arts/Humanities Elective

HUM 202 Health Care Law and Ethics

This course covers the primary medical, legal, and ethical issues encountered in day-to-day health care practices. These issues include: licensure, confidentiality, consent, the physician/patient relationship, malpractice, and litigation A variety of secondary medical legal issues will also be addressed, such as intentional torts, public duties and responsibilities, and employment laws In addition, codes of ethics, as well as the relationship between law and ethics, are discussed.

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

Core Arts/Humanities Elective

HUM 212 The Art of the Film

For more than one hundred years, world culture has been increasingly defined and influenced by the moving picture As in literature, plot, theme, motif, and image are developed in film to provide an audience with an art form that gives insight into the human condition In this course, we will explore significant cinematic achievement from the earliest Edison kinetoscopes to the critically acclaimed films of today In addition, important technical strides, such as the transition to sound, will be discussed Various genres utilizing complete films and clips, as well as documentaries, will be explored Class assignments will include essays and critiques

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

Core Arts/Humanities Elective

Academic Discourse

IAD 050 Introduction to Academic Discourse I

This course provides an authentic academic context for reading and writing practiced together and sequenced effectively to improve mastery of both as integrated modes of thinking and communicating Higher order (critical thinking) cognitive functions are supported and developed through active use of these explicitly interconnected communication modes

Readings will be appropriately leveled for a 050 course. Writing will begin with paragraph length compositions and culminate in short essays

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

IAD 100 Introduction to Academic Discourse II

This course provides an authentic academic context for reading and writing practiced together and sequenced effectively to improve mastery of both as integrated modes of thinking and communicating Higher order (critical thinking) cognitive functions are supported and developed through active use of these explicitly interconnected communication modes. Readings will be appropriately leveled for a 100 course Writing will begin with short essays and culminate in college level academic essays

Prerequisite: IAD 050 with a grade of C or higher, or a satisfactory score on the placement test

Credits: 3

INT 201 Academic Internship

The Academic Internship course presents the student with an opportunity to apply classroom theory with a period of practical, hands-on experience in a professional work environment Students will continue to use their internship experience to further develop discipline skills and knowledge and outcomes that will remain relevant throughout their careers

Internship Seminars will be offered to the students prior to their internship to prepare the student for their internship experience and topics covered in the seminars will include: identification of career goals, resume writing, career planning skills, interview skills, contemporary workplace issues, and professional communication

The Internship Program will offer flexibility to the student by providing varying levels of time commitment with a minimum of 45 hours of work/study within the semester Student/Intern will meet their faculty advisor and the internship coordinator throughout the internship and will document their experiences through reflective journaling and assignments

Prerequisite: Program Director approval

Credits: 3

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 1 1 7

Interdisciplinary Studies

IDS 101 Harcum Colloquium

This interdisciplinary course is designed to guide students in their academic, personal, civic, and cultural development and provide them with the skills to succeed in college It also provides instruction in college survival skills, such as time, financial and stress management, and study skills, including textbook reading and test-taking Students learn to be proactive in their education and develop critical thinking and problem-solving skills

Prerequisite: None

Credit: 1

IDS 103 College Orientation & Research Skills

This interdisciplinary course is designed to guide students in their academic, personal, civic, and cultural development, outside and within Harcum College Information literacy will be introduced, assisting students in developing efficient and effective research strategies and skills necessary to conduct college level research and facilitate lifelong learning This course is designed to prepare the student to have a successful academic and personal experience at the College.

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

Legal Studies

LS 101 Introduction to Legal Studies

This course provides an introduction to the American legal system The course provides a brief history on the process and procedures by which the legal system was developed, how laws are created, and how laws are organized Students understand the different sources of law, the different levels of law, and the interplay that occurs when different laws regulate the same matters This course includes a field trip to the Constitution Center, Independence Hall, City Hall, and the Liberty Bell Pavilion

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

LS 202 Torts

This course combines a general overview of the purposes and procedures of tort law, with examples and exercises on the process and procedures that paralegals employ when working on tort actions Students work on a mock case and develop a database for all evidence and documents employed in the case In addition, there is a discussion and demonstration of time-keeping programs

Prerequisites: None

Credits: 3

Medical Laboratory Science

MLS 101 Introduction to Medical Laboratory Technology

This course introduces the student to the many aspects of the clinical laboratory, and provides an introduction of procedures performed in each lab department: chemistry, blood bank, serology, urinalysis, microbiology, hematology, focusing on specimen collection, safety and infection control, quality control, legal/ethical considerations, and application of computers in the laboratory setting

Prerequisite/Corequisite: MTH 113

Credits 3

MLS 113 Basic Hematology and Clinical Microscopy

This course provides a thorough background in the study of hematology focusing on the development and function of red cells, white cells, and platelets. The analysis of other body fluids including urine and spinal fluid are explored

Prerequisite: MLS 101

Corequisite: MLS 114, CHE Elective

Credits: 3

MLS 114 Applied Hematology and Microscopy

This course provides “hands-on” application of material presented in MLS 113 Students study normal and abnormal blood cells and demonstrate proficiency in performing differential cell counts The binocular microscope is used to examine cells in blood, urine, and other body fluids

Prerequisite: MLS 101

Corequisite: MLS 113, BIO 205, CHE Elective

Credits: 1

1 1 8 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

MLS 130 Immunology

This course covers the basic theory of immunology along with infectious disease, diseases of the immune system, and the role of serological testing in diagnosis and treatment of these diseases. Students learn multiple and serial dilutions and how to use these techniques in the clinical laboratory setting

Corequisite: MTH 113

Credits: 3

MLS 140 Applied Lab Techniques I

Students are introduced to laboratory methods in manual and automated specimen testing, quality control, and use of universal precautions in the clinical setting Each lab session focuses on a particular area of the clinical laboratory and includes chemistry, hematology, urinalysis, microbiology, serology, and blood bank

Corequisite: MLS 101

Credit: 1

MLS 211 Clinical Chemistry

This course prepares students for the clinical chemistry practicum rotation by providing information on lab safety and QA/QC in the clinical lab, clinical correlations, and analytical procedures involving amino acids, protein, non-protein nitrogen compounds, enzymes, carbohydrates, lipids, lipoproteins, electrolytes, blood gases, trace and toxic elements, as well as areas of special chemistry in therapeutic drug monitoring and toxicology

Prerequisites: CHE Elective, MTH 113/114, MLS 101/140

Credits: 3

MLS 212 Clinical Hematology

This course prepares students for their hematology laboratory rotation as part of the hospital practicum by reviewing both standard and specialized hematology tests and applying test results to case studies in order to identify pathologic states of the blood cells The process of coagulation is also explored Students study the appropriate testing techniques to identify coagulation disorders

Prerequisites: MLS 101/140, MLS 113/114

Credits: 3

MLS 213 Clinical

Immunohematology

This course prepares students for their blood bank rotation as part of the hospital practicum by reviewing standard and specialized immunohematology procedures required to transfuse a patient successfully with blood products. Students discuss transfusion reaction case studies

Prerequisites: MLS 101/140, MLS 113/114, MLS 130

Credits: 3

MLS 214 Clinical Microbiology

This course introduces the student to the wide variety of pathological microorganisms that can affect humans and how to differentiate these pathogens from normal flora It explores the many aspects of identification using specialized media and biochemical testing A review of processing body fluids in the microbiology lab will be included, as well as comparing antibiotics used to fight infection.

Prerequisites: BIO 205, MLS 101/140, MLS 113/140

Credits: 3

Medical Laboratory Technology

Clinical Rotation Practicum Courses:

MLS 221, MLS 222, MLS 223, MLS 224, MLS 225, MLS 226, and MLS 227 comprise the Medical Laboratory Technology Clinical Rotation Practicum and are held at a hospital laboratory site Students rotate through the various departments of the laboratory and receive hands-on training under the supervision of technologists, as well as case study reviews and preparation for the Board of Certification exam

MLS 221 Chemistry

The chemistry rotation will enhance the student’s knowledge of clinical chemistry laboratory procedures and their significance in the diagnosis and treatment of disease. This rotation will allow the student to gain confidence in running both manual and automated tests in the clinical chemistry laboratory

Prerequisites: MLS 211, MLS 212, MLS 213, MLS 214, MLS 240

Credits: 3

MLS 222 Hematology

The hematology rotation will enhance the student’s knowledge and clinical experience in the application of laboratory theory and techniques as they relate to the diagnosis and treatment of hematologic disorders

Prerequisites: MLS 211, MLS 212, MLS 213, MLS 214, MLS 240

Credits: 3

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 1 1 9

MLS

223 Blood Bank

The immunohematology (Blood Bank) rotation will enhance the student’s knowledge of procedures in Blood Banking Students will be able to utilize clinical laboratory techniques for testing, preparing, and issuing blood products Students will be able to assess the need for patient blood product transfusion and be knowledgeable of all precautions taken to insure that patients receive the proper blood type of the product requested

Prerequisites: MLS 211, MLS 212, MLS 213, MLS 214, MLS 240

Credits: 3

MLS

224 Microbiology

The microbiology rotation will enhance the student’s knowledge and clinical experience in the identification and isolation of microbial organisms significant in the clinical microbiology laboratory. Students will use laboratory data and determine the clinical significance of results in diagnosing and treating disease caused by microbial organisms

Prerequisites: MLS 211, MLS 212, MLS 213, MLS 214, MLS 240

Credits: 4

MLS

225 Serology

The immunology/serology rotation will enhance the student’s knowledge of procedures in the immunology/serology laboratory Students will assess the significance of laboratory results in diagnosing and treatment of diseases that are routinely detected in the serology/immunology laboratory

Prerequisites: MLS 211, MLS 212, MLS 213, MLS 214, MLS 240

Credit: 1

MLS

226 Coagulation

The coagulation rotation will enhance the student’s knowledge of procedures in the coagulation laboratory. Students will perform testing, differentiate normal from abnormal results, and apply laboratory theory and techniques to the diagnosis and treatment of coagulation disorders

Prerequisites: MLS 211, MLS 212, MLS 213, MLS 214, MLS 240

Credit: 1

MLS 227 Urinalysis

The urinalysis rotation will enhance the student’s knowledge of procedures in the urinalysis department They will be able to perform testing, recognize normal and abnormal results, and apply laboratory theory to assess diagnosis and treatment of diseases detected by urinalysis

Prerequisites: MLS 211, MLS 212, MLS 213, MLS 214, MLS 240

Credit: 1

MLS 230 MLT Certification Prep Seminar

This course will provide the student with the tools to prepare for success on the ASCP MLT Board Certification Exam The student will access pre- and post-tests in all areas of clinical laboratory science and will receive personal instruction to overcome areas of weakness.

Prerequisite: MLS 211, MLS 212, MLS 213, MLS 214, MLS 240

Corequisites: MLS Practicum courses 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227

Credit: 1

MLS 231L Applied Lab Techniques Directed Study

This directed study course is designed for distance students in their final semester of the MLT program who reside more than two hours from the Bryn Mawr campus and were unable to participate in MLS 140, MLS 114, and MLS 240 student lab courses as scheduled The MLS 231L Directed Study course meets the program and course learning outcomes and emcompasses the cognitive, psychomotor, and affective objectives of the MLS 140, 114, and 240 students labs that are part of the MLT curriculum Students will be introduced to laboratory methods in manual and automated specimen testing, quality control, and use of universal precautions in the clinical setting Students will correlate theory learned in senior level MLT courses to tests performed in the particular area of the clinical laboratory including chemistry, hematology, coagulation, blood bank, urinalysis, microbiology, and serology

Prerequisites: Completion of all MLS lecture coureses

Credits: 3 lab

MLS 240 Applied Lab Techniques II 1-0-1

Students correlate theory learned in senior level MLT courses to tests performed in the clinical laboratory Manual and automated methodologies are used to perform advanced procedures in microbiology, hematology, blood bank, serology, and clinical chemistry

Prerequisites: MLS 101, MLS 140

Corequisites: MLS 211, 212, 213, 214

Credit: 1

Mathematics MTH 073 Fundamentals of College Math

This course is designed to reintroduce students to key arithmetic and basic algebraic concepts necessary for MTH 113, College Math

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

(Graduation credit is not awarded for this course, and this course does not fulfill core curriculum requirements )

MTH 111 Quantitative Reasoning

In this course students utilize skills required to interpret and evaluate quantitative information that they encounter in everyday life, society, school, and the workplace, and to make quantitatively-based decisions in their lives

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

MTH 113 College Math

This course covers the essentials of algebra as well as selected areas of pre-calculus algebra Topics include operations on real numbers, simplifying and evaluating variable expressions, set notation and set operations, solving linear and compound inequalities, operations on polynomials, factoring, simplifying rational expressions, solving quadratic and rational equations, properties of exponents, arithmetic of radicals, and the rectangular coordinate system

Prerequisite: MTH 073 with a grade of C or higher or satisfactory score on placement test

Credits: 3

1 2 0 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

MTH 115 Business and Financial Mathematics

This course is an introduction to the application of mathematics in personal and business finance Topics include the various techniques for solving percent problems, retail cost and markup, simple and compound interest, annuities and sinking funds, mortgage and installment loan payments, amortization schedules, and calculating the total interest paid on a loan

Prerequisite: MTH 111 with a grade of C or higher or satisfactory score on placement test.

Credits: 3

MTH 116 Pre-Calculus Algebra

This course is designed for students who need a rapid review of those algebraic topics essential for the study of calculus These topics include real and complex numbers, sets, linear, quadratic radical and rational equations, polynomial and rational inequalities, algebra of functions, graphing and equations of parabolas and circles, and exponential and logarithmic functions

Prerequisite: MTH 113 with a grade of C or higher or satisfactory score on placement test

Credits: 3

MTH 117 Pre-Calculus Trigonometry

A sequel to MTH 116, this course covers those trigonometric and algebraic topics considered essential for calculus Those topics include circular and trigonometric identities, matrices, determinants, sequences and series, and the binomial theorem

Prerequisite: MTH 116 with a grade of C or higher

Credits: 3

MTH 201 Introduction to Calculus I

This course covers differential calculus

Topics include functions; limits and continuity; differentiation of polynomial, algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions; extreme values of functions; and graphing Applications to business, life, social sciences, and physics are discussed

Prerequisite: MTH 116 or MTH 117 with a grade of C or higher

Credits: 4

MTH 202 Introduction to Calculus II

This course covers integral calculus Topics include definite and indefinite integrals; integration of polynomial, algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions; integration by parts; substitution techniques; and improper integrals

Applications to business, life, social sciences, and physics are discussed.

Prerequisite: MTH 201 with a grade of C or higher

Credits: 4

Music

MUS 104IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Percussion

This independent study course consists of private drum lessons, given on a one-to-one basis A scheduled 50 minute lesson per week is the requirement All levels of experience and beginners are accepted Lessons are structured to provide learning experiences that increase the level of proficiency on the chosen instrument, as well as understanding of general musical concepts and performance practice The lessons culminate in an end-of-the-semester performance

Prerequisite: None

Credit: 1

Core Arts/Humanities Elective

MUS 105IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Piano

This independent study course consists of private piano lessons, given on a one-to-one basis A scheduled 50 minute lesson per week is the requirement. All levels of experience and beginners are accepted Lessons are structured to provide learning experiences that increase the level of proficiency on the chosen instrument, as well as understanding of general musical concepts and performance practice The lessons culminate in an end-of-the-semester performance

Prerequisite: None

Credit: 1

Core Arts/Humanities Elective

MUS 106IS Voice Lessons

This independent study course consists of private voice lessons, given on a one-to-one basis. All levels of experience and beginners are accepted Lessons are structured to provide learning experiences that increase the level of proficiency on the chosen instrument, as well as understanding of general musical concepts and performance practice The lessons culminate in an endof-the-semester recital

Prerequisite: None

Credit: 1

Core Arts/Humanities Elective

MUS 107IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Woodwinds

This independent study course consists of private flute, clarinet, or saxophone lessons, given on a one-to-one basis. A scheduled 50 minute lesson per week is the requirement All levels of experience and beginners are accepted Lessons are structured to provide learning experiences that increase the level of proficiency on the chosen instrument, as well as understanding of general musical concepts and performance practice The lessons culminate in an end-of-the-semester performance. Students must supply their own instruments

Prerequisite: None

Credit: 1

Core Arts/Humanities Elective

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 1 2 1

MUS 108IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Brass

This independent study course consists of private trumpet or trombone lessons, given on a one-to-one basis A scheduled 50 minute lesson per week is the requirement All levels of experience and beginners are accepted Lessons are structured to provide learning experiences that increase the level of proficiency on the chosen instrument, as well as understanding of general musical concepts and performance practice The lessons culminate in an end-of-the-semester performance Students must supply their own instruments

Prerequisite: None

Credit: 1

Core Arts/Humanities Elective

MUS 109IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Guitar

This independent study course consists of private guitar lessons, given on a one-to-one basis A scheduled 50 minute lesson per week is the requirement All levels of experience and beginners are accepted Lessons are structured to provide learning experiences that increase the level of proficiency on the chosen instrument, as well as understanding of general musical concepts and performance practice The lessons culminate in an end-of-the-semester performance. Students must supply their own instruments

Prerequisite: None

Credit: 1

Core Arts/Humanities Elective

MUS 110IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Electric Bass

This independent study course consists of private bass lessons, given on a one-to-one basis A scheduled 50 minute lesson per week is the requirement All levels of experience and beginners are accepted Lessons are structured to provide learning experiences that increase the level of proficiency on the chosen instrument, as well as understanding of general musical concepts and performance practice The lessons culminate in an end-of-the-semester performance Students must supply their own instruments

Prerequisite: None

Credit: 1

Core Arts/Humanities Elective

Nursing

NUR 100 Fundamental Concepts of Nursing Practice

This course provides an introduction to nursing and the roles of the professional nurse The concepts of patient-centered care, professionalism, teamwork, quality improvement, collaboration, safety, evidence-based practice, and leadership are introduced in this course Emphasis is placed on the knowledge and skills needed to provide safe, quality care Students will use the nursing process to guide basic clinical decisions The theoretical foundation for a general assessment and nursing skills is presented, and the student is given an opportunity to demonstrate these skills in a laboratory and clinical setting

Credits: 9

NUR 105 Nursing of Adults I

This course focuses on the care of adult and older adult patients with uncomplicated physical and/or mental behavioral alterations that require medical and/or surgical intervention Emphasis is placed on the care of an adult or older adult with alterations in selected body functions, including mental behavioral issues Concepts of patient-centered care, teamwork and collaboration, evidence-based practice, quality improvement, safety, informatics, professionalism, and leadership are integrated throughout the course Clinical experiences provide the student an opportunity to apply theoretical concepts and implement safe patient care to one adult and/or older adult patient per experience in a variety of settings

Prerequisites: NUR 100

Corequisite: NUR 106

Credits: 7

NUR 106 Mental Health Nursing

This course focuses on the care of patients across the lifespan experiencing alterations in mental behavioral health Concepts of crisis intervention and therapeutic communication are integrated throughout the course. The promotion and/or maintenance of mental behavioral health issues of patients and families are emphasized Interventions, both non-pharmacological and pharmacological, are explored for patients with alterations in mental behavioral health Students will address mental behavior health issues during maternalchild, medical-surgical, and simulation experiences. The community as a site for care and support services is addressed

Prerequisites: NUR 100

Corequisite: NUR 105

Credits: 2

NUR 205 Nursing of Adults II

This course focuses on the care of adult and older adult patients with complicated health alterations and/or mental behavioral issues Concepts of pathophysiology, pharmacology nutrition, evidence-based practice, quality improvement, informatics, teamwork and collaboration, and safety will be integrated throughout the course Progression of clinical skills, priority setting, time management, clinical judgement, and legal and ethical tenets are integrated throughout the course Clinical experiences provide the student the opportunity to apply theoretical concepts and implement safe care to two patients with complicated health alterations and/or mental behavioral health alterations in a variety of settings

Prerequisites: NUR 100, 105, 106

Co-requisites: NUR 206

Credits: 5

1 2 2 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

NUR 206 Maternal Child Nursing

This course provides an integrative, familycentered approach to the care of mothers, newborns, and children Emphasis is placed on normal and high-risk pregnancies, normal growth and development, family dynamics, common pediatric disorders, and the promotion of healthy behaviors in patients Laboratory and simulation experiences provide the student an opportunity to apply theoretical concepts and implement safe patient care to mothers, newborns, and children

Prerequisites: NUR 100, 105, 106

Corequisite: NUR 205

Credits: 4

NUR 211 Nursing of Adults III

This course focuses on the care of adult and older adult patients with complicated multisystem health alterations and/or mental behavioral issues. Emphasis is placed on helping patients and their families to cope with alterations in body functions

Concepts of pathophysiology, pharmacology, nutrition, informatics, evidence-based practice, and teamwork and collaboration will be integrated throughout the course

Progression of clinical skills, priority setting, time-management, clinical judgment, and tenets of legal and ethical practice are integrated throughout the course Clinical experiences provide the student an opportunity to apply theoretical concepts and implement safe care to two or more patients in a variety of settings

Prerequisites: NUR 100, 105, 106, 205, 206

Corequisite: NUR 216

Credits: 4

NUR 216 Transition to Professional Nursing Practice

This course facilitates the transition of the student to the role of a professional nurse Emphasis is placed on contemporary issues and management concepts, as well as developing the skills of delegation, conflict management, leadership, and NCLEX preparation Legal and ethical issues are discussed with a focus on personal accountability and responsibility Standards of practice and the significance of functioning according to regulations and statutes are analyzed The student will implement a remediation plan based on identified areas of weakness in preparing for the NCLEX exam

Prerequisites: NUR 100, 105, 106, 205, 206

Corequisite: NUR 211

Credits: 2

Occupational Therapy Assistant

OTA 113 Functional Anatomy for the OTA

This course offers an interactive presentation of the musculoskeletal structure and function in the human body This course is an in-depth study of the human skeleton and muscles with an integrated laboratory component focusing on the functional component of these systems The student will actively participate in learning how the muscles function to create purposeful movement This class is a prerequisite class to OTA 114 Successful completion of this class is necessary to continue with the OTA course sequence

Prerequisites: OTA 119 and SOC 122

Corequisite: BIO 103

Credit: 1

OTA 114 Applied Kinesiology

Applied Kinesiology involves the study of human motion with a strong emphasis on pathokinesiology The anatomy and physiology of the skeletal and neuromuscular systems are reviewed and the functional interaction of these systems in producing movement is studied in the classroom and in the laboratory Analysis of normal and abnormal motion, strength, coordination, neuromuscular activity, and methods of clinical assessment and treatment application are included

Prerequisites: OTA 113

Corequisite: BIO 103

Credits: 4

OTA 119 Introduction to Occupational Therapy

This course is designed to introduce the student to the basic principles of occupational therapy theory and practice It describes the primary competencies and performance objectives for training as a Certified Occupational Therapy Assistant (COTA) This course helps the student build a body of knowledge, attitudes, values, and basic skills needed to enter the profession as a COTA

Prerequisites: None

Credits: 3

OTA 120 Application of Professional Behavior in Emerging Practice

This 15 week online seminar is designed to cover the key areas of professionalization of the occupational therapy assistant from student to clinician. This includes the level 1A Fieldwork experience The purpose of this seminar is to support the student in transferring classroom learning of first semester content to the clinical setting during Fieldwork 1A The level 1A FW experience is integrated into this course to assist the student with the application of knowledge attained in the classroom

Prerequisites: None

Co-requisite: OTA 191, FW Level 1A placement is at discretion of OTA Program if student does not pass OTA 119

Credits: 2

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 1 2 3

OTA 121 Survey of Occupational Therapy Principles

This course is designed to introduce the student to the basic principles of occupational therapy theory and practice It describes the primary competencies and performance objectives for training as a Certified Occupational Therapy Assistant (COTA) This course helps the student build a body of knowledge, attitudes, values, and basic skills needed to enter the profession as a COTA This course includes an off-site fieldwork component to complement academic teaching content

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 4

OTA 123 Bio-Psycho-Social Conditions

This course provides a survey of medical/psychosocial conditions that impact on the functioning of human beings. The etiology, pathology, symptomatology, prognosis, and medical treatment of significant conditions will be presented Each condition is discussed in its developmental context, i e age of typical occurrence and impact on life tasks at the particular stage This course is taught in close connection with OTA 122 to enable the student to correlate normal developmental life tasks with typical disruptions of function at each stage

Prerequisite: OTA 113 and OTA 114

Credits: 3

OTA 124 Occupational Dysfunction in Childhood and Adolescence

This course builds on the basic concepts taught in OTA 114, 121, 123, and SOC 122 It has two functions: 1) to present in-depth the impact of bio-psycho-social dysfunction on an individual and his/her family throughout the period of childhood and adolescence, including the role of socio-cultural values and their impact on adaptation and 2) to address the acquisition of professional concepts, evaluation, and treatment planning skills that reflect current occupational therapy practice with children and adolescents A pediatric Fieldwork Level I experience is integrated into this course to assist the student with the application of knowledge attained in the classroom

Prerequisites: OTA 121, SOC 122, OTA 123, and OTA 114

Corequisite: OTA 125

Credits: 4

OTA 125 Activities and Adaptations for Childhood and Adolescence

This course is designed to provide the opportunity for exploration of activities of childhood and adolescence through experiential learning. Students will be introduced to selection, design, and development of adaptations, and the grading of activities to facilitate maximum function Emphasis is on problem solving and the development of clinical reasoning skills regarding the therapeutic application of activities and adaptations within the occupational therapy process

Corequisite: OTA 124

Credits: 3

OTA 126 Professional Seminar I

The purpose of this seminar is to support the student in transferring classroom learning of first semester content to the clinical setting during Fieldwork IA.

Corequisite: OTA 121

Credit: 1

OTA 127 Professional Seminar II

The purpose of this seminar is to support the student in transferring classroom learning of first semester content to the clinical setting during Fieldwork IB

Corequisite: OTA 124

Credit: 1

OTA 224 Occupational Dysfunction in Adulthood and Geriatrics

This course emphasizes the impact of dysfunction in the areas of ADL, work, and leisure in adults and older adults with a variety of mental and physical deficits and abilities Current professional literature will be used to provide guidelines, case stories, and experiential learning activities to facilitate optimal understanding of information within practical contexts This course combines academic knowledge with relevant clinical observations and experiences. This course includes an off-site fieldwork component

Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of all 100-level OTA coursework

Corequisite: OTA 225

Credits: 4

OTA 225 Activities and Adaptations for Adulthood and Geriatrics

This course emphasizes experiential and hands-on learning within the classroom setting This course is a complement to OTA 224 because it allows the student to engage in activity based tasks that emphasize the OTA’s role in treating the adult/older adult population with mental and/or physical dysfunction Adaptation of the tools and environment in which this population is treated and/or lives will be taught Group activities, selected craft projects, adaptation projects, presentations, and competency testing will be used to facilitate learning

Corequisite: OTA 224

Credits: 3

1 2 4 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

OTA 226 Clinical Skills throughout the Life Span

This course is designed to help students develop the following clinical skills which relate to treatment of clients across the life span: assessment methods and related treatment techniques for motor, sensory, visual/perceptual, and mental dysfunction; performance of assistive techniques to facilitate maximum occupational performance; selection and/or fabrication of environmental adaptations and technological equipment; fabrication of basic orthotics; understanding of safety precautions; performance of functional transfers and related training of clients/patients; and effective communication skills within a culturally diverse society

Prerequisites: Satisfactory completion of all 100-level OTA coursework

Credits: 3

OTA 227 Professional Seminar III

The purpose of this seminar is to support the student in transferring classroom learning of first semester content to the clinical setting during Fieldwork IC

Corequisite: OTA 224

Credit: 1

OTA 228 Professional Seminar IV

The purpose of this seminar is to support the student in transferring classroom learning of first semester content to the clinical setting during Fieldwork Level IIA and B

Corequisites: OTA 231, OTA 232

Credit: 1

Phlebotomy

OTA 231 Fieldwork Experience Level

IIA

This course consists of a full-time 8-week clinical placement The goal is the application of academically acquired knowledge through in-depth experiences in the clinical setting The experience provides the student with opportunities for carrying out professional responsibility under appropriate supervision and professional modeling All Level II fieldwork must be completed no later than 18 months following completion of academic coursework

Prerequisite: satisfactory completion of all preceding OTA coursework with C or better Corequisite: OTA 228

Credits: 6

OTA 232 Fieldwork Experience, Level IIB

This course consists of a second full-time 8week clinical placement. The goal is the application of academically acquired knowledge through in-depth experiences in the clinical setting The experience provides the student with opportunities for carrying out professional responsibility under appropriate supervision and professional modeling All Level II fieldwork must be completed no later than 18 months following completion of academic coursework.

Prerequisite: satisfactory completion of all preceding OTA coursework with C or better Corequisite: OTA 228

PBT 210 Phlebotomy Theory and Techniques

This course will prepare students with the ability to function as a competent phlebotomist by presenting a background in human physiology along with practical phlebotomy skills, safety practices, and a general overview of the working environment in the present healthcare setting

This course is essential for the student who wishes to complete the clinical practicum and earn phlebotomy certification through the American Society of Clinical Pathologists (ASCP)

Prerequisite: High School diploma

Credits: 3

PBT 201 Phlebotomy Practicum

The phlebotomy practicum will reinforce the student’s knowledge of phlebotomy theory and enhance the student’s proficiency in phlebotomy technique

Prerequisites: PBT 210

Credit: 2

PBT 202 Certification Exam Prep Seminar

This course will provide the student with the tools to prepare for success on the ASCP-PBT Board of Certification Exam The student will access tests in all areas of phlebotomy and will receive personal instruction to overcome areas of weakness

Prerequisite: None

Credit: 1

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 1 2 5

Photography

PHT 261 Advanced Photoshop

In this course students will learn and apply the creative principles of Adobe Photoshop Assignments will include products photographed by the students and digital files provided by the instructor that require Adobe Photoshop enhancement or manipulation or working within a given template or design Students will also explore editing tools: selections (emphasis on pen tool), layers, masks, adjustments, blending options, and non-destructive image editing

Prerequisites: PHT 148, PHT 168

Credits: 3

PHT 280 Video Production/ Multimedia

This course will cover the basics of digital video using a DSLR, Mirrorless, and/or other video capture cameras. Students will learn how to capture audio and video using proper lighting, composition, and framing techniques Students will also be introduced to specific camera features and settings Techniques will be introduced to show the students how to maximize creativity and technical excellence into powerful storytelling

Prerequisites: None

Credits: 3

PHT 291 Professional Development

This course is designed to improve the ability of students to describe their accomplishments and promote their ideas in situations like professional networking, client meetings, response to proposals for services, and interviews Through specialized research, students will gather and organize information needed to function and flourish in the field of professional photography Students will also learn to create career plans that require them to research career options and potential employers and prepare a developmental roadmap that will lead them to success in the field of professional photography

Prerequisites: None

Credits: 3

PHT 292 Portfolio Preparation

This course will involve a complete evaluation, update, and refinement of portfolio work for visual preparation to meet current or expected needs in the job search process A complete portfolio both online and print will be created by semester’s end

Prerequisites: PH 168

Credits: 3

Physical Education

PED 101 Volleyball Team

This course involves the active participation of the student in an accepted team sport Physical education is an important part of the school’s curriculum, and the participation in sports promotes physical fitness in students, helps them to develop an understanding of rules and strategies, and teaches them to work as a member of a team.

Prerequisite: Students must meet NJCAA requirements in order to participate in a team sport

Credit: 1

PED 102 Soccer Team

This course involves the active participation of the student in an accepted team sport Physical education is an important part of the school’s curriculum, and the participation in sports promotes physical fitness in students, helps them to develop an understanding of rules and strategies, and teaches them to work as a member of a team

Prerequisite: Students must meet NJCAA requirements in order to participate in a team sport

Credit: 1

PED 112 Yoga

This course introduces the students to yoga and its physical and mental benefits

Students learn a series of poses and breathing techniques to increase strength, flexibility, balance, and the ability to focus.

Prerequisite: None

Credit: 1

PED 113 Introduction to Weight Training

This course allows the student to obtain benefits of weight training by using Harcum’s fitness center in a class-structured environment Students learn proper lifting technique, correct breathing, names for specific muscle groups, and the use of the equipment in the Fitness Center through supervised training

Prerequisite: None

Credit: 1

PED 123 Wellness

This course allows the student to take an active role in the process of becoming aware of the different areas in one’s life, identifying the areas that need improvement, and then making the choices that facilitate attainment of a higher level of health and well-being This course emphasizes developing attitudes and engaging in behaviors that enhance quality of life and maximize personal potential

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 2

PED 124 Fitness for Living

Students will learn fitness techniques and develop routines for better health

Prerequisite: None

Credit: 1

1 2 6 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

PED 130 Basketball Team

This course involves the active participation of the student in an accepted team sport Physical education is an important part of the school’s curriculum, and the participation in sports promotes physical fitness in students, helps them to develop an understanding of rules and strategies, and teaches them to work as a member of a team

Prerequisite: Students must meet NJCAA requirements in order to participate in a team sport

Credit: 1

PED 131 Track Team

This course involves the active participation of the student in an accepted team sport Physical education is an important part of the school’s curriculum, and the participation in sports promotes physical fitness in students, helps them to develop an understanding of rules and strategies, and teaches them to work as a member of a team

Prerequisite: Students must meet NJCAA requirements in order to participate in a team sport

Credit: 1

PED 199 Flex Credit

Students are given credit for their membership and participation at any fitness center Arrangements may also be made for students to use Harcum’s facilities while supervised

Prerequisite: None

Credit: 1

Psychology

PSY 111 Introductory Psychology

This course introduces the student to the basic concepts of psychological processes, including: brain functioning, the role of neurotransmitters, sensation and perception, states of consciousness, learning, memory, thinking, intelligence, motivation, and emotions The course also examines theories of personality, describes the spectrum of psychological disorders, and explores types of therapy By the end of the course, students should be able to apply these psychological concepts to enhance their critical thinking skills

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

Core Social Science Elective

PSY 112 Psychology of Personality and Adjustment

This course examines the components of a healthy personality from a variety of perspectives The biological, genetic, and physiological contributions are assessed in depth, based on current research In addition, more traditional theories of personality, based on the work of Sigmund Freud (defense mechanisms), Erik Erikson (egodevelopment and ego-identity), and other personality theorists will be explored The course allows students to take and evaluate various personality-testing instruments Finally, the course addresses underlying issues in personality research – Is personality hard-wired in the brain at birth, or is it shaped by social and environmental factors over time? Are personality traits consistent across all interactions, or is personality more situationally-based? Can personality traits be changed through therapy and/or individual effort?

Prerequisite: PSY 111

Credits: 3

Core Social Science Elective

PSY 113 The Inclusive Classroom

The purpose of this course is to help students develop attitudes and skills to meet the needs of all children in their programs

By the end of the course, students should have developed the knowledge and the problem solving skills to adapt strategies and develop original materials for an effective inclusive learning environment

Students are introduced to the history and legal background of inclusive education, will be familiar with major conditions and factors affecting a child’s ability to learn, and be able to communicate effectively with the professional team, including medical/developmental specialists This course examines the educational needs of young children who have cultural differences and explores teaching approaches to accommodate these needs in a cooperative environment, including parents, school, and community interaction The course includes experiential, hands-on learning, and promotes practical application and problem solving.

Prerequisites: None

Credits: 3

Core Social Science or Diversity Elective

PSY 154 Child Development

This course traces the development of the child from conception through middle childhood, focusing on the developmental characteristics of infants, toddlers, preschoolers, and school-age children, with emphasis on sensory motor, cognitive, and social-emotional development

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

Core Social Science Elective

PSY 156 Human Development

This course traces the development of the individual from conception through the lifespan, focusing on the developmental characteristics of infancy, childhood, adolescence, young and middle adulthood, and old age. Emphasis is on normal development Theories considered are psychoanalytic, cognitive, behaviorist, humanist, and ethological Effects and interaction of genetics and environment or nature/nurture are emphasized

Prerequisite: PSY 111

Credits: 3

Core Social Science Elective

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 1 2 7

PSY 158 Psychology of Disabilities

This course examines the social and psychological aspects of disability from the perspective of the individual, significant others, helping professionals, and society in general. Special emphasis is given to the dynamics of interactions that affect the rehabilitative process

Prerequisite: PSY 111

Credits: 3

Core Social Science or Diversity Elective

PSY 200 Dialectical Behavioral Therapy

This course introduces students to the therapeutic modality of DBT and provides a foundational understanding of its purpose and core principles Participants will be educated on the evolution of treatment for those suffering with borderline personality disorder and will be able to recognize and better understand the symptoms in the criteria for diagnosis By completing assignments that facilitate self-reflection, participants will increase their own level of self-awareness which will aid in their ability to use the intervention effectively Upon completion of this course, they will have gained familiarity with the modality and the tools it aims to provide to those struggling with emotional dysregulation.

Credits: 3

PSY 212 Group Dynamics

This course is an introduction to smallgroup therapy with a particular focus on group characteristics and processes such as how a group is defined; conformity, consensus, and conflict in groups; types of power and influence in groups; leadership styles; phases or stages in group behavior; motivational processes in groups and communication patterns in groups

Prerequisite: PSY 111

Credits: 3

Core Social Science Elective

Physical Therapist Assistant

PSY 213 Educational Psychology

The purpose of this course is to review concepts and principles of psychology in order to apply them to educational methods Topics to be covered are child development, learning, intelligence, motivation, memory, variations in learning styles, evaluation, and assessment Teaching methods from the behaviorist, humanist, and cognitive view are considered

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

Core Social Science Elective

PSY 253 Abnormal Psychology

This course examines past and contemporary theories of mental health and abnormality; describes symptoms of mental disorders such as anxiety and panic disorders, phobias, obsessive-compulsive disorders, mood disorders (depression and bipolar disorder), schizophrenia, dissociative disorders, and personality disorders; examines causes of each disorder and assesses methods of treatment for each disorder

Prerequisite: PSY 111

Credits: 3

Core Social Science or Diversity Elective

PSY 260 Introduction to Clinical Psychology

This course introduces the student to the foundational concepts, skills, techniques, and responsibilities involved in the therapeutic relationship The course focuses on the basic elements of the therapeutic situation, including: the role of the therapist, the role of the client, the frame of the therapeutic relationship, active listening, transference, resistance, countertransference, and ethical issues facing the therapist The course will include both theoretical and concrete descriptive discussions of these concepts We will also employ case illustrations, role-playing, and experiential learning in this course.

Prerequisites: PSY 111, PSY 253

Credits: 3

Core Social Science Elective

PTA 109 Functional Anatomy

This course offers an interactive presentation of the musculoskeletal structure and function in the human body This course is an in-depth study of the human skeleton and muscles with an integrated laboratory component focusing on the functional components of these systems The student actively participates in learning how the muscles function to create purposeful movement An average of 73% or higher is required to pass this course Successful completion of this course is necessary to continue with the PTA course sequence.

Prerequisites: BIO 103

Pre or Co-Requisites: BIO 104, PTA 110, PTA 111

Credits: 2

PTA 110 Introduction to Physical Therapy

This course provides the student with an understanding and background of the practice of Physical Therapy and the role of the Physical Therapist Assistant Topics include the funding of health care, professional ethics, legal aspects, culture and disability, writing SOAP note documentation, and the role of the PTA and health care interdisciplinary team. A minimum course average of 73% is required to pass this course Successful completion of this course is required to continue within the PTA sequence

Prerequisites: BIO 103

Pre or Co-Requisites: BIO 104, PTA 110, PTA 111

Credits: 2

1 2 8 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

PTA 111 Foundation Principles of Physical Therapy

This course will introduce the student to the basic clinical skills required as part of patient care activities Topics include transfer techniques, body mechanics, wheelchair management, the use of assistive devices for ambulation, bed mobility, positioning, passive range of motion, goniometry, vital signs, normal gait, and normal development The lab sessions will introduce the students to the problem solving approach by applying their techniques and knowledge in simulated patient care scenarios. An average of 73% or better is required to pass the course Successful completion of this course is required to continue within the PTA sequence

Prerequisites: BIO 103

Pre or Co-Requisites: BIO 104, PTA 109, PTA 110

Credits: 3

PTA 112 Physical Therapy I /Electrophysiology

PTA 112 introduces the student to the general principles of treatment using physical therapy modalities The student will learn the theory and application of superficial heat, cold, ultrasound, massage, hydrotherapy, intermittent compression, traction, Electrical Stimulation parameters (TENS, NMES, FES, Russian Stim), sEMG, Iontophoresis, electrical current waveforms of high volt, interferentia,l and others with inclusion of pertinent evidence based research Also students learn the theories and purpose of UV light, diathermy, and infrared The clinical problem solving approach will be emphasized in this course and all students are expected to utilize related course information where applicable An average of 73% or higher is required to pass this course Successful completion of this course is necessary to continue with the PTA course sequence

Prerequisites: BIO 103, BIO 104, PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 111

Pre or Co-Requisites: PTA 116

Credits: 4

PTA 114 Applied Kinesiology

This course involves the study of human motion with a strong emphasis on pathokinesiology The anatomy and physiology of the skeletal and neuromuscular systems are reviewed and the functional interaction of these systems in producing movement is studied in the classroom and the laboratory Discussion of normal and abnormal motion, locomotion, neuromuscular activity, and methods of clinical evaluation are included A minimum of 73% or higher is required to pass this course Successful completion of this course is necessary to continue in the course sequence.

Prerequisites: BIO 103, PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 111 with a grade of C or higher

Credits: 4

PTA 116 Introduction to Therapeutic Exercise

This course teaches the student concepts and skills based upon knowledge of anatomy, physiology, and applied kinesiology, for the clinical application of healing through exercise The course will present principles of therapeutic exercises including: ROM, stretching, strengthening, aerobic conditioning, cardiac rehab, health & wellness, post-surgery & post injury, peripheral nerve disorders, balance and vestibular exercises, and pre- and post-natal exercise An average of 73% or higher is required to pass this course Successful completion of this course is necessary to continue with the PTA course sequence

Prerequisites: BIO 103

Pre or Co-Requisites: BIO 104, PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 11

Credits: 2

PTA 130 Introduction to Rehabilitation

The student will learn the basic principles of rehabilitation and be able to begin to apply them to basic patient scenarios across the continuum of care. Included in this course are functional mobility training techniques, balance interventions, the use of basic neurological treatment procedures, introduction to ADL functional assessment, and architectural assessment This course also addresses the exploration of physical therapy practice in a rehab environment and the integration of professional behaviors in both classroom and observation settings Through classroom, observation, and application activities the student will begin to further develop problem solving, critical thinking, and professional behaviors within the scope of practice of a PTA An average of 73% or higher is required to pass this course Successful completion of this course is necessary to continue in the PTA course sequence.

Prerequisites: BIO 103, PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 111, with a grade of C or higher

Prerequisites/Corequisites: BIO 104, PTA 112, PTA 114

Credits: 3

PTA 150 Clinical Affiliation I

This course is the first full-time four-week clinical education experience The affiliation combines classroom knowledge and skills with on the job responsibilities and training, under the supervision of a licensed PT or PTA Clinical instructor During the affiliation, the student will utilize techniques and integrate knowledge learned during their first two semesters of didactic classroom and lab courses, by implementing the Physical Therapist’s established plan of care They will also gain experience interacting with patients and receive an overview of the physical therapy profession Students receive a PASS/FAIL grade for their clinical internship

Prerequisites: PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 112, PTA 114, PTA 116, PTA 130 with a grade of C or higher

Credits: 3

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 1 2 9

PTA 212 Selected Topics in Physical Therapy

This course offers specific preparation for the future PTA in the areas of geriatrics, pediatrics, and other specified diagnostic classes (respiratory, integumentary, bariatrics, critical care) Course content includes overviews of pathologies, diagnoses, and specific health care needs of the geriatric, pediatric, and other clients as well as specific treatment interventions A problem-solving approach facilitates the student’s acquisition of knowledge An average of 73% or better is required to pass this course.

Prerequisites: PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 111, PTA 112, PTA 114, PTA 116, PTA 130, PTA 150 with a grade of C or higher

Corequisite: PTA 231

Credits: 2

PTA 218 Pathophysiology

The student is introduced to the medical and surgical conditions most frequently encountered in PT Departments The basic inflammatory and healing processes and the principles of treatment to promote healing are covered The cause, clinical signs, symptoms, and pathophysiological course and treatment of each condition are covered. Emphasis throughout the course is on the role of the PTA in the treatment of each condition The student will be presented with basic concepts of wellness as well as the aging process An average of 73% or higher is required to pass this course Successful completion of this course is necessary to continue in the PTA course sequence

Prerequisites: BIO 103, BIO 104, PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 111, PTA 116

Pre or Co-Requisites: PTA 112, PTA 114, PTA 130

Credits: 4

PTA 222 Orthopedics

This course will review basic anatomy and physiology of the spine and extremity joints and basic treatment principles of therapeutic exercise (ROM, stretching, manual techniques, strengthening exercises, aerobic conditioning, and balance exercises) Students will be encouraged to utilize this information to create a more in depth knowledge of orthopedic pathologies and diagnoses This course will present common orthopedic conditions and diagnoses for each joint and will utilize knowledge of current exercise protocols and treatment regimens, evidenced-based practice articles, and regional practice patterns The focus of the lab portion of this course is for the PTA student to problem-solve orthopedic treatment, exercise prescription, and exercise progression for each diagnosis in the acute, sub-acute, or chronic phases A more in-depth presentation of treatment of athletes is also included An average of 73% or higher is required to pass this course. Successful completion of this course is necessary to continue with the PTA course sequence

Prerequisites: BIO 103, BIO 104, PTA 101, PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 111, PTA 112, PTA 114, PTA 116, PTA 150 with a grade of C or higher

Credits: 3

PTA 231 Rehabilitation Applications

The student will learn the basic principles of rehabilitation and be able to apply them using specialized treatment techniques across the continuum of care. Included in this course are identification and correction of gait deviations, the use of orthotic and prosthetic devices and basic neurological treatment procedures, ADL functional assessment, and wheelchair prescription

The student is taught the theory and implementation of rehabilitation techniques for patient’s status post-traumatic brain injury/head trauma, spinal cord injuries, orthopedic conditions, amputations, progressive neurological diseases, and other related pathologies The student will demonstrate understanding of the normal developmental sequence and be able to apply treatment interventions across the lifespan An average of 73% or higher is required to pass this course Successful completion of this course is necessary to continue in the PTA course sequence

Prerequisites: BIO 103, BIO 104, PTA 101, PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 111, PTA 112, PTA 114, PTA 116, PTA 130, PTA 150 with a grade of C or higher

Credits: 4

PTA 240 Clinical Seminar

This course meets to aid in the integration of classroom and clinical education Via seminar and course assignments, students will learn to apply concepts of evidence based practice Workshops will be conducted on résumé writing, job interview techniques, and the role of the PTA within the healthcare team. The student will participate in mandatory licensure review and preparation activities An average of 73% or higher is required to pass this course

Prerequisites: PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 111, PTA 112, PTA 114, PTA 116, PTA 130, PTA 150, PTA 212, PTA 218, PTA 222, PTA 231 with a grade of C or higher and successful completion of all general education courses

Credits: 2

1 3 0 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

PTA 250 Clinical Affiliation II

This is the second required course in the continuum of supervised clinical experiences in selected health care settings The student is working toward mastery of the skills that lead to a level of performance necessary for preparation into entry–level practice as a safe and effective clinician This course is the first full-time, 7 week clinical experience that occurs after students have completed all of their classroom education

The affiliation combines classroom knowledge and clinical skills in a variety of health care settings designed to move the student toward full utilization of clinical skills and allow the administration of treatment programs as a physical therapy professional, under the guidance and supervision of their clinical instructor During this clinical affiliation the student is expected to show competence in reviewing the medical record; interviewing the patient and family members; knowledge of a diagnosis, implementing a treatment program based on the Physical Therapist’s plan of care, and assessing its effectiveness, and in execution and recording of tests and measurements The student should be able to document the results of the selected intervention; therapy goals and intervention plans; and the patient’s progress toward established outcomes The student should demonstrate the communication skills needed to be effective in interacting with the patient, his family, team members, and the clinical instructor In addition the student should be active in self-evaluation and in seeking out the resources to meet identified deficiencies

Under the supervision of the clinical instructor, the student will begin to integrate the implications of multi system involvement in a patient on problem solving about prognosis, length of stay, and selection and progression of treatment interventions The student is expected to begin to justify his/her choice of treatment, seeking out evidence to support his/her clinical decision making

Students should refer to their student and clinical education handbook for specific policies and procedures and regarding the clinical affiliation. Students receive a PASS/FAIL grade for their clinical internship

Prerequisites: PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 111, PTA 112, PTA 114, PTA 116, PTA 130, PTA 150, PTA 212, PTA 218, PTA 222, PTA 231 with a grade of C or higher, and all required general education courses must be completed prior to PTA 250

Credits: 6

PTA 251 Clinical Affiliation III

This is the final required course in the continuum of supervised clinical experiences in selected health care settings The student is working toward mastery of the skills that lead to a level of performance necessary for preparation into entry–level practice as a safe and effective clinician This course is the terminal full- time, 7 week clinical experience that occurs after students have completed all of their classroom education The affiliation combines classroom knowledge and clinical skills in a variety of health care settings designed to move the student toward full utilization of clinical skills and allow the administration of treatment programs as a physical therapy professional, under the guidance and supervision of their clinical instructor During this clinical affiliation the student is expected to show competence in reviewing the medical record; interviewing the patient and family members; knowledge of a diagnosis, implementing a treatment program based on the Physical Therapist’s plan of care, and assessing its effectiveness, and in execution and recording of tests and measurements The student should be able to document the results of the selected intervention; therapy goals and intervention plans; and the patient’s progress toward established outcomes The student should demonstrate the communication skills needed to be effective in interacting with the patient, family, team members, and the clinical instructor In addition the student should be active in selfevaluation and in seeking out the resources to meet identified deficiencies Under the supervision of the clinical instructor, the student will integrate the implications of multi system involvement in a patient by problem solving about prognosis, length of stay, and selection and progression of treatment interventions The student is expected to justify his/her choice of treatment, seeking out evidence to support his/her clinical decision making Students should refer to their student and clinical education handbook for specific policies and procedures and regarding the clinical affiliation

Students receive a PASS/FAIL grade for their clinical internship

Prerequisites: PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 111, PTA 112, PTA 114, PTA 116, PTA 130, PTA 150, PTA 212, PTA 218, PTA 222, PTA 231 with a grade of C or higher and successful completion of all general education courses

Credits: 6

Radiologic Technology

RAD 101 Introduction to Radiologic Sciences & Patient Care

This course is designed to provide an overview of the foundations in radiography and the practitioner’s role in the health care delivery system Principles, practices, and policies of the health care organization(s) are examined and discussed in addition to the professional responsibilities of the radiographer The course provides the basic concepts of patient care, including consideration for the physical and psychological needs of the patient and family Patient care procedures are discussed, as well as infection control procedures using standard precautions The role of the radiographer in patient education is identified Students are required to complete this course before entering the clinical sites

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

RAD 102 Radiographic Procedures I

Content of this course is designed to provide a knowledge base necessary to perform standard radiographic procedures of the chest, abdomen, and upper extremities Consideration is given to the production of images of optimal diagnostic quality Laboratory experience is used to complement the didactic portion

Prerequisite: RAD 101

Credits: 4

RAD 103 Radiographic Exposures I

Content of this course is designed to establish a basic knowledge of atomic structure and terminology Also presented are the nature and characteristics of radiation, xray production, and the fundamentals of photon interactions with matter

Prerequisite: RAD 101

Credits: 3

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 1 3 1

RAD 104 Clinical Education I

Content and clinical practice experiences are designed for sequential development, application, critical analysis, integration, synthesis, and evaluation of concepts and theories in the performance of radiologic procedures Through structured sequential, competency-based assignments in a clinical setting, concepts of team practice, patientcentered clinical practice, and professional development are discussed, examined, and evaluated Clinical practice experiences are designed to provide patient care and assessment, competent performance of radiologic imaging, and total quality management

Levels of competency and outcomes measurement ensure the well-being of the patient preparatory to, during, and following the radiologic procedure

Prerequisite: RAD 101

Credits: 2

RAD 105 Radiographic Procedures II

Content is designed to provide a knowledge base necessary to perform standard radiographic procedures of the lower extremities and spine Consideration is given to the production of images of optimal diagnostic quality Laboratory experience is used to complement the didactic portion

Prerequisite: RAD 102

Credits: 4

RAD 106 Radiographic Exposure II

Content is designed to establish a knowledge base in radiographic, fluoroscopic, mobile, and tomographic equipment requirements and design This class also focuses on factors that govern and influence the production and recording of radiologic images including properties of quality assurance and control to ensure the best possible diagnosis

Prerequisite: RAD 103

Credits: 3

RAD 107 Clinical Education II

Content and clinical practice experiences are designed for sequential development, application, critical analysis, integration, synthesis, and evaluation of concepts and theories in the performance of radiologic procedures Through structured sequential, competency-based assignments in a clinical setting, concepts of team practice, patientcentered clinical practice, and professional development are discussed, examined, and evaluated Clinical practice experiences are designed to provide patient care and assessment, competent performance of radiologic imaging, and total quality management

Levels of competency and outcomes measurement shall ensure the well-being of the patient preparatory to, during, and following the radiologic procedure

Prerequisite: RAD 104

Credits: 2

RAD 108 Clinical Education III

Content and clinical practice experiences are designed for sequential development, application, critical analysis, integration, synthesis, and evaluation of concepts and theories in the performance of radiologic procedures Through structured sequential, competency-based assignments in clinical settings, concepts of team practice, patientcentered clinical practice, and professional development are discussed, examined, and evaluated Clinical practice experiences are designed to provide patient care and assessment, competent performance of radiologic imaging, and total quality management

Levels of competency and outcomes measurement ensure the well-being of the patient preparatory to, during, and following the radiologic procedure As the students achieve competency, they begin performing more studies under indirect supervision

Prerequisite: RAD 107

Credits: 3

RAD 200 Digital Radiography and PACS

Digital Radiography and PACS is an overview and introduction to Digital Imaging and Computed Radiography at an entry level It will provide radiography students with information assisting them in the operating of equipment used in the clinical setting and understand the image acquisition guidelines, as well as detailed exposure guidelines and quality control practices to help obtain the best radiographs possible Image processing, production of clear radiographic images using digital technologies, and working with CR/DR quality workstations and information systems are covered as well as system architecture and the importance of HIPAA laws while accessing information systems Students will understand why digital imaging works and how they can provide optimal Imaging techniques necessary for patient care through advanced imaging processing and manipulation functions

Prerequisite: RAD 101

Credit: 1

RAD 201 Radiographic Procedures III

Content is designed to provide a knowledge base necessary to perform standard radiographic procedures of mobile studies, pediatric exams, and operating room studies Consideration is given to the production of images of optimal diagnostic quality The student learns to work with other health care team members for accurate image acquisition during non-routine procedures

Prerequisite: RAD 105

Credits: 2

RAD 202 Radiation Protection and Biology

Content is designed to provide an overview of the principles of radiation protection, including the responsibilities of the radiographer for patients, personnel, and the public. Radiation health and safety requirements of federal and state regulatory agencies, accreditation agencies, and health care organizations are incorporated

Prerequisite: RAD 101

Credits: 3

1 3 2 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

RAD 203 Radiographic Pathology

Content is designed and presented to introduce theories of disease causation and the pathophysiologic responses, clinical manifestations, radiographic appearance, and management of alterations in body systems

Prerequisite: RAD 101

Credits: 2

RAD 204 Clinical Education IV

Content and clinical practice experiences are designed for sequential development, application, critical analysis, integration, synthesis, and evaluation of concepts and theories in the performance of radiologic procedures Through structured sequential, competency-based assignments in a clinical setting, concepts of team practice, patientcentered clinical practice, and professional development are discussed, examined, and evaluated Clinical practice experiences are designed to provide patient care and assessment, competent performance of radiologic imaging, and total quality management

Levels of competency and outcomes measurement ensure the well-being of the patient preparatory to, during, and following the radiographic procedure As the students achieve competency, they begin performing more studies under indirect supervision

Prerequisite: RAD 108

Credits: 3

RAD 205 Radiographic Procedures IV

Content is designed to provide a knowledge base necessary to perform standard radiographic procedures of the upper spine, skull, and facial bones Gastrointestinal anatomy and imaging are also discussed

Consideration is given to the production of images of optimal diagnostic quality

Laboratory experience is used to complement the didactic portion

Prerequisite: Rad 201

Credits: 3

RAD 207 Clinical Education V

Content and clinical practice experiences are designed for sequential development, application, critical analysis, integration, synthesis, and evaluation of concepts and theories in the performance of radiologic procedures Through structured, sequential, competency-based assignments in a clinical setting, concepts of team practice, patient-centered practice, and professional development are discussed, examined, and evaluated Clinical practice experiences are designed to provide patient care and assessment, competent performance of radiologic imaging, and total quality management

Levels of competency and outcomes measurement ensure the well-being of the patient preparatory to, during, and following the radiologic procedure As the students achieve competency, they begin performing more studies under indirect supervision

Prerequisite: RAD 204

Credits: 3

RAD 208 Radiographic Procedures V

This course is a continuation of RAD205, Radiographic Procedures Content is designed to provide a knowledge base necessary to perform standard radiographic procedures of the skull and facial bones Fundamentals of special procedures and sterile tray technique will be covered

Consideration will be given to the production of images of optimal diagnostic quality

Other imaging modalities will be discussed Attention to infection control and technique, and how other imaging procedures accompany diagnostic procedures for overall planning and treatment of the patient Laboratory experience will be used to complement the didactic portion and is a mandatory accompaniment

Prerequisite: RAD 205

Credits: 3

RAD 209 Registry Review

Content is designed to prepare students to take the American Registry of Radiologic Technology Examination All didactic and clinical information from the 22 month program is reviewed and the students are given a number of registry type practice examinations The course provides an overall review of the nature and characteristics of x-ray production and the fundamentals of photon interaction with matter The principles of radiation protection, including the responsibilities of the radiographer for patients, personnel, and the public are included as well as regulatory considerations Emphasis on patient care, monitoring post contrast administration, performance of radiographic exams, and professionalism are included.

Prerequisite: Successful completion of all RAD courses from RAD 101 through RAD 205

Credits: 3

RAD 210 Radiographic Pathology

This course introduces the student theories with an introduction to pathology related to medical-surgical diseases and injury that compromise healthy systems Etiology, responses, and radiographic manifestations will be discussed Each major body system will be included to address radiographic appearance of disease and disease management Diseases that are demonstrated using radiographic procedures are the primary focus as well as the various modalities used to demonstrate pathologies

Pre-requisites: RAD 101, RAD 102, RAD 105, RAD 201

Co-requisites: RAD 202

Credits: 1

RAD 211 Digital Radiography

This course focuses specifically on the components, principles, and operation of digital imaging and computed radiography systems

It will provide radiography students with factors that impact image acquisition, display, archiving, and retrieval Detailed exposure guidelines and quality control practices and continuous quality management will also be presented. Students will understand digital imaging concepts and how to achieve optimal imaging techniques necessary for patient care through advanced image processing and manipulation functions

Pre-requisites: RAD 101, RAD 102, RAD 105, RAD 201

Co-requisites: RAD 202

Credits: 1

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 1 3 3

Registered Behavior Technician

RBT 100 Fundamentals of Applied Behavior Analysis

This course will provide an introduction to Applied Behavior Analysis and the required skills and knowledge to prepare the student to become a Behavior Technician, a skilled worker providing direct therapeutic care to adults and children with disabilities at home, school, or the community

Professional skills to understand similarities and differences in people’s behavior, learning skills, motivation, and preferences are essential to address the diversity found in all human services Understanding diversity in learning environments will improve outcomes, while promoting respect for each individual served Based on a treatment plan, specific research based strategies, and under the guidance of a professional behavior analyst, the Behavior Technician helps assess the individual’s performance, teaches new skills, and changes problematic behaviors

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

Marketing

RBT 101 Applied Behavior Analysis

This course will provide an introduction to Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and the required skills and knowledge to prepare students to become Behavior Technicians (BT). The BT is a skilled worker who provides direct therapeutic care to adults and children with disabilities at home, school, or the community Professional skills to understand similarities and differences in people’s behavior, learning skills, motivation, and preferences are essential to address the diversity found in all human services Understanding diversity in learning environments will improve outcomes, while promoting respect for each individual served Based on a treatment plan, specific research-based strategies, and under the guidance of a professional behavior analyst, the BT helps assess the individual’s performance, teaches new skills and changes problem behaviors Relevant course topics will be covered through lectureFEFs, short readings, in class group and hands-on activities, which will give the students the option to take the national certification test and become Registered Behavior Technicians (RBT-as per the national Behavior Analysis Certification Board –https://www bacb come/rbt/)

Credits: 3

RBT 102 Ethics, Competency, and Data Collection in Applied Behavior Analysis

This course will follow successful completion of the RBT 100 and is the final step to become eligible to register for the RBT certification examination The combination of RBT100 and RBT102 fulfills the Behavior Analysts Certification Board (BACB) 40 hour training requirement RBT 102 will further develop required skills on the BACB RBT task list requirement for initial competency assessment, needed to apply for the Registered Behavior Technician written exam

Prerequisites: RBT100 with a grade of B- or higher Credits: 3

SMM 101 Introduction to Digital and Social Media Marketing

This introductory course defines, illustrates, and applies the ways in which businesses can maximize their marketing efforts through the integration of digital and social media with current marketing strategies The course material covers the growth and future of social media; how consumers respond to and interact with social media; how businesses can develop an effective social media campaign, including strategic objectives, platform and application analysis, brand building, developing customer loyalty, measuring and monitoring performance; and careers in social media marketing field of business

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

SMM 210 Digital and Social Media Marketing Strategy and Management

The course covers two key aspects to successfully drive customers to business websites through the application, monitoring, and update of Search Engine Optimization (SEO) and Search Engine Marketing (SEM) in order to maximize the return on investment of time and capital resources

This first part of the course focuses on today's modern search engines with an emphasis on the value of a business' organic placement Students will gain an understanding of how the algorithms are used to rank websites and learn tactics to gain and maintain high rankings on search engines. Further, students will gain expertise in modern analytic tools using data to manage and adjust digital marketing plans and campaigns

1 3 4 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

This second part of the course will focus on paid search marketing including pay-perclick (PPC) & pay-per-impression campaigns (PPI) Students will learn the intricacies of text and display ad campaigns Students will incorporate contemporary marketing tactics like Re-Targeting and tracking cookies Students will also learn about customer relationship management (CRM), Inbound Marketing, and data capture and management Finally, students will develop a working knowledge of marketing budget and ROI (return on investment) analysis

Prerequisite: SMM 101, ENG 101, BUS 110

Credits: 3

SMM 220 Consumer Behavior

As consumers of goods and services, our purchasing behaviors are significantly influenced by advertising and marketing tactics Consumer behavior relates to the actions consumers exhibit when seeking, evaluating, purchasing, “consuming,” and disposing of products and services

Consumer motivations and decisions will be evaluated based on any combination of perceived brand benefits, past usage and experiences, demographics (age/gender, etc ), lifestyles, psychographics, culture, influence by others, education, income, and perceptions.

Prerequisite: ENG 101, BUS 110, BUS 221

Credits: 3

SMM 230 Web Design Applications

This course provides students with a working knowledge of contemporary webpage layout, design, and skills needed for developing and producing interactive business webpages Various aspects from the hierarchic concern of structuring information, user interface to the digital technologies and techniques in creating the content will be examined Students will incorporate their Marketing Plan (developed in previous classes) with marketing strategy (mix, advertising, consumer behavior, management, etc ) and SEO/SEM tools to develop a comprehensive capstone website portfolio project Programming knowledge is not expected

Prerequisite: BUS 242, SMM 210, SMM 220

Credits: 3

Sociology

SOC 109 Principles of Sociology

This course introduces the basic concepts necessary to study human interactions, social structures, and institutions The course offers a sociological analysis of culture, individual development, the family and its functions, group formations, formal institutions, deviance and social control, economic classes, and racial and ethnic group relations Functional and dysfunctional aspects of society are examined within the contexts of stability and change

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

Core Social Science or Diversity Elective

SOC 110 Social Problems

This course uses a variety of sociological and psychological perspectives to explore the causes of, the reality of, and possible solutions to current social problems. Issues examined include abortion, child abuse, single parent families, divorce, drug abuse, alcoholism, AIDS, homelessness, aging, discrimination, and violence

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

Core Social Science or Diversity Elective

SOC 115 Diversity in Society

This course is designed to help educate students to work in a world of diverse communities The study of diversity is intended to help develop a better understanding and respect for patients, patient families, and co-workers from diverse backgrounds, communication styles, and values.

Prerequisite: SOC 109

Credits: 3

Core Social Science or Diversity Elective

SOC 117 Animals in Society

Referencing the major sociological theories, this course will explore the complex social, psychological, and physical bonds between humans and non-human animals created by many types of interactions. These include domestication and man's varied use of animals from food to assistant to family member

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

Core Social Science Elective

SOC 122 Occupational Roles and Tasks through the LifeSpan

This course explores human occupational roles throughout development from birth to death with emphasis on skills and specific life tasks associated with each stage Special attention will be given to: the development of performance skills and patterns over time and the influence of context (sociocultural systems, environment, community, etc with special emphasis on diversity) on the individual and on populations

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

Core Social Science Elective

SOC 203 Geriatric Sociology

This course explores and analyzes the current social, psychological, and economic conditions facing the ever-growing population of senior citizens in the United States Topics covered include population trends, the social consequences of physiological aging, cognitive, personal, and mental health changes in aging persons, the roles of love, intimacy and sexuality in the older person’s life, the importance of social support systems for older people, the range of living arrangements for aging populations, and productive roles for aging persons

Prerequisites: PSY 111, SOC 109

Credits: 3

Core Social Science Elective

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 1 3 5

SOC 211 Historically Marginalized Groups

This course is an examination of the characteristics of American ethnic, racial, and religious historically marginalized groups, including an examination of the effects of prejudice and the problems of these groups

Prerequisite: SOC 109

Credits: 3

Core Social Science or Diversity Elective

SOC 275 Marriage and the Family

This course is designed to study the nature and functions of marriage and the family in contemporary society The historical and cultural evolution of family structures and functions as well as distinctions and similarities are studied The traditional and changing roles of women in American society are given special attention, along with the role of men and childrearing practices

Also discussed are problems of early marriage and intermarriage, mate selection theories and research, divorce, and changing sexual norms

Prerequisites: SOC 109, PSY 111

Credits: 3

Core Social Science or Diversity Elective

Sports Management

SPM 101 Sports in Society

This course introduces the social issues and controversies affecting the various aspects of the sports industry Students are exposed to the social theories and concepts as they pertain to all levels of sport activities Major trends, economic issues, and sports and the media will also be addressed

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

SPM 102 Principles of Sports Management

The Sports Management course provides an overview of the sport business industry and profession including professional sport entertainment, amateur sport entertainment, for-profit sport participation, sporting goods, sport tourism, and sport services. The main themes of the course delve into sports in a domestic and global marketplace, the application of sport business management, sport and sponsorship, planning and managing the stadium experience, social responsibility in sport, and future trends and challenges in the sports industry

Prerequisite: IAD 100

Credits: 3

SPM 103 Facilities Management

This course introduces the student to various aspects of contemporary facility management theory and practice for both indoor and outdoor sports facilities at various levels of competition Key topics include strategic planning and financial management, space planning, maintenance and operation, sustainability, designbuild cycle, emergency and security management, and quality

Prerequisite: ENG 101, MTH 111/113/115

Credits: 3

Veterinary Nursing

VET 102 Introduction to Veterinary Nursing

This course serves as an introduction to veterinary nursing as a career, and an overview of veterinary medicine. Topics include medical terminology, animal breeds, legal and ethical issues, occupational health and safety, medical record keeping, restraint and physical exam, career opportunities, and client relationships

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

VET 103 Veterinary Nutrition for Companion Animals

This overview of companion animal veterinary nutrition introduces the students to a wide variety of basic nutritional concepts and current topics in nutrition science

Topics include body condition scoring, therapeutic diets, and the use of nutritional supplements

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 1

VET 108 Anatomy and Physiology of Domestic Animals

This course offers a comparative study of the anatomy and physiology of domestic animals This course covers cellular structure, anatomical terms and review of the organ systems including integumentary, skeletal, muscle, nervous, circulatory, respiratory, urinary, gastrointestinal, reproductive, and endocrine Laboratories include the study of prosected specimens, models, illustrations, demonstrations, case studies, and computer-assisted learning

Co-requisites: VET102

Credits: 4

1 3 6 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

VET 116 Veterinary Clinical Pathology III

This course is an introduction to basic parasitology for the veterinary nurse Lecture and laboratory sessions emphasize identification of various parasites in domestic animals in the U S and routine diagnostic tests used in veterinary practice

Prerequisites: VET 108, VET 110

Credits: 4

VET 117 Veterinary Clinical Pathology I

This course is an introduction to hematology and microbiology for the veterinary nurse Hematology lectures and labs stress identification of blood components in various species of domestic animals and routine diagnostic blood tests Microbiology lectures and labs stress microorganism classification, life cycles, disease, immunity, sterilization, staining, and cultivating techniques.

Prerequisite: VET 108

Corequisite: VET 110

Credits: 4

VET 118 Pharmacology and Anesthesia

This course offers fundamentals in drug classification used in veterinary medicine, techniques of drug application, distribution, and safety standards Analgesia and anesthesia are discussed with focus on care and use of the anesthesia machine, pre-anesthetic assessment of the patient, patient monitoring, and post-operative pain management

Prerequisites: MTH 113 or MTH 116, VET 109, VET 110

Credits: 3

VET 229 Principles of Medicine

This course is an introduction to large animal medicine for the veterinary nurse Pertinent aspects of large animal diseases are discussed Emphasis is placed on a review of large animal anatomy, nursing skills, and common diseases and their clinical signs

Prerequisites: VET 108

VET 227 Exotic Animal Nutrition and Management

This course is an introduction to the science of nutrition and the management of the exotic animal species commonly kept as pets (ferrets, reptiles, caged birds) Handling, nursing procedures, nutrition, husbandry, normal and abnormal behaviors, and common disease conditions are covered Cat and dog nutrition topics are also covered

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 3

VET 228 Surgery and Radiology

This course is a fundamental course for the veterinary nurse on principles and practices of surgical nursing Topics discussed include sterile technique, description and use of surgical instruments, basic operating room procedure, common surgical procedures, and veterinary dentistry Radiology topics include the physics of radiography, equipment, techniques, and safety Dental topics include oral exam, charting, common dental conditions, and prophylactic care The lab provides an opportunity to practice instrument identification and pack preparation, sterile gowning and gloving, dental cleaning and radiography, and radiology skills

Prerequisites: VET 108, VET 110

Credits: 4

VET 235 Laboratory Animal Science

This course provides a fundamental background in laboratory animal science Emphasis is placed on the ten most commonly used laboratory animals and the technician’s responsibility with these animals. Laboratory instruction consists of a hands-on approach to proper management, handling, restraint, sexing, breeding, administering injections, and collecting biological specimens from the laboratory animals discussed in lecture Animal care is mandatory

Prerequisite: None

Credits: 4

VET 240 Veterinary Clinical Pathology II

This course offers a theoretical basis for analysis of body chemicals, urinalysis, and serology in domestic animals Practical application of laboratory skills and use of diagnostic equipment are taught in the laboratory

Prerequisites: MTH 113, VET 108, VET 110

Credits: 4

VET 245 Advanced Nursing Skills

This course reinforces basic nursing skills taught and practiced in VET 225 and VET 235 and include more advanced skills in patient monitoring, venipuncture, understanding of disease states, and management of emergency and critical care patients

Prerequisites: VET 108, VET 110, VET 240

Credits: 4

Must be taken in the final semester

VET 250 Veterinary Nursing Senior Seminar

The Senior Seminar is the capstone of the Veterinary Nursing Program This 1-credit experience provides the student with all information necessary to attend clinical practicum at the University of Pennsylvania Veterinary Hospital. Students will also prepare to sit for the VTNE and apply for state licensure Interviewing skills and resume writing, as well as case-based analysis of bloodwork and medical math review are included

Corequisite: VET 245

Credit: 1

Must be taken in the final semester

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 - 2 0 2 4 1 3 7

Course

Descriptions for Veterinary Nursing Practica

All Veterinary Nursing students are required to complete both the large-animal and small-animal practica The small-animal practicum is completed at the Matthew J Ryan Veterinary Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania in Philadelphia The large-animal practicum is completed at the New Bolton Center in Kennett Square, PA Each practicum is 12-weeks long and may be completed only after the completion of all required coursework and if the student has a cumulative grade point average of 2 0 or higher, and a grade point average of 2 0 or higher in all Vet Nursing courses

Small Animal Practicum

All Veterinary Nursing students are required to complete the 12-week Small Animal Practicum at the Matthew J Ryan Veterinary Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania in Philadelphia The courses listed below comprise the Small Animal Practicum

VET 304 Written/Oral Report and Final Exam

Students choose a case with which they were involved during their practicum and write up the case study, including information from the record, research, and firsthand experience Students then present this report to their peers. Participation in seminar discussions and the final exam are averaged in with the case study grade

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2 0 or higher, and a grade point average of 2 0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework

VET 305 Wards Rotation

This is a two-week course in which students participate in the care and treatment of hospitalized patients This treatment includes basic evaluation of patient history and current therapy, skills involved with patient comfort and care, fluid therapy, record keeping, venipuncture, and catheter maintenance

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2 0 or higher, and a grade point average of 2 0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework

VET 306 Intensive Care Rotation

This is a two-week course in which students gain a basic understanding in the assessment, treatment, and care of the critically ill patient This course includes building on medical knowledge of disease processes and physiology; providing treatment, maintenance, and comfort to critically ill animals; assessing subtle changes in patient status and becoming proficient in a variety of skills such as venipuncture, catheter placement, fluid therapy, and administration of medication Some night shifts are required

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2 0 or higher, and a grade point average of 2 0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework

VET 307 Surgery Rotation

This is a one-week course in which students gain skills in the application of sterile and aseptic techniques including preparation of surgery patients, equipment, and operating areas Identification of surgical instrumentation, suture material, and other surgical equipment is included Students also gain a basic understanding of common surgical practices

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2 0 or higher, and a grade point average of 2 0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework.

VET 308 Anesthesia Rotation

This is a two-week course in which students gain skills involving induction, maintenance, and recovery of the anesthetized patient Included are patient evaluation and monitoring, drug calculations, drug choices, and some special anesthetic considerations. Students also gain familiarity with the function and care of anesthesia machines and monitoring equipment

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2 0 or higher, and a grade point average of 2 0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework.

VET 309 Specialty Medicine Rotation

This two-week rotation has two components The first component provides the student with an experience in community practice Students will interact with clients and assist in providing wellness checkups, vaccinations, specialty referrals, and more The second component will provide students with experience in several of the specialty departments within the hospital including: oncology, dermatology, ophthalmology, the blood bank, exotics, and the clinical lab Participation in these specialties will vary based on caseload

1 3 8 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

VET 315 Radiology Rotation

This is a one-week course in which students learn to produce diagnostic-quality radiographs for routine and some specialstudy procedures with the safety of both the patients and the handler in mind Students also become knowledgeable in radiology equipment care and usage

Ultrasonography and echocardiography are introduced

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2 0 or higher, and a grade point average of 2 0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework.

VET 316 Emergency Service Rotation

This is a two-week course in which students gain fundamental skills in handling veterinary emergencies These skills include client communication, patient status assessment, treatment protocols for common emergencies, and performance of treatments Students work in the 24-hour emergency service at the Veterinary Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania Some night and weekend shifts are required

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2 0 or higher, and a grade point average of 2 0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework

TOTAL CREDITS: 15

Large Animal Practicum

All Veterinary Nursing students are required to complete the 12-week Large Animal Practicum at the New Bolton Center in Kennett Square, PA. The courses listed below comprise the Large Animal Practicum

VET 314 Final Exam and Case Study

Final Exam: Given the last week of practicum, the final exam is made up of 20% anesthesia questions and 80% general nursing, lecture, and laboratory questions. The exam reflects an overview of the practicum and tests a student’s knowledge of what was learned in lectures, labs, and rotations Case Study: Students choose a patient case study to present both orally and in writing Students are graded on their oral and written presentations, audiovisual aids, and knowledge of the subject matter Information is gathered from the patient record, research of the subject, first-hand experience, and from doctors and nurses in the hospital

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2 0 or higher, and a grade point average of 2 0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework.

VET 320 Anesthesia Rotation

This is a two-week course in which students learn and become familiar with the basics of large-animal anesthesia Students learn chemical restraint, pharmacology of commonly used drugs, calculations, anesthesia equipment, and how to recognize problems and trends as they occur during induction, maintenance, and recovery of the anesthetized patient Some on-call shifts are required with this rotation

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2 0 or higher, and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework

VET 321 Operating Room Rotation

This is a one-week course in which students participate and gain skills in aseptic techniques while preparing patients for surgery Students learn routine and emergency surgical procedures, instrumentation and its uses, proper patient positioning, and suture material Students also learn and develop skills in the proper handling, packaging, and sterilization of instrumentation prior to use in a sterile operating room environment Some on-call shifts are required for this rotation

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2 0 or higher, and a grade point average of 2 0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework

VET 322 Critical Care Rotation

This is a one-week course in which students learn the nursing care required in dealing with critically ill large animals. Students learn the main causes of illness, the associated complications, how to monitor these complications, and how to avoid them Students also learn emergency procedures and triaging of patients and become familiar with the specialized emergency equipment that an intensive care unit has to offer Students work on skills as they relate to medications, drug dosages, fluid therapy, and venipuncture Documentation and communication skills are utilized

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2 0 or higher, and a grade point average of 2 0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework.

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 1 3 9

VET 323 Patient Care Rotation

This is a one-week course in which students learn to work up various emergencies as they present to a clinic after hours

Students continue to learn more nursing skills This rotation continues to develop observation, monitoring, and patient assessment skills

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2 0 or higher, and a grade point average of 2 0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework

VET 324 Overnight Nursing Rotation

This is a one-week course where students further their practical knowledge by giving patient medications as ordered and become more responsible for patient care while working alongside a nurse Observation, monitoring, and patient-assessment skills are more fully utilized in this rotation.

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2 0 or higher, and a grade point average of 2 0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework

VET 325 Medicine/Surgery Nursing Rotation

This is a one-week course in which students learn diagnostic procedures and participate in nursing techniques as they apply to hospitalized medicine and surgery for large-animal patients Students learn medication and correct routes of administration, patient monitoring, and fluid administration. Students are exposed to fundamentals of infectious disease control This exposure helps them in future workplaces to deal appropriately with contagious and zoonotic diseases and nosocomial infections

Students have a great deal of interaction with fourth-year veterinary students and have access to veterinary student teaching opportunities

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2 0 or higher, and a grade point average of 2 0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework

VET 326 Field Service Rotation

This is a one-week course in which students participate actively with field service veterinarians when they make farm calls away from New Bolton Center Students learn routine vaccinations, surgical procedures, routine herd health considerations, and other large-animal procedures handled by a veterinarian on a farm call

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2 0 or higher, and a grade point average of 2 0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework

VET 327 Clinical Lab and Pathology

This one-week rotation requires students to spend time in both the clinical lab and the pathology lab Students learn large animal lab procedures and specific laboratory tests commonly performed when working with large animals In the pathology lab, students gain experience with basic postmortem methods, tissue sampling, and cytology readings

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2 0 or higher, and a grade point average of 2 0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework

VET 328 Sports Medicine Rotation

This is a one-week course that closely resembles a private practice Sports medicine consists of five sections: Outpatient, Radiology, Ultrasound, Nuclear Medicine, and Treadmill Students learn equine anatomical structure and how the sections of Sports Medicine are employed to assess and diagnose performance problems in equine athletes This rotation allows a student to improve communication skills while working with clients and their animals

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher, and a grade point average of 2 0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework

VET 329 Large Animal Elective

This one-week rotation provides the student with an opportunity to participate in one of several elective rotations These rotations include: Food Animal Rotation, Biomedical Research Lab, Animal Care/Herd Management, or Medical Records/Pharmacy

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2 0 or higher, and a grade point average of 2 0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework

TOTAL CREDITS = 15

1 4 0 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 1 4 1

Trustees, Administration, Faculty, and Staff

1 4 2 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

Board of Trustees Officers

David M. Jacobson, CPA Chairman

Theodore A. Rosen Vice-Chair

Louise A Strauss, M Ed Vice-Chair

Denis C Boyle Treasurer

Karl A. Thallner, Jr. Secretary

Jon Jay DeTemple, Ph.D., MBA President

Members

Barbara Bosha

Samuel P Cimino, DDS

Amy Copeland

Kevin Dow, MBA

Daniel Hirschfeld, MBA, MFin

T. Anthony Jones, MBA

Alexander Klein, DBA, CITLS

Sharon Manker, M.Ed.

Dennis S. Marlo

J Michael McNamara

Carmen Rivé

Theodore A Rosen

Board of Trustees Emeriti

Thomas J. Giamoni

Mary Ann Skelton Oaks ’52

Nancy O Brown, V M D , DACVS, DACVIM

President’s Cabinet

Jon Jay DeTemple, Ph D President

Hunt Bartine, MBA, SPHR Associate VP Human Resources/CHRO

Dario Bellot, MBA, B.A. Vice President of Administration & CFO

Rachel Bowen, B.A. Vice President of Enrollment Management

Timothy Ely, M Ed , B A Executive Director of Strategic Planning & Institutional Research

Julia Ingersoll, D.M., J.D. Executive Vice President

Edward Kovacs, Ed.D., M.A., B.A. Dean of Student Life

Krystal Popiel, M S , B S Director of Communications & Marketing

Evelyn Santana, Ed.D., MBA, B.A. Executive Director of Partnership Sites

Brooke Walker, M.Ed., B.S. Vice President of Institutional Advancement

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 1 4 3

Sa Eed Abdul-Khabeer

Adjunct Instructor, General Studies

M S , Drexel University;

M B A , University of Phoenix;

B S , Temple University

Lisette Agosto Cintron

Adjunct Instructor, General Studies

Ed D , Holy Family College;

M Ed , Holy Family College;

B S , Drexel University

Philip Aidoo

Assistant Professor, Mathematics

M S , Eastern University

Dolores Alabrodzinski

Associate Professor, Assistant Program Director, Nursing

M S N , Villanova University;

B S N , Trenton State College

Breone Alcox-McIntosh ’17

Lab Instructor, Veterinary Nursing

B S , Biology Bethune-Cookman

University; A S , Harcum College

Lester Archer

Adjunct Instructor, General Studies

Ph D , Louisiana State University;

M A , Villanova University;

M S , University of Southern Mississippi;

B S George Washington University

Phil Arkow

Adjunct Faculty, Continuing Studies

B S , University of Pennsylvania

Kathleen Aumendo

Medical Records Manager

M S N , Capella University;

B S N, LaSalle University, RN

Camille Avent

Adjunct Instructor, Fashion Merchandising

M S , Philadelphia University;

B A , Penn State University

Anya Babayeva

Adjunct Instructor, CAD Fashion Design

M B A , Morris Graduate School of Management;

B F A , Illinois Institute of Art

Phillip Beauchemin

Adjunct Instructor, Criminal Justice

J D , Temple Law School;

M A , Temple University;

M Ed , Temple University;

B A , University of North Carolina

Chapel Hill

Shawn Beckowski

Adjunct Instructor, Human Services

M S W , Stony Brook University

Matias Bentancour ’21

Instructor, Veterinary Nursing

A S , Harcum College

Owen Binczewski

Assistant Professor, Mathematics

B S , St Joseph’s University

Marybeth Blasetti

Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene

B S , Thomas Jefferson University; Dental Hygiene Certificate, University of Pennsylvania

Sylvia Britt

Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene

B A , Ohio State University

Donna Broderick, MLS

(ASCP) Ed D

Program Director, Professor, Laboratory Science Programs

Ed D , Gwynedd Mercy University;

M S , St Joseph’s University;

B S , Rosemont College

Donna Brown

Medical Coding and Billing Coordinator

A A S , Delaware County Community College

Mabel Inez Bruce

Adjunct Instructor

M H S , Lincoln University

Mary Buttery

Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene

M Ed , Widener University;

B S D H , Old Dominion University

Jean Byrnes-Ziegler

Program Director & Professor, Dental Hygiene

M S , University of Pennsylvania;

B S , University of Rhode Island

Lauren Campion

Instructor, Veterinary Nursing

B A , Biology Widener University;

A S , Penn Foster

Christine Carlson

Assistant Program Director & Associate Professor, Early Childhood Education

M Ed , Cabrini College;

M Ed , Liberty University;

B A Eastern University

Dossie Cavallucci ’80

Program Director, Dental Assisting/EFDA; Professor, EFDA

M S , University of St Francis;

B S , West Chester University;

A S , Harcum College

Donna Chuddley HTL(ASCP)

Adjunct Instructor, Lab Science

Sekela Coles

Adjunct Instructor, Business

Ph D , Walden University;

M B A , Pennsylvania State University;

B A , Lincoln University

Nina Costanza

Adjunct Instructor, International Programs

B A , University of Pennsylvania

Amy Cotto

Adjunct Instructor, Fashion Design

B F A , Moore College of Art

Elizabeth Cratin MSN, RN, CCRN, CNEcl, Associate Professor, Nursing

M S N , Widener University;

B S N , Villanova University

Julian Crooks

Director & Professor, Fashion Programs

EdD, Arizona State University;

M Ed , University of the Arts;

B F A , Rhode Island School of Design

Rebecca Cummings-Suppi

Adjunct Instructor, Med Lab Tech

A S , Robert Morris College

Anna DiCarlo PBT(ASCP)

Adjunct Instructor, Lab Science

Jordan Diehl

Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene

B A , Ursinus College;

A S Montgomery County Community College

Rosalie DiFerdinand

Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene

B S , Thomas Jefferson University; Certificate in Dental Hygiene, University of Pennsylvania

Marie DiNunzio MLS (ASCP)

Adjunct Instructor, Lab Science

Connie Dollak

Instructor, Dental Hygiene

MSDH, University of Bridgeport;

B A , Temple University;

A S , Community College of Philadelphia

Mary Ellen Doran ’84, ’02

Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene

A S , Harcum College

Nina Dowlin

Adjunct Instructor, General Studies

Ph D , Capella University;

M S , University of Pennsylvania;

B S , Mount Holyoke College

Leo Doyle

Adjunct Instructor, Criminal Justice

M A , Rosemont College

Zoe Ann Durkin

Education Coordinator & Adjunct Instructor, Histotechnology

M S , Cambridge College;

A A , Centenary College; H T , Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania

Christa L Eck

Program Director & Assistant Professor, Occupational Therapy Assistant

M S , B S , College Misericordia;

A A S , Lehigh Carbon Community College

Angela Edmunds

Adjunct Instructor, Fashion Merchandising

B A , Temple University

Theresa Eller

Adjunct Instructor, General Studies

M S , Immaculata University; B S , Immaculata University; A S , Immaculata

Elizabeth Cratin Elliott

Associate Professor, Nursing

M S N , Widener University; B S N , Villanova University; Adele Emhof ’12

Adjunct Faculty, Dental Hygiene

B A , The Pennsylvania State University; A S , Harcum College

Dionne Fears

Adjunct Instructor, Human Services

M S , Wilmington University;

B S , West Chester University

Jennifer Fehl

Associate Professor, Behavioral Health Science

Gabriella Ferreira ’99

Instructor, Physical Therapist Assistant Program

B S , Drexel University;

A S , Harcum College

John Flynn Ph D, MT (ASCP), SBB

Adjunct Instructor, Lab Science

Lauren Forry

Assistant Professor, English

MFA, Kingston University;

M A , Kingston University;

B A , New York University

Mike Fratangelo

Program Director, Behavioral Health Science, Sports Management, Business Programs

Karlynne Galczyk

Ph D (c), MSN, Widener University; MPH, West Chester University; RN, Brandywine School of Nursing

Phillip Giarraputo

Supervising Dentist, Dental Hygiene

D M D , University of Pennsylvania;

B A , College of Emporia

Cierra Greene

Adjunct Instructor, Early Childhood Education

Ed D , Walden University;

M A , Edinboro University;

B A , Edinboro University

Theresa Groody

Director of Continuing and Professional Studies

DHSc, University of Bridgeport;

M Ed , Arcadia University;

B H S , Gwynedd-Mercy University;

A S , Manor Junior College

Jamie Guiberson ’00

Instructor, Veterinary Nursing

B A , University of Delaware;

A S , Harcum College

Kelli Harris

Adjunct Instructor, Early Childhood Education

M Ed , Arcadia University;

B S , Millersville University

Cindy Heil

Assistant Professor, EFDA Program

Heather Herner ’17

Assistant Professor and Academic

Fieldwork Coordinator, Occupational Therapy Assistant

B A , DeSales University;

A S , Harcum College

Ashley Herr-Perrin

Program Director, Partnership

Human Services

Ed D , Wilmington University; MSW, Temple University; B A , James Madison University

Prentice Hill

Adjunct Instructor, Business

M B A , University of Louisville; B S , Hampton University

Colleen Hinrichsen MT

(ASCP), SBB, DLM

Adjunct Instructor, Lab Science

Kathleen Hofmann ’89

Instructor, Dental Assisting and EFDA Clinical Coordinator

B A , American Public University; A S , Harcum College

Lori Hudson

Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene

B S , Thomas Jefferson University

Linda Ivey

Adjunct Instructor, General Studies

M S , Temple University; B S , Penn State University

Ta’Mora Jackson

Adjunct Instructor, Early Childhood

Education

M A T /B A , Bennington College

Prajje Oscar Jean-Baptiste

Adjunct Instructor, Fashion Design

B F A , Massachusetts College of Art

Geraldine Johnson ’04

Adjunct Instructor, General Studies

M A , Eastern University; B A , Cabrini University; A S , Harcum College

Tanya Johnson-Coleman

Program Director, Associate Professor, Nursing

DNP, LaSalle University; MHA, Saint Joseph University; BSN, Temple University

Carl Jones

Adjunct Instructor, General Studies

M Ed , Arcadia University; B A , Bloomsberg University

Sabriya Jubilee

Adjunct Instructor

Ph D , Temple University

Joseph Karpinski

Associate Professor, General Studies; Chemical Hygiene Officer

M S , Lehigh University

Matthew Kastelberg

Adjunct Instructor, General Studies

M A , Temple University; B A , Auburn University; A A , Ricks College

Jaime Kemeza ’00

Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene

B S , Pennsylvania College of Technology; A S , Harcum College

Pamela Kennebrew

Adjunct Instructor

Ed D , Fielding University; MHS , Lincoln University

1 4 4 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Faculty

Tracie Kennedy

Program Director, General Studies

M Ed, Widener University; B A , Gettysburg College

Mary King

Instructor, Clinical Coordinator, Nursing

M S N , B S N University of Phoenix; RN

Kathleen Koar ’99

Program Director, Veterinary Nursing, Associate Professor

M S Ed , University of Pennsylvania;

B A , Muhlenberg College;

A S , Harcum College

Jacqueline Klaczak Kopack

Program Director, Physical Therapist

Assistant; Professor, Allied Health Sciences

D P T , Temple University;

M S , University of the Sciences

Linda Kruus

Adjunct Instructor, General Studies

Ph D Virginia Commonwealth University;

M S , Virginia Commonwealth

Laura LaJudice

Instructor, Lab Coordinator, Nursing

M S N Drexel University

B S N Gwynedd Mercy University

Alberta Landis

Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene

M Ed , West Chester University;

B S , West Chester University;

A S Temple University

Amanda Lewis

Adjunct Instructor, Fashion Design

BFA, Rhode Island School of Design

Janice Lewis

Adjunct Instructor, Fashion Design

B S , Syracuse University

Richard Lombardo

Adjunct Instructor, Business

Ph D , Capella University;

M B A , B A , Eastern University

Gemma Longfellow

Instructor, Physical Therapist Assistant

MSPT, Marymount University

Maureen Lukens

Instructor, Nursing

BSN, West Chester University;

MSN, Widener University

Jillian Lydon ’15

Assistant Professor/Junior Clinic

Coordinator, Dental Hygiene

MSDH, University of Bridgeport;

B F A , University of the Arts;

A S , Harcum College

Shaun Madary

Assistant Program Director, Physical Therapist Assistant

B A , Temple University;

A S , Lehigh County Community College

Valerie Malcolm

Adjunct Instructor, Continuing Studies

D M D , University of the Philippines

Gino Martin

Dental Assisting/EFDA Instructor

Kristy Matulevich, MLS (ASCP)

M Ed

Clinical Coordinator/Instructor, Laboratory Science Program

M Ed , Cabrini University;

B S , Pennsylvania State University

Niashia Maza

Program Director, Criminal Justice

B A , Temple University;

PBACC, Peirce College;

M S , Walden University; MPhil, Walden University

Adjunct Instructor, General Studies

Ph D , University of Liverpool;

M Ed , Temple University;

B A , Eastern University

Wanda Miles

Adjunct Instructor, Early Childhood Education

Ph D , Capella University;

M S , Cheyney University;

B S , Lincoln University

Larry Musolino

Adjunct Instructor, General Studies

M S , Rochester Inst Of Technology;

M S , Texas A&M University;

M S Lehigh

Karen Naylor ’92

Associate Professor, Dental Hygiene

MPH, B S , West Chester University; A S Harcum College

Trish O’Connell

Associate Professor, Veterinary Nursing

M A , Beaver College;

M S , Canisius College;

B A , Immaculata University

Tamar Paltin

Animal Center Management Faculty

Joanne Pennyfeather

Adjunct Instructor, Early Childhood Education

Ed D , Grand Canyon University;

M Ed , Lincoln University;

B A , Lincoln University

Lisa Perry

Assistant Professor, English

M S , University of Pennsylvania;

B A , Temple University

Russell Phillips

Adjunct Instructor, General Studies

Stephen Pipitone

Coordinator of Online Education Services, Professor

M Ed , West Chester University;

B S , Villanova University

Felicia Powers ’15

Lab Instructor, Veterinary Nursing

M A , Villanova University;

B A , Dickinson College;

A S , Harcum College

Joann Pyne

Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene

B S , Thomas Jefferson University;

A S , Montgomery County Community College

Christine Redlinger

Clinical Instructor, Radiology

Maureen Reese

Clinical Instructor, Dental Assisting/EFDA

Monica Rhoten ’00

Adjunct Instructor, Physical Therapist

Assistant

B S , West Chester University;

A S , Harcum College

Diane Rice

Adjunct Instructor, Criminal Justice

J D , Temple Law School

Joanne Ricevuto

Program Director, Early Childhood

Education, Assistant Professor, Assistant

Vice President of Instructional Success

M Ed , Widener University;

B S , West Chester University

Barbara Ann Ricks-Strand

Adjunct Instructor, General Studies

M B A , Eastern University;

B A , Eastern College;

A S , Community College

Brian Riker

Adjunct Instructor, General Studies

M B A , Eastern University;

B A , Eastern College;

A S , Community College

Vincent Rink

Dental Assisting/EFDA Instructor

Linward Robinson

Program Director, Animal Center

Management, Associate Professor

M B A , University of Phoenix;

B S , Delaware Valley College

Alyssa Ryan

Rad Tech Instructor

Loretta Ryan

Clinical Instructor, EFDA

David Scott

Adjunct Instructor, Human Services

M S , Lincoln University;

B S , Clarion University

Geraldine Scutti ’97

Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene

B S , West Chester University;

A S , Harcum College

Carolyn Marie Singleton, Esq

Adjunct Instructor, Criminal Justice

J D , Rutgers Law School

Jock Sommese

Adjunct Instructor, Business

D B A , Wilmington University;

M B A , Drexel University;

B A , Villanova University

Julie Taddeo

Program Director, Radiologic Technology & Allied Health Science

M A , Cabrini University;

B S , Gwynedd Mercy College;

A S , Delaware Technical and Community College

Heidi Techner

Program Director, Interior Design

M S , Drexel University;

B F A , Carnegie-Mellon University

William Towns

Adjunct Instructor, Business

M S , Drexel University;

B S , Boston University

Kari Tumminia

Adjunct Instructor, Business

M A , Eastern University;

B S , Art Institute of Philadelphia

Dionne Tyler

Practicum Coordinator & Adjunct Instructor, Lab Science

M B A , University of Phoenix;

M H A , University of Phoenix;

B S , Columbia Union College

Joan Udoeyo

Assistant Professor

Vincent Valaitis

Adjunct Instructor, General Studies

M A , Villanova University;

B S , Villanova University

Joanne Villante

Adjunct Instructor, Dental Assisting/EFDA

A S , Manor College

Thomas Viola

Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene

C C P , R Ph,

B S Pharm, St John’s University (NY)

Gregg Volz

Director of Youth Courts, Instructor, Criminal Justice

Nicoleta Votov

Adjunct Instructor, Fashion Design

A S , Art Institute of Philadelphia

Alice Walker, HT (ASCP)

Adjunct Instructor, Lab Science

Jade Wallace

Adjunct Instructor, Early Childhood Education

Ed D , Drexel University;

M Ed , Lock Haven University;

B S , LaSalle University

Erica Wascavage

Associate Professor, Nursing

Ph D , Widener University;

M S N , Thomas Edison State University;

B S N , Thomas Edison State University;

B A , Rutgers University;

A A S , Mercer County

Community College

Marietta Waters

Adjunct Instructor, Criminal Justice

M S , Grand Canyon University; Cyber Security Certification, University of Maryland Global campus

Linda Webster

Associate Professor, Nursing

Ph D , Widener University;

M S N , Temple University;

B S N , Allegheny Univ of the Health Sciences

Mark Whiteman

Adjunct Instructor, General Studies

M A , West Chester University;

B A , Charter Oak State College

Vicki Whiteman

Adjunct Instructor, General Studies

Ph D , Temple University;

M A , West Chester University;

B A , West Chester

Alison Whiter

Program Veterinarian & Assistant

Professor, Veterinary Nursing

D V M , Oklahoma State University;

B S , University of Delaware

Tanya Williams ’89, ’92

Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene

B S Pennsylvania College of Technology;

A S , Harcum College

Michael Wolf

Adjunct Instructor, Law and Justice

M A , University of Pennsylvania;

B A , Yale University

Pamela Woodland

Associate Professor, Business

Ed D , Gwynedd Mercy University

Miranda Worthington, CVT ’13

Faculty, Veterinary Nursing

A S , Harcum College

Gregory Wright

Adjunct Instructor, General Studies

B A , Combs College of Music;

A A , Delaware County Community College

Koyuki Yip

Assistant Professor

M S S , Bryn Mawr College;

B A , Skidmore College

Edward Zawora, III

Program Director, Graphic Design

A S T, Antonelli Institute

Peter Zuber

Instructor, Physical Therapist Assistant

Program

M S , Duke University;

B S , Wheaton College

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 1 4 5

Linda Alderman

Administrative Assistant, Student Records

James Alexander

Campus Safety Officer

Kathy Anthony

Director of Counseling Services

M S S , Bryn Mawr College;

B A, Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Valerie Aronov-Schwartz C R N P

Director of Health Services

B A , B S , M S , Drexel University

John Ball

Head Coach, Men’s Basketball

B A , The Pennsylvania State University

Hunt Bartine

Director Human Resources

MBA, University of Connecticut;

B A Marietta College

Dario Bellot

VP of Administration & CFO

Karey Bowen

Assistant Director of Admissions

Rachel Bowen

Vice President of Enrollment Management

B A , DeSales University

Marlon Brissett

Facilities

Kimberlynn Brown-Trent

Human Resources Coordinator

Denine Carlton-Lloyd

Campus Safety Officer

Michael Caroto

Music Program Coordinator, Harcum Music School

Keyonnah Cohen

Officer, Campus Security

Stephanie Conklin ’16

Clinical Education Coordinator, Veterinary Nursing

B A , The Pennsylvania State University;

A S , Harcum College

Jared Cook

Assistant Volleyball Coach

Richard Cooper

Director of Disability Services

Ph D , University of Pittsburgh; MAE, InterAmerican University;

B A , St Fidelis College

Barbara Coppola

Administrative Assistant, Financial Aid

Lilian Crooks

Graphic Designer/ Communications Specialist

B F A, Maryland Institute College of Art

Raymond Curry

Coordinator, Upward Bound

B S , Lincoln University

Windell Dally

Housekeeping

Jon Jay DeTemple

President

Ph D , MBA, Syracuse University;

B S , Cornell University

Jon Jay (J J ) DeTemple II

Athletic Director

B S , University of New Mexico

Ashley Dirienzo

Coordinator

Joseph Donahue

Director of Technology Services

Alexandria Einspahr

Academic Counselor

Timothy Ely

Executive Director of Strategic

Planning & Institutional Research

M Ed , Pennsylvania State University;

B A , West Chester University

William Fanshel

Evening/Weekend Librarian

M S , St Joseph's University;

M S L S , Drexel University

Leah Feeley

Assistant Professor, Veterinary Nursing

M Ed , Concordia University - Portland;

B S , Mathematical Biology

Beloit College;

A A S , Camden County College

Ebony Fowlkes

Assistant Director, Residence Life

B S , MBA, Rosemont College

Tyler Gangi

Assistant Director of Admissions

B A , York College

Robyn Gleason

Assistant Director, Disability Services

B S W , Cabrini University

Theresa Groody

Director of Continuing & Professional Studies,

Adjunct Faculty, EFDA

M Ed , Arcadia University;

B S , Gwynedd-Mercy College;

A S , Manor College

Trevor Gulledge

Director of Campus Activities

M S , West Chester University

B S , Stockton University

Chelse Hall

Assistant Women s Basketball Coach

Exford Henry

Housekeeping

Jason Hill

Housekeeping

Daniel Hodas

Media Services Coordinator, Library

B A , Castleton State College

Karen Hofmann

Student Account Specialist

David Hughes

Head Coach & Director of Soccer Operations

Julia Ingersoll

Executive Vice-President

D M, University of Maryland;

J D , Villanova University;

B S , Boston University

Tytiana Jackson

Academic Coordinator –

1st Year Experience

Kevin Jones

Coordinator, Human Services, Partnership Sites

MBA, University of Phoenix;

B S , Delaware State University

Nikolay Karpalo

Facilities Manager

A S , ASA College;

M S , Kiev State University

Wendy G. Kern

Associate Director of Financial Aid

M Ed , B S , Widener University

Saher Khan

Development Coordinator

B A , Louisiana State University

Stephen Kleponis

Director of Business Services

B S , University of Phoenix;

A S , Community College of Philadelphia

Karidja Kone

Housekeeping

Edward Kovacs

Dean of Student Life

Ed D , Temple University;

M A , Bowling Green State University;

B S , Millersville University

James Lambert

Campus Safety Officer

B A , Widener University

Paula Lehrberger

Assistant VP of Financial Aid

M S Ed , Indiana University;

B A , University of Rochester

Linh Luu

Data Researcher

B S , Gwynedd Mercy University

Kathleen Malley

Student Records Coordinator

B A , St Joseph's University

Bill Martin

Accounts Payable Analyst

Andrea Mathias

Financial Aid Counselor

B A , University of Delaware

Riley Maye

Head Women’s Basketball Coach

B S , Norfolk State

Joe McCourt

Officer, Campus Safety

Katie McCoySwinehart

Admissions Recruiter

Catherine McGowan

Director of Library Services, Library

M L I S , Drexel University;

B A , Villanova University

Beth McMichael

Registrar

M S , Drexel University;

B S , Lock Haven University

Elizabeth McWilliams

Administrative Assistant, Admissions

Rupert Meredith

Housekeeping

Jim Miller

Academic Internship Director

B A Arch , Drexel University

Susan Miller

Assistant Director of Partnership Sites, Operations

M Ed , Penn State University;

B S , West Chester University

Vincent Mollichella

Systems Administrator

Carla Muse

Campus Store Manager

B S , Millersville University

Greg Nobles

Housekeeping

Lynette Oguntayo

Clinical Facility Supervisor, Veterinary Nursing

B S , Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University

Joanne Patterson

Office Manager, Nursing

B S , Widener University

Charles Peters

Coordinator, Mail Services

B F A , Pennsylvania State University

Krystal Popiel

Director of Communications & Marketing

M S , Peirce College

B S , Argosy University

Mayra Powell

Student Accounts Specialist

B S , Utah Valley University

Estella Pressley

Coordinator, Upward Bound

Jacqueline Pursell

Visual Assets Coordinator

A S , Antonelli Institute

Sue Ramirez

OTA/PTA Administrative Assistant

Jana Rediger

Senior Women’s Administrator, Assistant Women’s Athletic Director

Shawn Riley

Supervisor, Facilities

Claudy Romnus

Financial Aid Counselor

Ed D , West Chester University

M Ed , B A , Temple University

Richard Ross

Development Coordinator

M S , Florida State University

B A , Florida Atlantic University

Montea Roundtree

Assistant Director, Campus Safety

A A , Harcum College

Shari Rutherford

Institutional Research Analyst

Master of Statistical Practice, Carnegie Mellon University; B A , Swarthmore College

Rick SanFilippo

Director of Campus Safety

B A , Philadelphia University

Evelyn Santana

Executive Director, Partnership Sites

Ed D , Wilmington University;

MBA, Daniel Webster College; B A , Cedar Crest College

Bill Schmader ’21

IT Help Desk Coordinator

A S , Harcum College

Anthony Scott

Maintenance

C.J. Scott

Assistant Coach, Men's Basketball

B S , Louisiana Tech University

Cheryl Shahadi

Site Coordinator, Partnership Sites

Amy Shumoski

Digital Communications Manager

B A , Eastern University

Salin Siripakarn

Associate VP of Finance, Finance Office

M S , Thammasat University

Kimberly Sivertsen

Admissions Operations Manager

B S , Drexel University

Akeem Small

Upward Bound Coordinator

Sharon Smith

Director of Academic Preparation

M S , University of Pennsylvania

Alina Sosa

Admissions Support Specialist

Michelle Stanziano

Director of the Center for International Programs

M A , New York University;

B A , Northeastern University

Alla Stepanova

Housekeeping

Anatolii Stepanov

Maintenance, Facilities

1 4 6 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Staff

Roxanne Sutton

Reference Librarian, Library

M L I S , University of Western Ontario;

B A , Carleton University

Wayne Thorpe

Housekeeping

Chris Trower ’22

Officer, Campus Safety

A A , Harcum College

Jameel Tucker

Assistant Dean of Student Life

M S , Florida International University; B S , Edinboro University

Barry Uzzell

Head Coach, JV Men's Basketball and Track & Field

University of North Texas

John Velez

Coordinator, Educational Success Center

Brooke Walker

VP Institutional Advancement

M Ed , Temple University;

B A , Rutgers University, Rutgers College

Elizabeth Walker

Director, Upward Bound

B A , Bard College

Ernest Walker

Campus Safety Officer

David Weaver

Assistant Vice President of Academic Assessment

M A , B A , West Chester University

Barbara Yalof

Communications/Information

Administrator, Academic Affairs

Ed D , Northcentral University;

M Ed , B A , Temple University

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 1 4 7

Advisory Boards

1 4 8 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

Animal Center Management Program Advisory Board

Steven G. Bazil

Bazil McNulty

Brandi Greene

Kitty Cottage Adoption Center, Inc

Heather Lane ’14

Thomas Jefferson University

Carrie McCloskey ’99

The Patton Veterinary Hospital

Drew Smyth ’17

Miss Drew's Doggy Daycare

Dr. Carrie Sutor

Gladwyn Animal Hospital

Dr Margaret A Weil Bandfield, The Pet Hospital

Business Program Advisory Board

Merle Berman Holman ’56

CEO/Founder, Group Dynamics in Focus, Inc

Christopher Blackman

President/CEO, Chris Blackman Media Consulting, LLC

Barbara Bosha

President/Founder, Bosha Design+Communications

Bernie Degenais

President/CEO, Main Line Chamber of Commerce

Annie Finnerty

Investment Analyst, Mill Creek Capital Advisors

Avi Loren Fox

Founder/CEO, Wild Mantle

James Fusco

Marketing/Finance Instructor, Brandywine Technical College High School

Kent Griswold

Founder/CEO, BizzShow

David Jacobson, CPA

Principal, CliftonLarsonAllen LLP

Melinda Venella

Vice President, Commercial Banking Department, FirstTrust Bank

Dental Program Advisory Board

Susan Chialastri, DMD Temple University Department of Periodontology and Oral Implantology

Samuel Cimino, DDS

Retired Dentist

Sandra Fink, CDA

Debbie Fleming, RDH Colgate Oral Pharmaceuticals

Jaclyn Gleber RDH, PhD, PHDHP

Jason H. Goodchild, DMD Premier Dental Products Company

Adele Hartman, EFDA

Calvin Hoops, EFDA, CDHC

Gail Malone, RDH

Director of Clinical Affairs, Dentsply Sirona

Kathy McKeown ’99, CDA

Scott Nakamura, DMD

Niranjan Savani, DMD

Jacqueline Urbanek ’18, RDH

Early Childhood Advisory Board

Michelle Dea ’15 Harcum Off Site Coordinator

Nicole Draper Adjunct ECE Professor and Special Education Teacher

Kathleen Garrison Adjunct ECE Professor

Tyneicia Green ’18

Brian Helgenberg ’14

Lisa Iliopoulos

Owner, Little People's Village

Ta’Mora Jackson

District 1199c Training and Upgrading Fund

Deborah Lewis

Adjunct ECE Professor and Transition Coordinator –Special Education

Brianna McCall ’16

Former HAEYC President

Tricia McDevitt-Ortiz

MELC Talent & Acquisition Manager

Dr. Wanda Miles

Adjunct ECE Professor and Federal Government IORA Specialist

Maryanne Ormsby

Adjunct ECE Professor

Na’imah Rhodes

High School ECE Program Instructor

Leslie A Roesler

Director, Professional Development Dimensions at Montgomery Early Learning Centers

Michelle Spencer

Adjunct ECE Professor and TEACH Delaware Coordinator

Dr Jade Wallace Adjunct ECE Professor and Workforce Development Coordinator

Jasmine Williams ’15

Former HAEYC President

Fashion Design & Merchandising Advisory Board

Frank Agostino

Designer/Owner, Agostino Couture

Camille Avent

Professor of Fashion Design and Merchandising, Harcum College, Jefferson University, LIM New York

Anya Babeyeva

Technical/print Designer, Fish Monkey Gloves

Renee Hill

Designer, Harx4

Jeana and Lamont Bowling

Producers, Atlantic City Fashion Week, Soho Fashion Week

Emil DeJohn

Fashion Designer, Professor Emeritus, Jefferson University, Art Institute of Technology

Angela Edmunds

Owner/ Founder Sarai Style | Showroom77

Janice Lewis

Professor Fashion Design Department, Moore College of Art and Design

Prajje Oscar

Designer, PrajjeOscar

Michele Von Plato

Creative Director, David’s Bridal, Cynthia Rowley, Elite Sportswear

Serena Tomalis ’15

Social Media Influencer, Target

Arisabel Vasquez ’15

Owner, Slay Everyday

Graphic Design Advisory Board

Savannia Boileau

Block Communications

Barb Bosha Bosha Design Inc

Karen Fiore

Fiore Design

Ed Harris

Valley Forge Tourism & Convention Board

Michael Hrebin

Stream Companies

Ken Keagy Simmer Creative, LLC

Kelly Matz beMarketing

Theresa Miller

Reminder Media

Karla Moffett

Fiore Design

Jim Pearce image360

Bridget Reed IKEA USA

Danielle Riccardi

Reminder Media

Nathanael Saldana

Valley Forge Tourism & Convention Board

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 1 4 9

Histotechnician Advisory Board

Allison Eck HTL(ASCP)

Doylestown Hospital

Lab Manager

Maria Batter H(ASCP)

Crozer Keystone Health SystemCrozer Chester Medical Center

Education Coordinator

Linda Hinsdale HT(ASCP)

Main Line Health - Bryn Mawr Hospital

Assistant Supervisor Anatomic Pathology

Susan Paturzo HT(ASCP)

Thomas Jefferson University Hospital

Histology Manager

Alyssa Peterson ’15 HT(ASCP)

Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania

Histotech, Anatomic Pathology

Nikolaos Tarasidis, M.S. HTL(ASCP)

Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania

Histotech, Anatomic Pathology

Interior Design Advisory Board

Betsy Grossman ’17

BDG LLC Digital Services

Hannah Kenny ’17

Interior Designer, Fuller Interiors

Maria Sasot ’16

Interior Designer and Adjunct Professor at Harcum College

Margie Chojnacki ’12

Interior Designer, Mann-Hughes Architecture, P C

Ellen Farber ’12

Ellen Farber Strategic Design

Jennifer Gable ’20

Annette Morris ’07

Sterling Kitchen and Bath, Senior Designer

Alexis Pew ’10

Kaminski + Pew, LLC

Jen Fuller

Founder and Lead Designer, Fuller Interiors

Erika Taylor ’15

Donna Daley, AIA, ASID, AWI, NCIDQ

Jennifer Jarden, NCIDQ

Marcella Luzi, ASID, NCIDQ

Managing Principal,WPL Interior Design

Rebeccah Bondi ’19

Barbara Brosnan Interiors

Medical Laboratory Technician Advisory Board

Josephine Baiocchi MLS (ASCP)

MLH-Corporate

Janet Damron MT(ASCP)

MLH-BMH

Troy Daniels

Mercy Fitzgerald Hospital

Kathryn Durr MT(ASCP)

Siemens Healthcare

Sue Lukiewski MT(ASCP)

Kindred

Dianne Marsango MT(ASCP)

Cooper University Hospital

Kristy Matulevich, MLS (ASCP)

MLT Clinical Coordinator

Donald Seyfert ’16 MLT(ASCP)

Thomas Jefferson University Hospital

Maria Silvestro MT(ASCP)

Riddle Hospital – Main Line Health

Tierra White ’18 MLT

Automated Lab Tech, Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania

Medical Laboratory Technology Advisory Board

Troy Daniels

Mercy Fitzgerald Hospital

Core Lab Manager

Sue Lukiewski MT(ASCP)

Kindred Hospital

Lab Manager

Donald Seyfert ’16 MLT(ASCP)

Thomas Jefferson University Hospital

Chemistry & Hematology Tech

Kathryn Durr MT(ASCP)

Siemens Healthcare

Senior Consultant HCS

Maria Silvestro MT(ASCP)

Main Line Health - Riddle Hospital

Tierra White ’18 MLT(ASCP)

Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania

Automated Lab Tech

Nursing Advisory Board

Dolores Alabrodzinski

Harcum College

Elizabeth Cratin Elliott MSN, RN, CNEcl Harcum College

Karlynne Galczyk PhD(c) MSN RN

Harcum College

Monica Harmon MSN RN

President BLack Nurses Association, SEPA

Maryann Jones

Penn Presbyterian Medical Center

Mary King MSN RN

Harcum College

Mariah Drenth-Cormick

University Development Counselor

Grand Canyon University

Laura LaJudice MSN, RN

Harcum College

Maureen Lukens MSN RN

Harcum College

Erica Wascavage MSN RN Harcum College

Linda Webster PhD MSN RN Harcum College

Kathleen Wylie

Mercy Fitzgerald Hospital

1 5 0 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

Occupational Therapy Assistant Advisory Board

Nancy Beck

Lori Blaire

Laura Boyle-Nester

Rich Conroy

Christa Eck

Sherre Freed

Cindy Gallo

Matt Healy

Josette Merkel

Kristy Meyer

Manish Patel

Kerstin Potter

Bridget Spayd

Mary Zadnik

Phlebotomy Technician Advisory Board

Maria Silvestro MLT(ASCP), CLT, HHS

Main Line Health - Riddle Hospital

Section Supervisor of Specimen Processing

Dawn Conley

Jefferson Health - Abington Hospital

Senior Phlebotomist

Audrey Holdsman ’16 PBT(ASCP)

Mazzoni Center

Phlebotomist

Rajdai Saroop ’19 PBT(ASCP)

Abington Memorial Hospital

Mobile Phlebotomist

Physical Therapist Assistant Advisory Board

Phil Beninato

ATI Physical Therapy

Laura Birchler

University of PA/Good Shepherd Penn Partners

Stephanie Briddes ’00

Springfield Healthplex

Kathleen Burns

Bayada Homecare

Christine Clark

Moss Rehabilitation

Lynne Corrigan

Springfield Healthplex

Ann Hess

Bryn Mawr Rehabilitation Hospital

Sue Hill

Bryn Mawr Rehabilitation Hospital/MLHS

Bonnie McDowell ’98

Riddle Hospital/Main Line Health System

Nancy McGuire

Bayada Homecare

Donna Matiko ’00

Capital Health System

Dr. Joe Murphy

SOAR Physical Therapy

Chris Noga

ATI Physical Therapy

Jennifer Novik

Penn Presbyterian/Good Shepherd Penn Partners

Erik Overbaugh St Mary Rehabilitation Hospital

Joseph Shay ’95

Paoli Hospital/MLHS

Samantha Simpkins

Tower Health

Doug Slick Lankenau Hospital/MLHS

Vicki Tobin

Einstein Healthcare System

Tiffany Weaver

Good Shepherd Penn Partners

Radiologic Technology Advisory Board

Lisa Curtin

Mercy Fitzgerald Hospital

Colleen Nale

HUP at 54th and Cedar

Diana Marconi

Chester County Hospital

Colleen Scelsa

Chester County Hospital

Kristin Gallen

Nazareth Hospital

Chris Burke

Redeemer Health

Veterinary Nursing Advisory Board

Lizz Bumbarger ’16 CVT

Small Animal Practicum Supervisor

Penn Vet

Philadelphia, PA

Dana Clarke, VMD, DACVECC

PennVet

Philadelphia, PA

Cait Deppe ’12, CVT

Penn Veterinary Supply

Rose Dolin CVT

Senior Specialist, Student Programs

Banfield Pet Hospital

Katelynn Ennis-Wolf ’15 CVT

Animal Research Support Specialist Supervisor

Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia

Kevin Freed ’14

Senior Business Analyst

Veterinary Recommended Solutions

Plymouth Meeting, PA

Joseph Hyduke, VMD

Malvern Veterinary Hospital

Malvern, PA

Jennifer Macomber ’97, CVT

Large Animal Practicum Supervisor

New Bolton Center

Kennett Square, PA

Mike McCallum ’05 CVT

PennVet

Philadelphia, PA

Steve Mehler DVM, DACVS

Main Line Veterinary Specialists

Devon, PA

Abby Polek

Freelance/Contract Medical Editor

Wildlife Rescue and Transport Volunteer

Venice, FL

Christie Rogero

Program Manager

The Jackson Galaxy Project

Voorhees, NJ

Elisa Rogers ’95, CVT, VTS (ECC)

Director of Nursing

HOPE Veterinary Specialists

Malvern, PA

Dr Carolyn Saligman

Clinical Psychologist

Philadelphia, PA

Gina Scholz ’07 CVT

Penn Vet

Philadelphia, PA

Staci Phillips Wiemelt, VMD

Lansdale, PA

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 1 5 1

Campus Phone Directory

1 5 2 H A R C U M C O L L E G E

College Main Telephone Number: 610-525-4100

*When calling from off-campus, dial “610-526” with the extension listed below (unless otherwise indicated)

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 1 5 3
Academic Affairs 6054 Accounts Payable 6019 Admissions 6050 Allied Health Science Program ............................................6020 Alumni Relations & Annual Giving 6060 Animal Center Management Program 6131 Athletic Director ...................................................................6669 Basketball, Men’s 6669 Basketball, Women’s 6669 Campus Store ........................................................................6041 Criminal Justice Program 6072 Business Programs 1861 Campus Activities 6038 Campus Safety 6099 Center for International Studies 6118 Communications and Marketing 6143 Continuing Studies 6100 Counseling Center 6045 Dental Assistant Program 6029 Dental Hygiene Program 6110 Dining Services 525-6262 Disability Services 6185 Early Childhood Education Program 6035 English Language Academy 6118 Facilities 6181 Fashion Design Program 6087 Fashion Merchandising Program 6087 Financial Aid 6098 Foundation Relations 6002 Health Center 6090 Human Resources 6012 Institutional Advancement 6060 Interior Design Program 6095 IT Support 1867 General Studies Program 6067 Library 6085 Mailroom 6044 Medical Laboratory Technology Program............................6662 Men’s Soccer 6699 Harcum Music School ...........................................................6114 Nursing Program 6123 Occupational Therapy Assistant Program 6115 Physical Therapist Assistant Program .................................6059 President’s Office 6001 Radiologic Technology Program 6130 Soccer, Women’s ...................................................................6199 Student Records 6010 Residence Life 6092 Sports Management Program 1861 Student Accounts 6016 Student Life 6032 Student Success Center 6103 Track & Field 6194 Upward Bound 6189 Veterinary Nursing Program 6033 Volleyball, Women’s 6669 VP of Administration & CFO 6142 Campus Fax Numbers Academic Affairs 6031 Admissions 6147 Athletics .............................................................................. 6669 Business Office 6126 Institutional Advancement 520-3598 Continuing Studies ...............................................................6082 Dental Programs 6182 Facilities 6125 Financial Aid.........................................................................6168 Health Center 6134 Human Resources 6011 Library 6086 President’s Office 6009 Registrar 1649 Student Accounts 1654 Student Life 6093 Upward Bound 6171
76 9 5 Boston Pittsburgh W New York Bucks County Philadelphia New Jersey NEWJERSEYTURNPIKE DELAWARERIVER Montgomery County & the Main Line Chester County Delaware County Philadelphia International Airport 1 5 4 H A R C U M C O L L E G E Directions to Harcum College

Directions

No matter where you live, Harcum is easy to get to by plane, car, bus, or train Harcum College is in Bryn Mawr, PA, approximately 5 8 miles from City Line Ave (Route 1), 12 miles west of Center City Philadelphia, 9 miles east of Paoli, and less than 3 hours driving time from New York City and Washington, D C

From Philadelphia International Airport t h e B e n n e t t A i r p o r t L i m o u s i n e S e r v i c e o r Main Line Limo leaves hourly for Bryn Mawr, a distance of approximately 13 miles. For information on ground transportation to and from the airport, call 215-937-6958

SEPTA’s Airport train connects the airport with 30th Street Station in Philadelphia, where a connection can be made to the SEPTA PaoliThorndale line to Bryn Mawr The Bryn Mawr station adjoins the Harcum campus For schedules, go to www septa org

From East and Central Philadelphia

Follow I-76/Schuylkill Expressway west to Exit 339, City Avenue. Stay on City Avenue, a n d t u r n r i g h t a t t h e s i x t h l i g h t o n to C o n s h o h o c ke n S ta t e Ro a d , w h i c h c u r ve s a ro u n d l e f t ( j u s t a f t e r t h e p o s t o f f i c e ) a n d becomes Montgomery Avenue Continue on Montgomery Avenue for approximately 4 5 miles to Harcum The campus begins at the c o r n e r o f Pe n n s wo o d a n d M o n t g o m e r y Avenues Go to the next traffic light at Morris Ave n u e, g e t i n t h e l e f t l a n e a n d l o o k fo r Melville Hall, a large stone building with white pillars on your left

Turn left onto Morris Avenue, and make a n i m m e d i a t e l e f t i n to t h e M e l v i l l e H a l l entrance between the two white gate posts (Watch for oncoming traffic Do not enter the SEPTA parking lot that adjoins the Melville entrance )

D i s ta n c e f ro m C i t y L i n e Ave n u e to t h e campus is 5 8 miles Limited visitor parking is available behind Melville Hall If this is full, visitors’ parking is available straight ahead on the right, at the end of the driveway, by turning right past the Cohen Dental Clinic

From the West

Follow Pennsylvania Turnpike to Exit 326 (Valley Forge). Drive straight ahead after leavi n g to l l b o o t h s a n d fo l l o w I - 7 6 / S c h u y l k i l l

Expressway east to Exit 331A (I-476 South)

Follow I-476 (Blue Route) south to Exit 13 (St Davids/Villanova) At the bottom of the exit ramp turn right onto Route 30 East Continue east on Route 30/Lancaster Avenue for 2 7 miles to Bryn Mawr

Turn left (at the corner with the gas station and Starbucks Coffee) onto Morris Avenue and proceed under railroad tracks Look for Melville Hall, a large stone building on your r i g h t M a ke t h e s e c o n d r i g h t t u r n i n to t h e Melville Hall entrance between the two white gate posts Do not enter the first right turn into the SEPTA parking lot The Admissions Office in Melville Hall is on the left of the driveway Limited visitor parking is available behind Melville Hall. If this is full, visitors’ parking is available straight ahead on the right, at the end of the driveway, by turning right past the Cohen Dental Clinic

From the South

Follow Route I-95 North to I-476 North Take I-476 (Blue Route) north (approximately 14 miles) to Exit 13 (St. David’s/Villanova).

At the bottom of the exit ramp turn right onto Route 30 East Continue east on Route 30/ Lancaster Avenue for 2 7 miles to Bryn Mawr

From Northeastern Pennsylvania

Follow Northeast Extension (Rte 476) of Pennsylvania Turnpike south to end, Exit 20 Follow signs to I-476 South Follow I-476 (Blue Route) to Exit 13 (St. David’s/ Villanova). At the bottom of the exit ramp turn right onto Route 30 East

C o n t i n u e e a s t o n Ro u t e 3 0 / L a n c a s t e r Avenue for 2 7 miles to Bryn Mawr Turn left ( a t t h e c o r n e r w i t h t h e g a s s ta t i o n a n d Starbucks Coffee) onto Morris Avenue and proceed under the railroad Look for Melville Hall, a large stone building on your right Make the second right into the Melville Hall entrance between the two white gate posts

Do not enter the first right turn into the SEPTA parking lot The Admissions Office in Melville Hall is on the left of the driveway

Limited visitor parking is available behind Melville Hall If this is full, visitors’ parking is available straight ahead on the right, at the end of the driveway, by turning right past the Cohen Dental Clinic.

From the North via New Jersey Turnpike

Fo l l o w Ne w J e rs e y Tu r n p i ke to Pennsylvania Turnpike/ I-276 West Follow I276 west to Exit 333 (Norristown/Plymouth M e e t i n g / I - 4 7 6 S o u t h ) Fo l l o w I - 4 7 6 ( B l u e Route) south to Exit 13 (St David’s/ Villanova)

At the bottom of the exit ramp turn right onto Route 30 East. Continue east on Route 30/Lancaster Avenue for 2 7 miles to Bryn Mawr Turn left (at corner with the gas station and Starbucks Coffee) onto Morris Avenue and proceed under railroad Look for Melville Hall, a large stone building on your right Make the second right into the Melville Hall entrance between the two white gate posts Do not enter the first right turn into the SEPTA parking lot The Admissions Office in Melville Hall is on the left of the driveway Limited visitor parking is available behind Melville Hall If this is full, visitors’ parking is available straight ahead on the right, at the end of the driveway, by turning right past the Cohen Dental Clinic

C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 1 5 5
1 5 6 H A R C U M C O L L E G E Academic Affairs 30 Academic Appeal ..........................................................42 Academic Calendar .........................................................3 Academic Conduct and Violations 45 Academic Honors 42 Academic Policies 38 Academic Probation ......................................................42 Academic Standing 42 Accelerated Progress 43 Accreditation ..................................................................9 Administration 143 Administrative Withdrawal 40 Admissions 18 Advanced Imaging Certification 36 Advanced Placement ...................................................43 Advisory Boards 148 Allied Health Science 51 Allied Health Science Courses .....................................91 Alumni Services 15 Animal Center Management 52 Animal Center Management Courses 92 Appeals Academic 21 Appeals Financial .........................................................29 Art Courses 93 Articulation Agreements 23 Associate Degree.............................................................7 Athletics 16 Attendance 43 Auditing Courses 41 Behavioral Health Science 52 Behavioral Health Science Courses ..............................95 Biology Courses 96 Board of Trustees 143 Business Management……………………… ............….…81 Business Courses 97 Business Programs 80 Campus Activities 12 Campus Safety 11 Campus Store ................................................................15 Career Services 14 Center for International Programs 31 Chemistry Courses........................................................99 Classification of Students 39 Closing due to Inclement Weather 43 Commencement ...........................................................44 Commuting Students 12 Computer Information Science Courses 99 Continuing and Professional Studies 34 Core Curriculum 47 Counseling Services ......................................................14 Course Descriptions 90 Course Exemption 43 Course Load ..................................................................39 Course Withdrawal 39 Criminal Justice 85 Criminal Justice Courses 100 Damage Deposit 26 Dean’s List .....................................................................42 Dental Assisting Courses 102 Dental Assisting Certificate 53 Dental Education Courses ..........................................103 Dental Hygiene 56 Dental Hygiene Courses 107 Graphic Design 76 Graphic Design Courses 103 Directions to Harcum .................................................154 Disability Support Services 13 Dismissal 42 Distance Learning .........................................................44 Dropping/Adding Courses 39 Early Childhood Education 86 Education Courses 109 English Courses 110 English Language Academy (ELA) ...............................32 Equal Opportunity Statement ........................................9 Expanded Function Dental Assistant (EFDA) 54 Faculty .........................................................................144 Fashion Design 75 Fashion Design Courses 112 Fashion Merchandising 76 Fashion Merchandising Courses 114 Filing Grievances ..........................................................45 Financial Aid 24 Financial Planning 27 Gender Studies ............................................................115 General Science Courses 114 General Studies 88 Goals ................................................................................5 Index
Grade Appeal 42 Grading System .............................................................40 Graduation Requirements 44 Health Services 14 Histotechnician 58 Histotechnician Courses 115 History of the College .....................................................6 Honor Society 12 Honors List 42 Humanities Courses ....................................................116 Human Services 88 Human Services Courses 115 Independent Study 41 Index 156 Institutional Advancement ...........................................15 Interdisciplinary Studies 118 Interior Design 78 Interior Design Courses ..............................................105 International Baccalaureate 43 International Students 22 General Studies 88 Library 33 Limited Load .................................................................42 Loans ...............................................................................9 Location...........................................................................7 Mailboxes.......................................................................15 Marketing Courses 134 Mathematics 120 Medical Laboratory Technology 59 Medical Laboratory Technology Courses 118 Mission Statement ..........................................................5 Music 121 Nursing 61 Nursing Courses ..........................................................122 Occupational Therapy Assistant 64 Occupational Therapy Assistant Courses 123 Partnership Sites .............................................................8 Phlebotomy Technician 63 Phlebotomy Courses ...................................................125 Phlebotomy Certificate 36 Phone Numbers 153 Physical Education Courses........................................126 Physical Therapist Assistant 66 Physical Therapist Assistant Courses 128 Plagiarism *See Academic Conduct and Violations 45 Portfolio Credit ..............................................................41 Post Office 15 President’s Cabinet 143 President’s List 42 Programs of Study ...........................................................7 Psychology Courses ....................................................127 Radiologic Technology 70 Radiologic Technology Courses 132 Readmission ..................................................................21 Refund Policy (Continuing Studies) 37 Refund Policy (Room and Board) 26 Registered Behavior Technician Certificate 36 Registered Behavior Technician Courses 134 Residence Life ...............................................................11 Right to Modify................................................................9 Right to Return 45 Satisfactory Academic Policy (SAP) ..............................27 Security Reports 15 Service Learning 12 Sociology Courses 135 Sports Management 82 Sports Management Courses ......................................136 Staff 146 Student Life 10 Student Organizations ..................................................12 Student Government Association (SGA) 12 Student Profile 11 Student Records 45 Student Success Center 31 Telephone Directory .................................................. 153 Title IX Statement ...........................................................9 Transcripts 44 Transfer Credits .............................................................20 Transfer Policy 20 Transfer Services 14 Tuition 25 Tutoring Services 31 Veteran Support Services ..............................................29 Veterinary Nursing 72 Veterinary Nursing Courses 138 Visas ................................................................................9 Voluntary Withdrawal from Harcum College 40 C ATA L O G 2 0 2 3 – 2 0 2 4 1 5 7
750 Montgomer y Avenue Br yn Mawr, PA 19010-3476 610-525-4100 • www.harcum.edu
750 Montgomery Avenue Bryn Mawr, PA 19010-3476 610-525-4100 • www.harcum.edu
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.